Hawaii Decriminalizes Possession of Small Amounts of Marijuana


Hawaii’s new law doesn’t even decriminalize a full eighth of weed.

On the eve of 710, the United State of Hawaii decriminalized cannabis. But Hawaii’s new law has the lowest possession limit among the 22 states (and D.C.) that have decriminalized simple marijuana possession. House Bill 1383, which became law on Tuesday and will take effect on January 11, 2020, doesn’t even decriminalize a full eighth of marijuana. Instead, the bill sets the decriminalization threshold at just three grams or below, making it the most restrictive decriminalization law in the country. But Hawaii’s new decriminalization law does include a pathway to criminal record expungement for anyone with a prior possession conviction, as long as the conviction was for an amount of weed under three grams.

Three Gram Limit Lowest Among Decriminalized States

In response to Hawaii’s decriminalization of certain amounts of cannabis, drug policy reform advocates, like the Marijuana Policy Project, say something is better than nothing. “Unfortunately, three grams would be the smallest amount of any state that has decriminalized (or legalized) simple possession of marijuana,” the advocacy group said in a statement. “Still, removing criminal penalties and possible jail time for possession of a small amount of cannabis is an improvement.”

Under Hawaii’s current laws against marijuana, the charge of possessing even minuscule amounts of cannabis carries a possible jail sentence of 30 days and fines up to $1,000. Under the state’s new decriminalization law, possession of up to three grams will carry just a $30 fine with no possibility of jail time.

Criminal Record Expungement Requires Substance Abuse Treatment Program

Furthermore, HB1383 provides for the expungement of criminal records pertaining solely to the possession of three grams or less of marijuana. Again, that’s less than an eighth of weed. But a closer look at the bill reveals that unlike expungement pathways in other states, most persons with prior possession convictions will have to undergo—and pay for—a substance abuse treatment program. That’s if they haven’t already done so as part of their sentencing or probation.

In short, Hawaii’s decriminalization bill says that to clear your record for possessing less than an eighth of weed, you’d have to successfully complete a substance abuse treatment program. However, in the rare event that a person received a conviction for possessing three grams or less of marijuana and no other criminal charge, such as for using or possessing paraphernalia, that person can file a motion with the courts to expunge their record. Put simply, for most marijuana offenders in Hawaii, expunging their records will be far from a simple and straightforward process.

Hawaii Gov.: Law Enforcement “Will Proceed the Way They Always Have”

Despite broad support among Hawaii voters and some progressive lawmakers on key legislative committees, Democratic Governor David Ige’s administration has remained opposed to significant marijuana policy reforms. In fact, Gov. Ige has a record of vetoing even incremental cannabis reform bills. And it was likely the extremely limited nature of HB1383 that kept Gov. Ige from reaching for his veto stamp this time.

But Gov. Ige didn’t reach for his pen either; he didn’t sign the decriminalization bill into law. But because he didn’t veto it, the bill became law by default on July 9.

At a June press conference, after the Legislature passed the decriminalization bill and sent it to the governor’s desk, Ige described deciding whether or not to veto as “a very tough call.” Ige ultimately withheld the veto because of the tiny quantity of marijuana it decriminalized. Small enough that in Ige’s eyes, nothing would really change. “The amount is very small, when you talk with law enforcement personnel,” Ige said. “Essentially they will proceed the way they always have.”

Drury, ByAdam. “Hawaii Decriminalizes Possession of Small Amounts of Marijuana.” Green Rush Daily, 10 July 2019,

Cannabis Culture Dispensary Raided By Toronto Police


Toronto police are continuing to raid marijuana dispensaries today, as they cracked down on a couple of well known shops. According to reports coming out of the city, two dispensaries have been raided today. The first was Canna Clinic, located in Kensington Market. And the second was the Queen Street location of Cannabis Culture.

The actions taken against Cannabis Culture, in particular, have started attracting a lot of attention throughout the Canadian cannabis community. That’s because, along with raiding the shop, police reportedly arrested dispensary employees.

On top of that, Cannabis Culture is owned by an outspoken cannabis advocate named Jodie Emery. Along with her husband, Marc Emery, she owns some Cannabis Culture dispensaries throughout Canada. The couple also runs a cannabis social club and a popular marijuana magazine.

Cannabis Culture Dispensary Raided By Toronto Police


Project Claudia

Today’s raids are being interpreted by many as a continuation of what has been dubbed “Project Claudia.”

Project Claudia is a series of raids instigated by Toronto police. It’s part of a large-scale effort to crack down on the city’s cannabis dispensaries. Most of the activity took place last month.

By the end of May police had raided at least 43 separate dispensaries. And in light of today’s raids, that number looks like it could continue to rise.

Jodie Emery@JodieEmery

Toronto @CannabisCulture Raid Update: @TorontoPolice officers closed down 801 Queen West – waiting for more details.

View image on TwitterView image on TwitterView image on TwitterView image on Twitter
Project Claudia has also shed light on some of the tensions currently surrounding cannabis in Canada. Prime Minister Justin Trudeau has repeatedly promised to legalize cannabis. He made it a big point of his platform during his campaign.

And in April Canada’s Health Minister Jane Philpott said that a piece of legislation that would officially legalize cannabis would be put forward by spring 2017. But so far no actions have been taken.

In the meantime, however, numerous dispensaries have been cropping up throughout Canada—especially in Toronto. But apparently, many people aren’t happy about these prematurely opening dispensaries.


“I don’t have any issue with the decriminalization of marijuana, none whatsoever,” Toronto Mayor John Tory told reporters at the height of Project Claudia.

“I support it. It is the right thing to do. But the law is not going to be changed for a year or so.

“And in the meantime, I’m just saying we can’t afford to have the Wild West.”

Although full details about today’s raids are still coming in, the actions taken against Canna Clinic and Cannabis Culture could indicate that Project Claudia is not yet over.

Lindsey, ByNick. “Cannabis Culture Dispensary Raided By Toronto Police.” Green Rush Daily, 20 Mar. 2017,

Cannabis Podcasts Making An Impact On Weed Culture


Some of us smoke weed and “use” its effects for eating too many snacks or watching too much TV. And then there are some who use cannabis to be constructive. Like, contribute to the growing cannabis media landscape. And those who do that, swear by cannabis podcasts.

The 10 Best Cannabis Podcasts

Podcasts are a great medium for cannabis-related media. And they’re practically free to make. Literally, anyone with a microphone and internet connection can make one. As a result, there are hundreds of cannabis podcasts to choose from. We’ve rounded up 10 of the best ones for you, all featured on iTunes.

10. The Cannabist Show

The 10 Best Cannabis Podcasts Making An Impact On Cannabis Culture

Denver Post’s marijuana editor Ricardo Baca runs The Cannabist Show. This podcast delivers news mixed with humor.


Sometimes, Baca riffs off his producers. And at others, he interviews Colorado’s chief medical officer. As a result, the cannabis podcast becomes a great mix of journalism and comedy.

9. Cannabis Economy

The 10 Best Cannabis Podcasts Making An Impact On Cannabis Culture

Cannabis Economy is a real-time history of legal cannabis. Seth Adler hosts the podcast.

The podcast discusses ingenuity, inspiration, leadership and legislation. It also interviews industry experts from operators to activists to advocates.


8. Northwest Cannacast

The 10 Best Cannabis Podcasts Making An Impact On Cannabis Culture

Northwest Cannacast has open conversations about cannabis and its different uses. Since credible information about cannabis isn’t easy to come by, they try to help.

In their first season, they took video cameras to legal stores. Also, they spent a lot of time getting to know the laws. The idea was to learn and discover more about the cannabis industry.

Their second season focuses on productive conversation. In their podcasts, they keep the listener updated about current events. And they also go to a panel of experts for more perspective on these stories. They release new episodes every Tuesday.


7. The Weed Show

The 10 Best Cannabis Podcasts Making An Impact On Cannabis Culture

The Weed Show, apart from being an info podcast for the cannabis community, is also a comedy show. It was founded in 2012 when Amendment 64 legalized Cannabis for recreational use in Colorado.

The Weed Show is hosted by comedian/actor and veteran radio host Chris Iacono. It is broadcast multiple times a week. Apart from cannabis podcasts, they do audio & video, news, live broadcasts, music, comedy, reviews, giveaways etc.

6. Hempresent

The 10 Best Cannabis Podcasts Making An Impact On Cannabis Culture


Where exactly Hempresent records their cannabis podcasts is a mystery. But we do hear it’s an undisclosed location somewhere in the “rumbling bowels of underground Seattle”.

Hempresent is a podcast hosted by Hempfest founder Vivian McPeak. It focuses mainly on news and lifestyle and has a loose, rock show vibe. But that doesn’t mean it doesn’t offer great educational info. There are in-depth interviews with cannabis luminaries with all sorts of backgrounds. However, they serve everything on the podcast with laughs.

McPeak has been an advocate of cannabis for decades. Quite loudly and consistently. This dedication is what has won him an elite selection of guests.

5. Marijuana Today

The 10 Best Cannabis Podcasts Making An Impact On Cannabis Culture


Focussing on business and politics of marijuana, Marijuana Today is an hour-long weekly podcast. They feature some of the brightest minds in the world of cannabis business and activism. So it’s kinda nerdy — very in-depth and informational.

Marijuana Today podcast is hosted by Kris Lotlikar and produced by Shea Gunther. It features episodes that talk about the legislative race to legalize and the drug war in the Philippines. Another great one is about Colorado Governor Hickenlooper fearing Trump.

4. Cannabis Confidential With Dr. Dina

The 10 Best Cannabis Podcasts Making An Impact On Cannabis Culture

Women are big players in the cannabis scene too. Dr. Dina is a popular medical marijuana pioneer, and the host of her own show Cannabis Confidential With Dr. Dina. Also, she is the inspiration for the TV series Weeds.

On her show, Dr. Dina shares her insight on the industry. She also has conversations with her celebrity friends. Talking to cannabis industry insiders, Dr. Dina (who’s not a real doctor, fyi) explores current events in the industry.

Most recently, she interviewed 2 Chainz about hip hop and high-grade cannabis. Her interview with Whoopi Goldberg is about cannabis and menstrual cramps. Also great — the one with Lil Debbie about her new edible and strain line Cakes.

3. The Marijuana Agenda

The 10 Best Cannabis Podcasts Making An Impact On Cannabis Culture

“Radical” Russ Belville, the host of The Marijuana Agenda, began podcasting in 2008 with NORML’s Daily Audio Stash. He is the winner of The Search for the Next Great Progressive Talk Radio Star.

Belville definitely injects a heavy dose of personality into each podcast. Furthermore, he talks about current events and relevant developments.

He said in an interview, “Eight years and 1,750-plus episodes later, I keep producing my podcast so the tokers in red states can learn from our legalization successes and mistakes, and so the tokers in green states don’t rest on our laurels and forget the suffering of the rest of the country.”

2. PotCast

The 10 Best Cannabis Podcasts Making An Impact On Cannabis Culture

PotCast is tailored for enthusiasts interested in cannabis culture. But also, people who are looking for some variety and personality.

The hosts Adamacadocious and Manny Blunts they do long-form interviews. Also, they invite people from a variety of fields of work — doctors, lawyer, even politicians — to discuss cannabis culture.

1. CannaInsider

The 10 Best Cannabis Podcasts Making An Impact On Cannabis Culture

One of the most popular cannabis podcasts at the moment is CannaInsider. They interview the leading voices of the cannabis industry. Investors, CEOs, business leaders — you name it.

The show is hosted by Matthew Kind. He talks to the most influential voices in the industry. Each week, he takes listeners behind the scenes, offering first-hand access to the industry.

CannaInsider recently did an Interview with CEO of Cannabis-Infused Beverage Maker, Mirth Provisions. Another interesting one is about The Royalty Investing Model is Heating Up in The Cannabis Industry.

Sen, ByNikki. “Cannabis Podcasts Making An Impact On Weed Culture.” Green Rush Daily, 19 May 2017,

UConn Offers Seed to Harvest Horticulture of Cannabis Course


UConn’s new Horticulture of Cannabis course is one of the first by an accredited university to focus entirely on growing weed.

Today, the University of Connecticut announced its plans to launch an undergraduate course on cannabis horticulture. Previously, UConn students have been able to pursue horticultural studies on cannabis through independent studies. But the new “Horticulture of Cannabis: From Seed to Harvest” will be the university’s first course dedicated to the cultivation of cannabis. And it was a tremendous student demand for academic training related to the legal cannabis industry that prompted faculty and administrators to design the course.

Horticulture of Cannabis Course Brings Together Professors, Alumni and Industry Experts

UConn’s Department of Plant Science and Landscape Architecture will begin seating students in the Spring 2019 semester. And students have a lot to look forward to. UConn’s Horticulture of Cannabis course will be one of the first-of-its kind for an accredited U.S. institution. Of course, multiple colleges and universities across the country have begun piloting degree programs and courses focusing on the cannabis industry. But UConn says theirs is the first course where the curriculum is entirely about the science of growing high-quality, medical cannabis.

Traditionally, horticultural programs fall to technical and vocational schools, community colleges or other two-year degree programs. Often, people just learn how to grow cannabis online and get an online certificate at the end of their training. Furthermore, amateur growers, or those with just industry experience but no formal academic training, teach these shorter or online courses. UConn’s class on growing weed, however, will be one of the first that an accredited university is offering. And instead of amateur growers, faculty will be internationally recognized plant scientists, trained educators and successful industry experts.

Professor of plant science Gerald “Gerry” Berkowitz will lead the cannabis horticulture course. But he’ll have help from several experts currently working in the industry, including one of his former graduate students. The course will also invite cannabis business CEOs working in licensed cannabis growing facilities and testing labs in the state.

Undergraduates Are Eyeing Career Opportunities in Cannabis

Prof. Berkowitz has been advising students interested in the cannabis industry for several years. He has even chaired several independent studies on cannabis cultivation. And he’s expecting his new course to be wildly popular with UConn students. As the course grows in popularity, UConn could consider adding advanced and graduate-level courses on the subject. Down the road, there could even be minors or major degree programs in cannabis horticulture.

And for Berkowitz, that’s key to making up the deficit between the popularity of cannabis and the lack of peer-reviewed research on how to grow it. There’s a similar gap between the industry’s demand for highly-trained, qualified workers and the quality of training options students can pursue. UConn’s new Horticulture of Cannabis course aims to close both gaps by giving students hands-on experience and wide-ranging exposure to the legal industry.

Students in the “Seed to Harvest” course will work with low-THC hemp plants, not full-fledged medical cannabis plants. Prof. Berkowitz has an entire lab of them. And students will get to work with different horticultural methods, such as cloning, transplanting and training different strains for their ideal canopy and flower architecture. They’ll also study quality control mechanisms like eliminating male plants and controlling pest and mold contamination.

Lectures will cover topics like cannabis genetics, selecting seeds, testing soil and grow media, modulating plant hormones and testing harvests. There will even be field trips that take students to Connecticut Pharmaceutical Solutions, one of the state’s four licensed growers. And that deep training in cultivation means UConn students will have a springboard into the cannabis industry when they graduate. The course is open to all UConn students regardless of major. Best of all, there are no prerequisites to register for the course. But there will probably be a waiting list!

Drury, ByAdam. “UConn Offers Seed to Harvest Horticulture of Weed Course.” Green Rush Daily, 15 Oct. 2018,

“Have A Good Trip” Starts A Good Conversation About Psychedelics


Netflix’s new documentary aims to destigmatize the trippy taboo.

Esteemed producer Mike Rosenstein admits he’s wearing his High Times shirt when we connect by phone with his creative counterpart, Donick Cary, writer/director of the upcoming psychedelic documentary “Have A Good Trip: Adventures in Psychedelics,” which premiered May 11th on Netflix. The project had been in the making for over a decade and is now a widely anticipated look into the world of psychedelics, their benefits, and the trials and tribulations of what happens during a “trip.” Both Mike and Donick are eager to chat and shed a bit more insight into the creation of their mind bending movie.

How did this project initially come together?

Donick Cary: Eleven summers ago, I was at the Nantucket Film Festival and was talking to Ben Stiller and Fisher Stevens, and we ended up talking about psychedelic experiences and sharing stories. I thought, “What a wonderfully funny, weird conversation,” which at the time, was very taboo. No one really ever talked about in that way. Fisher makes documentaries  (he just put out “The Tiger King”) and Ben is super funny and knows everybody. It occured to me to ask these guys to make a documentary , and they were like, “Go for it, dude.”

My background is as a writer/producer of comedy in general, but one of the things I worked on was “The Simpsons.” I was lucky enough to write some trippy episodes like “D’oh-in’ in the Wind,” and I thought animation would be a great way to bring to life.


Mike Rosenstein: I was working with Ben Stiller and his production company at the time, and we started there. I’ve since left and started my own production company but we’ve been working on this project the whole time.

Donick’s animation company, Sugarshack, provided all the animation, and about a year and a half ago, we hooked up with Netflix, and they’ve just been great about allowing us to make the movie we want to make. They didn’t hold us back and allowed us to take a once a taboo subject and make it a real, cultural conversation.

Was there an importance around putting psychedelics into the limelight in a way we haven’t seen before?

Donick Cary: It started with poking around these psychedelic stories and seeing if there was something funny to share. What we found of course, is once you get into cosmic thinking, big revelations, and psychedelics, lots of things happen. You’re unleashing a bunch of people’s brains to reveal the intimate experience of what happens when the brain is on these drugs/tools/medicine and how they end up using it.


As we were making , it started to suggest this larger conversation. While leading with some funny stuff, the stories included all these other ideas. We said, “let’s have a real conversation.” for everybody, so some of the stories are cautionary tales. But for some people, can be life changing and informative, and can actually have positive results. We were excited to see the psychedelic community kind of growing, and hoped we could take another step forward toward the mainstream.

How much has timing played in the release of the doc? Are you guys benefiting from the relaxed legislation on cannabis?

Mike Rosenstein: We see following the same path as cannabis. High Times is great in that I actually see a lot of stuff about psychedelics. The path of research and normalization is happening. We are lucky to be a part of that conversation. I think now it’s better than ever for people to watch the movie with open ears. We want to make sure lessons come out of these stories and we present things like harm reduction and what these can do for people with mental illnesses. So we’re sort of pointing to the future with this movie, and it’s a part of that wave of people talking about to destigmatize it.

Donick Cary: Some of you might be surprised by the people who have had experiences. Not all of them are advocates, but there’s a sense we should proceed with conversations with open ears and cautious testing. This isn’t something we just throw into the water system. Some of the mistakes of the first wave in the late sixties were that scared everyone so much that we couldn’t talk about it for 50 years.


Mike Rosenstein: We are trying to have a truthful and rational conversation about psychedelics, and that’s a big first step.

Was there a methodology to uncovering who might have had a psychedelic experience?

Donick Cary: In your head you’re like, “We’re just going to talk to the 20 most famous people in the world and get their stories and they’re going to be very concise and perfectly executed and then we’ll put out .” What you find is, not everybody wants to talk about psychedelics. Maybe they have kids, maybe an addiction to another drug and they want to talk about something else. Other people are like, “No,” and aren’t into it.

The people who do want to share stories, often they aren’t clear cut with A-B-C storylines. We had this wonderful afternoon with Carrie Fisher for two, maybe three hours. It was at her home, very intimate setting, and like one thousand recollections, none of them connecting, that told a life story as well as anything you could want to learn about psychedelics, just not in an A-B-C kind of way. As we started talking to more people, we realized, “This is a little different than just clear storytelling. This is trying to share an experience that is almost impossible to put into words.


Mike Rosenstein: A lot of these people are friends or people we’ve worked with. Donick was also a writer/producer on “Parks and Rec,” so Nick Offerman and Adam Scott played parts in the scripted section that Donick wrote for the movie. Sarah Silverman, Tom Lennon and Ben Garrant, Nick Kroll…all these people are sort of in our inner circle and so we were lucky to get a lot of them to be some of the first people to talk about with, and it just sort of snowballed.

Donick Cary: As soon as we had someone like Sting, it made it a lot easier to have a conversation with the next person. When you do the math, probably one in twenty people that we asked would actually come and talk about . First of all, you say “yes” to everyone who says they have a story. And then you take it on their terms. What we were finding were a lot of these stories were very personal and intimate. It really is what your brain reveals on a powerful tool. People were really opening up and made the interviews very much like, “What do you want to talk about? How do you want to share? How did change you?” Each person had a different path.

Just like you don’t know where a “trip” is going to take you, you didn’t know where these interviews would take you.

Mike Rosenstein: We tried to use the parts that were the most entertaining but also had some lesson come out of it. As people opened up, it was also fascinating to see how excited and nostalgic they would get, that these were really meaningful experiences in their lives, whether they were good or bad.


Did your own personal use of psychedelics impact how you framed the more creative elements of the documentary?

Donick Cary: At one point we were going to try and make the movie follow what it was like to be on a trip. Beginning is butterflies, you’re not sure if it’s going to kick in, then it kicks in and, oh! It’s way worse! Then there’s some big revelations. We realized that’s an eight to twelve hour movie. So we decided to go with the flow, see where it takes us and let the storytellers blend together the way they naturally feel they should. Follow the universe, if you will.

Mike Rosenstein: We also applied some lessons we learned we felt were important to share with people. For people who are familiar with psychedelics, it’s a fun ride. For people who aren’t, it’s a really fun ride and you’re maybe picking up some knowledge along the way.

Donick Cary: Psychedelics are powerful drugs. The movie is careful to show mistakes you can make, things you can learn if you do the work. As a father raising kids, I’m always like, “Start with the books, read all the books you need to, watch all the movies you need to, understand as much as you can before you decide are something for you or not.”

What did you guys learn about “awakenings” and having more positive experiences with psychedelics?

Donick Cary: They’re somewhat obvious, but being in the psychedelic headspace makes them more profound again: that we’re supposed to love each other, treat others the way we want to be treated, that we’re all interconnected. I think the pandemic is a good reminder that when one of us is sick, we all could be sick. When the planet is sick, the ocean is sick. These sort of big ecological and humanistic ideas are real and are sort of more important than religion, more fundamental principles . You can tap into them simply by remembering, “Oh yeah, The Beatles came up with ‘All you need is love.”

Within my family, we dealt with different kinds of mental illness and addiction, and seeing as tools that are possible solutions to some of those things or – at least – positive ways to tackle some of that stuff is exciting. Reading the research and learning how could change how people look at anxiety or addiction or trauma was really powerful. It makes you wish everyone had those tools at their disposal with the right help and advice.

Follow @goodtripnetflix and check out “Have A Good Trip: Adventures in Psychedelics” streaming on Netflix now.

ByHigh Times Magazine. “‘Have A Good Trip’ Starts A Good Conversation About Psychedelics • Green Rush Daily.” Green Rush Daily, 12 May 2020,

Majority Of Americans Agree: Pot Shops Are Essential

A survey indicates that most Americans believe that cannabis dispensaries are essential businesses.

A new poll shows that a majority of Americans believe that cannabis dispensaries should be considered essential services that are allowed to remain open during lockdowns ordered to slow the spread of the novel coronavirus. The online poll, conducted by YouGov on March 25, found that 53% of U.S. adults believe that cannabis dispensaries should be considered essential services.

The poll asked 5,369 U.S. adults one question: “Do you believe medical marijuana dispensaries should or should not be considered essential services?” In addition to the 53% who said that medical marijuana dispensaries should be considered essential, 26% said that the businesses should not be and 21% said that they didn’t know.

With jurisdictions around the globe enacting stay-at-home orders to help contain the spread of the coronavirus, cannabis activists in several locales have argued that dispensaries provide legitimate health care services that should be permitted to remain open, just like pharmacies and doctor’s offices. On Wednesday, Steph Sherer, the founder and president of Americans for Safe Access, noted in a press release that “18 states have now declared cannabis businesses essential.”

Breaking Down The Demographics

Regionally, the YouGov poll showed the strongest support for keeping medical marijuana retailers open in the Northeast, where 57% of participants said dispensaries should be considered essential services and only 26% said that they shouldn’t. Even in the South, where support for deeming dispensaries essential was the lowest, half of the respondents said that they should be. Only a quarter said that they should not be and another 25% were unsure.

By gender, support for declaring medicinal cannabis dispensaries essential was fairly even, with 54% of men and 52% of women in favor. Only 27% of men and 26% of women disagreed and said that dispensaries are not essential.

Democrats showed the most support for keeping dispensaries open, with 62% saying they should be considered essential. Only 43% of Republicans agreed, while 52% of independent voters also said that pot shops should stay open.

By age, 54% of those 18 to 24; 59% of 25 to 34-year-olds; and 56% of those in both the 35 to 44 and 45 to 54 age groups said that dispensaries are essential. Just under half, or 47%, of those 55 and older were also in favor of keeping the retailers open.

The poll also showed that those earning $80,000 or more make up the only group by income level with a majority in favor of classifying dispensaries as essential services, with 52%. In contrast, only 48% of those earning less than $40,000 and 45% with an income of $40k to $80k agreed.

Sherer of ASA said that many of the jurisdictions that have allowed medical marijuana dispensaries to remain open during mandatory closures of nonessential businesses have enacted several of the group’s recommendations, such as “instructing medical cannabis businesses on how they can make legal temporary changes to their business plans. These include expanding delivery services, allowing curbside pickup, extending the expiration date of state-issued cannabis identification cards, and allowing telehealth visits for new and renewing medical cannabis certifications.”

“We applaud these efforts at the state level and are honored to serve governments and medical cannabis stakeholders on behalf of patients,”  she said.

ByHigh Times Magazine. “Majority Of Americans Agree: Pot Shops Are Essential • Green Rush Daily.” Green Rush Daily, 4 May 2020,

CEO of Hershey Confirms Company is ‘Evaluating’ the CBD Trend

Hershey is marking its 125th anniversary with its highest stock price in history. But will CBD be part of the company’s new growth strategy?

On Tuesday, Hershey CEO Michele Buck appeared on CNBC’s “Squawk Box” to talk about the 125-year-old company’s recent success and plans for the future. This year, Hershey hit its highest stock price in history, up nearly 30 percent from last June, thanks to new growth strategies. And as the company looks to continue expanding its market, a move into the hemp CBD industry seems to make perfect sense for the snack company. CBD chocolates, gummies and other infused edibles are surging in popularity. Hershey is well-positioned to take advantage of the rapidly emerging trend. But while the company is closely evaluating CBD, Hershey’s CEO says there are no plans to add CBD to its products at this time.

Hershey Eyes Move into the CBD Market

In the alternative health and beauty market today, nothing is trendier than CBD. The enthusiasm surrounding CBD-infused health and beauty products only continues to grow. And their immense popularity among consumers looking for wellness alternatives has attracted the attention of some of the US’s largest retail chains. Companies are carefully and eagerly eyeing the evolving regulatory space around cannabidiol (CBD), looking for opportunities to expand CBD product lineups.

Some major retailers have already taken the plunge. Rite Aid, CVS and Walgreens, for example, all sell complete lineups of CBD-infused topical products in select states. Others, however, are still hanging back, like Coca-Cola, Constellation Brands and other beverage and food companies. And Hershey, like those companies, is taking a cautious approach.

Appearing on CNBC’s “Squawk Box,” Hershey CEO Michele Buck described CBD as “a huge trend.” She said that Hershey is “evaluating” the rapidly expanding CBD market, but that there are “no plans at this point in time” for Hershey to produce and sell CBD-infused chocolates. But the company “will continue to monitor and evaluate that trend in the food business,” Buck added.

CBD-Infused Hershey’s Chocolate? “Not Today,” Says CEO

So why would Hershey hold back from such an enormous opportunity? Because for now, the legal risks are too great for a company of Hershey’s size. Even though the federal government legalized hemp and hemp-derived products like CBD late last year, FDA and USDA regulations currently block many companies from offering a broader range of cannabidiol products.

The biggest obstacle is the FDA regulation against putting CBD in food, beverages or in dietary supplements. The FDA restricts the addition of CBD to food and has prohibited retailers from selling it in any ingestible oil, edible or drinkable product. Even in states where CBD-infused foods and beverages are legal, federal regulations prohibit their interstate commerce.

On “Squawk Box,” Hershey CEO Buck explained why these restrictions are causing the company to hold off on CBD offerings—for now. “Frankly, there’s some work to do from a regulatory perspective,” Buck said. “Currently, it is not legal to ship interstate a food product that has CBD.”

But while major companies like Hershey and Coca-Cola wait for the FDA to green light CBD-infused foods and beverages, smaller businesses are cashing in on the CBD craze.

Drury, ByAdam. “CEO of Hershey Confirms Company Is ‘Evaluating’ the CBD Trend.” Green Rush Daily, 18 June 2019,

Killer Mike Credits Rappers for Decriminalization of Marijuana

“I can show you a line that leads straight back to Cypress hill, that leads straight back to Snoop Dogg, that leads straight back to people like Rick James.”

Rapper Killer Mike is known for being outspoken about politics. Specifically, he is known for relatively progressive views.

For example, he consistently speaks out against mass incarceration. Similarly, he regularly talks about the dangers posed by police. And he is also known for speaking out about the harm caused by the war on drugs.

Most recently, he participated in a forum on free speech. During the event, Killer Mike discussed the growing trend of cannabis decriminalization. And according to Killer Mike, it’s not just political activists that deserve credit for catalyzing this trend. The way he sees it, there is also a long tradition of rappers and other musicians who have spurred progressive change on the marijuana front.

Killer Mike on the Decriminalization of Marijuana

Killer Mike’s remarks came as part of a discussion hosted by the Washington Post. The panel he was on was titled “Artistic Expression and The First Amendment.”

At different points in the conversation, Killer Mike discussed problems with the U.S. legal system. Specifically, he talked about things like the over-policing of the U.S. in general. Even more, he focused on the over-policing of poor communities and communities of color.

Similarly, he also spoke about some of the dangers posed by the ongoing war on drugs.

But he didn’t just talk about problems. He also spoke about some of the people and events that have helped produce positive change.

On the topic of the war on drugs, Killer Mike talked briefly about the decriminalization of marijuana. In particular, he highlighted the way that a growing number of places around the country are moving in that direction.

Obviously, the rapper sees this as a productive and necessary trend. But he also voiced some concern over how the general public understands the efforts that lead to decriminalization and legalization. Basically, Killer Mike said it’s important to give credit where credit is due.

Recognizing the Work of Rappers and Other Musicians

As he talked about the movement to change drug-related laws, Killer Mike turned his focus to the role rappers have played in catalyzing decriminalization.

“We know that with national decriminalization of marijuana now, a lot of people are going to get credit for it,” the rapper said. “A lot of activists, a lot of workers.”

He continued: “But I can show you a line that leads straight back to Cypress Hill, that leads straight back to Snoop Dogg, that leads straight back to people like Rick James.”

From there, Killer Mike continued to highlight some of the problems that could arise if these types of cultural players are overlooked.

“If it’s not duly acknowledged publicly—if the media isn’t pushing the line of that narrative, if the media isn’t giving us that freedom, if the media treats rappers differently than they do country artists, then you’re going to see a galvanization of . . . the prejudices that we already see,” he said.

You can watch the full panel discussion at the Washington Post’s website. And you can check out the specific clip of Killer Mike talking about rappers and decriminalization at XXL.

Lindsey, ByNick. “Killer Mike Credits Rappers for Decriminalization of Marijuana.” Green Rush Daily, 20 June 2019,

Price is the Most Important Factor to Cannabis Shoppers, Study Says

For everyone except medical cannabis consumers, price was the most important factor in buying flower products, according to a new study.

What criteria do you weigh when you walk into the dispensary? How do you decide what cartridge to buy, what concentrate to nab, what flower to get? Do your preferences change when you’re buying edibles? And when you finally make your selection out of all the choices, what was the deciding factor? According to a new study, consumer choices at the dispensary aren’t motivated by esoteric qualities like strain origins or cultivation methods or terpene profiles, etc. Instead, its just the plain old love of a good bargain. And after that, what you might call bang for your buck: how strong is it?

Turns out, at least according to this study, cannabis consumers are simple folks with simple preferences. They want weed that’s potent and not too pricey.

Study Aims to Highlight What’s Driving Consumer Choices

As states have crafted the legal and regulatory frameworks for recreational cannabis, they’ve mostly been flying blind. Sure, they could look to other states with programs that are a few years in, or consult an endless field of analysts and industry experts. Of course, they’ve all done exactly that.

But the truth is that so much about the legal cannabis space is unknown, especially to policymakers, let alone marketing agencies and business operators. And one of the blankest spaces on the map is consumer preferences. People just haven’t been legally buying weed for very long, and so it’s hard to know exactly what forces are shaping consumer trends and preferences in the industry.

So for everyone from those who write cannabis regulations to those who design packaging, data on what makes buyers choose a certain product is highly valuable. Hence a new study, just published in the International Journal of Drug Policy, titled “The impacts of potency, warning messages, and price on preferences for Cannabis flower products.”

The study, as the title indicates, just focuses on flower purchases. Leave it to further studies to run the experiments on edibles and concentrates. For now, what did this study do?

Consumers Prefer Low Price, Lots of Cannabinoid Content, Study Says

Researchers conducted an online survey in 2017 and gathered responses from 2400 adults aged 21 years or older across 6 U.S. states with legal adult cannabis use. Of those 2400, half consisted of consumers who purchased and smoked flower in the past 12 months. The other half, however, were people who didn’t buy or consume flower in the past year.

The survey gave participants 12 “choice scenarios.” Each scenario offered 3 cannabis flower products, each with different levels of THC, CBD warning messages and price. For each scenario, it was also possible to opt out and choose no product. Using the survey choices, researchers then analyzed for consumer preferences.

What researchers found was that across the board, lower price and higher CBD were major preference drivers. Both cannabis consumers and nonusers went for the low-cost option that was highest in CBD. The breakdown for medical vs. recreational users was perhaps unsurprising. Medical consumers preferred higher CBD products, while recreational consumers went for the flower with higher THC quantities.

But what about the relative importance of those attributes? According to the study, price was no option for medical consumers. Or at least it wasn’t the most important for medical users, who were the only group for whom price wasn’t paramount. For them, CBD content was the most important. For all other consumers, it was price that was most important, followed by THC content for recreational consumers and non-consumers.

Warning labels did shape preferences somewhat, however, and that may be useful to future policy choices. According to the study, warning labels featuring graphics of drugged driving or text warnings increased consumer preferences for a flower product. FDA disapproval warning, however, drove consumers to other choices.

Drury, ByAdam. “Price and CBD Content Most Important to Cannabis Buyers, Study Says.” Green Rush Daily, 6 Aug. 2019,

Nate Diaz Smokes and Passes Hemp Joint at UFC Open Workout

UFC star Nate Diaz is lighting up in front of the cameras again. But this time, it won’t land him with a suspension or sideline his career. In fact, when Diaz sparked up a joint during his UFC 241 open workout on Wednesday, the media and the crowd erupted in applause. It was a show of support that Diaz returned in kind by passing the joint around with those in attendance. The scene marked the first time a UFC fighter has ever burned one during an open workout. And it signals how far the UFC and professional mixed martial arts in general have come on the issue of athlete’s using cannabis. And if there’s anyone who deserves much of the thanks for that progress, it’s Nate Diaz.

Nate Diaz’ Smokes Up Crowd During Open Workout

Award-winning MMA fighter Nate Diaz is something of a martyr for professional athletes around the world. In the face of rules barring UFC athletes from consuming cannabis, Diaz remained open and unapologetic about using cannabis to help his body recover from the punishing rigors of the cage. That refusal to back down and follow the rules ultimately cost him three years of his UFC career. Now, that same commitment to cannabis is launching his UFC comeback.

It’s been more than three years since Diaz has stepped into the Octagon. His fight against Anthony Pettis Saturday night in Anaheim, California will be his first since the UFC suspended him for cannabis back in 2016. The anticipation around the fight is huge. But Diaz took the media’s presence at his open workout to show that despite the time off, he’s still the same weed-loving, bone-crushing fighter he’s always been.

In the middle of his workout at The Honda Center, Diaz sparked up a joint. After taking a few puffs for the camera, he passed it around the crowd. Understandably, the place went crazy, and everyone wanted their turn in the rotation. It would seem like a bold move for a fighter just returning to the Octagon after being banned for cannabis. But this time, Diaz wasn’t breaking any rules, because the joint he was passing around contained cannabidiol (CBD), not THC.

And not just any CBD, either. The hemp flower in the joint was from Diaz’ own line of performance products, Game Up Nutrition. You can even purchase a 1000mg bottle of hemp-derived, non-GMO CBD oil on Game Up Nutrition’s website while you read up on all the Diaz-endorsed benefits of cannabidiol.

UFC Now Allows In-Competition CBD Use

In 2016, Nate Diaz made sports headlines when he began puffing on a CBD vape pen at a press conference. It was the moment that arguably contributed most to Diaz’ suspension. The press conference came after Diaz’ banner bout against Conor McGregor. And throughout the conversation with reporters, Diaz wasn’t just hitting his CBD vape. He was also being as open as possible about what it was and why he was doing it.

“It’s CBD,” Diaz explained. “It helps with the healing process and inflammation and stuff like that. So you wanna get these before, after the fight, training. It’ll make your life a better place.”

Back then, basically ancient history on the timeline of cannabis legalization, any form of cannabis, including non-psychoactive CBD, was flat-out prohibited by the UFC’s anti-doping policy.

Now, three years later, the UFC has changed its stance on weed. In light of the growing acknowledgement of the medical and therapeutic uses of cannabis and expanding legalization, the UFC no longer completely bans cannabis. Under its new rules, which came about thanks to the relentless advocacy of fans, trainers and athletes like Diaz, CBD is legal both in and out of competition. (CBD is also legal across the United States, thanks to the 2018 Farm Bill.)

In fact, earlier this year the UFC inked a multi-million dollar CBD deal with Aurora Cannabis. The UFC still bans THC in-competition. But consuming THC in the off-season will no longer land fighters with suspension.

Thanks to the new rules, Diaz could fearlessly spark up a hemp CBD joint during his open workout. Times are definitely changing.

Drury, ByAdam. “Nate Diaz Smokes and Passes Hemp Joint at UFC Open Workout.” Green Rush Daily, 15 Aug. 2019,

Does Weed Affect Women Different Than Men?

Women Experience Weed Different Than Men

In recent years, scientists applied gender as a factor when studying the effects of marijuana on humans. As a result, studies show cannabis does indeed affect women different than men. Between men and women using marijuana, there are many factors to consider, such as its effects on pain treatment, mood disorders, addiction, and even brain receptors. Here are five ways women feel the effects of marijuana different than men.

1. Women Tolerate THC Quicker Than Men

Does Weed Affect Women Different Than Men

A study conducted on rats showed that females tolerated the same dosage as males much quicker. Scientists have yet to confirm their finding on human subjects. However, if their findings are true, then women adapt to THC faster than men. While this sounds like women can handle their high better than men, it is not necessarily a good thing. Because of their quick tolerance to marijuana, women are more likely to experience negative side effects when withdrawing from the drug. When a tolerant woman stops smoking cannabis, she will experience more sleep disruption, lack of appetite, and irritability.

2. Women Use Weed for Mental Health

Does Weed Affect Women Different Than Men

Studies found that women were more likely to use cannabis to help mood or anxiety disorders. This is different from men who are more likely to use the drug for psychiatric disorders. Women with what scientists call “cannabis use disorder,” or CUD, are at risk of externalizing disorders. What does this mean? Extensive use of marijuana may

What does this mean? Extensive use of marijuana may intensify symptoms of depression and anxiety when not using. As mentioned before, women withdrawing from marijuana lack sleep, appetite, and are prone to irritability. An Australian study found young women who smoked marijuana daily are five times as likely to develop depression seven years later as their non-smoking peers. It appears women use marijuana to reduce levels of anxiety and stress, but if overdone, will only heighten symptoms from before.

3.Women Become Addicted to Cannabis Faster Than Men

Does Weed Affect Women Different Than Men

Telescoping, a medical term referring to the down spiral towards addiction, occurs faster for women than men. This means women pick up the habit of smoking quicker, different from men who take a longer time. Studies found, from the first puff with friends to a serious daily habit, women are more likely to telescope into a CUD. The finding

The findings are not limited to marijuana, but alcohol, opioids, and cocaine as well. There are many reasons women inhale their first joint, such as peer pressure, mood regulation, and social acceptance. This is different than men whose common motivation is more risk-taking and the excitement of trying new things. But when it comes to quitting, as mentioned before, women have a more difficult time. Therefore, women pick up the habit faster AND take longer to quit.

4. Cannabis Makes Women Forget and Want Sex

Does Weed Affect Women Different Than Men

Studies found women experience acute effects of marijuana on the brain, different from men. Endocannabinoids, the receptors for cannabinoids in our brains, have effects on behavior and the hippocampus.

The hippocampus is the region of the brain for short-term and longer term memory and cognition. Turns out, women are more likely to temporarily impair this region when smoking marijuana. This also explains why women tend to experience dizziness when using cannabis. Visuospatial memory, what allows you to make maps in your head and recall directions and locations, becomes jumbled for women.

Likewise, estrogen interferes with the endocannabinoid system in women. Smoking cannabis increases the level of endocannabinoid receptors during ovulation. In the few days before and after a woman is ovulating, small doses of cannabis (14% THC) increases sexual appetite. On the opposite side, larger doses of cannabis during this time will decrease women’s sexual appetite.

5. Marijuana Does Not Relieve Pain For Women

Does Weed Affect Women Different Than Men

Marijuana is more effective at treating pain in men than women because women tolerate the effects of weed faster. A Drug and Alcohol Dependence study found that active cannabis failed to decrease pain sensitivity in women. When considering potential therapeutic effects of marijuana for men and women, unfortunately, women are less likely to feel any significant change to their problem. However, that doesn’t mean women should stop using marijuana to help with menstrual pains. In fact, if the placebo effect is working, keep smoking.

Giron, ByChala. “Does Weed Affect Women Different Than Men?” Green Rush Daily, 13 May 2017,

5 Ways Cannabis Legalization Helps The LGBT Community

Is weed beneficial for LGBT people? We’re going to say yes. Here are the different ways cannabis legalization helps the LGBT community.

What are the ways cannabis legalization helps the LGBT community? While it’s safe to say that weed can help many people, cannabis use has a variety of benefits that can be particularly helpful for people who identify as lesbian, gay, bisexual, and/or transgender. Here’s how Mary Jane is an ally.

1. Depression

5 Ways Cannabis Legalization Helps The LGBT Community

People who identify as LGBT are three times as likely as heterosexual and/or cisgender people to experience major depression. LGBT youths are four times as likely to attempt suicide or engage in acts of self-harm. Worldwide, between 32% and 50% of transgender people attempt suicide.

These high rates are mostly due to the discrimination and violence that LGBT people face every day. Especially after they come out. The most logical step to combat this would be to implement country-wide measures to protect these LGBT people, especially transgender people. But policy change requires an administration that genuinely cares about them.

In the meantime, cannabis has been shown to help alleviate depression. Although weed won’t eliminate anti-LGBT discrimination and violence, it can help people cope with the ramifications without being pushed to suicide.

2. Anxiety and Stress

5 Ways Cannabis Legalization Helps The LGBT Community

In addition to depression, LGBT people are more likely to have anxiety and generalized anxiety disorder. This is exacerbated by the stress of coming out. It’s made even worse by the threats of rejection, violence, and discrimination that often follow coming out.

As with depression, cannabis use can relieve anxiety and stress. Don’t want to reach for your vape every time a politician challenges your human rights?

New studies show that daily use helps reduce stress even when you’re sober. By legalizing cannabis, everyone would be able to have access to it, with or without a prescription.

3. Physical Health

5 Ways Cannabis Legalization Helps The LGBT Community

Cannabis doesn’t only help people cope with mental health issues. One of the other ways cannabis legalization helps the LGBT community is by making it available to everyone suffering from physical health problems.

Because LGBT people are, well, people, they are vulnerable to the same physical health risks that straight and cisgender people are. A prevalent health problem in the United States is obesity and the myriad complications associated with it.

Incidentally, studies seem to show that lesbian and bisexual women are more likely to be overweight or obese than their straight counterparts. While obesity is a complex issue, studies show that weed can help.

Research suggests that cannabis has a positive effect on weight loss. It can also lead to more productive workouts.

4. Substance Abuse

5 Ways Cannabis Legalization Helps The LGBT Community

Unsurprisingly, the LGBT population is disproportionately affected by addiction and substance abuse. Even worse, there are very few treatment programs that are particularly welcoming or helpful to them.

While everyone’s journey to recovery is different, recent research suggests that cannabis can help curb drug addiction.

When these studies become more accepted in the mainstream and legalization follows suit, it will become one of the ways cannabis legalization helps the LGBT community.


5 Ways Cannabis Legalization Helps The LGBT Community

Finally, one of the ways cannabis legalization helps the LGBT community is by giving HIV/AIDS patients access to weed. While by itself cannabis is not a treatment for HIV, it can help treat some of the symptoms that come with the virus. Cannabis can help alleviate HIV-associated ailments like decreased appetite, neuropathic pain, and insomnia. While HIV/AIDS can affect anyone, regardless of gender, sex, or sexual orientation, the LGBT population is especially at risk. Much of the elevated risk is due to discrimination, stigma, and lack of adequate healthcare.

Although HIV is not curable, it is treatable. It can be prevented by practicing safe sex, not sharing syringes, and getting tested regularly. There is also the option of PrEP or pre-exposure prophylaxis. This involves taking the daily medication TRUVADA.

Final Hit: The Ways Cannabis Legalization Helps The LGBT Community

5 Ways Cannabis Legalization Helps The LGBT Community

The LGBT community has unique health issues and concerns. Cannabis won’t cure the root causes of the problems, which are violence and discrimination. But consuming cannabis can help. Using weed as an aid to cope with the health issues isn’t harmful like using other substances or actions, like opioids or self-harm. And while smoking cannabis can help many people, it’s not right for absolutely everyone. It’s all about making the right choice for you.

Gold, ByChloe Harper. “5 Ways Cannabis Legalization Helps The LGBT Community.” Green Rush Daily, 8 Aug. 2017,

New Graphic Novel Dives into the History Behind Cannabis Prohibition

Getting into the political and racial history behind how the plant first became illegal in the United States.

Sometimes, the best way to tell history is through art. And cannabis is a cultural icon that necessitates the use of witty cartoons and graphics. “Cannabis: The Illegalization of Weed in America” is a graphic novel that debuts April 2 by acclaimed cartoonist Box Brown. He’s authored the New York Times best-seller “Andre The Giant: Life and Legend,” but he’s now foraying into the weed biz.

New Graphic Novel Dives into the History Behind Cannabis Prohibition
Cannabis: The Illegalization of Weed in America

The graphic novel, published by First Second Books, dives into the political and racist history behind how cannabis became illegal—both in the United States and across the world. (Thanks, ‘Murica.) The fun, informative cartoon panels describe the relationship humans have to the plant, which long predates the silly misinformed laws that keep the drug federally illegal.

The 254-page book—a quick read with short snippets of text—starts with some of the plant’s mythological beginnings. Its true history and beginnings remain unknown, but we know cannabis was consumed in the early days of humanity long before the U.S. government decided to outlaw it. Or long before the U.S. government ever existed at all, really.

New Graphic Novel Dives into the History Behind Cannabis Prohibition
Cannabis: The Illegalization of Weed in America

American leaders banned it, in large part, due to their racist bias toward Mexican immigrants and the black musicians of the jazz era, both of whom they associated with the plant. Today, the legacy of this racist past still lingers, and it still disproportionately impacts these groups. More than 8 million arrests were due to pot between 2001 and 2010, according to the American Civil Liberties Union. And while white people are just as likely to use weed as black people, black Americans are arrested at more than three times the rate of white people, the ACLU reports.

This new, beautifully illustrated book outlines the history behind this modern statistic clear as day—and Brown keeps it real. He doesn’t hesitate to call it like he sees it, and he even makes the reader laugh a little bit while doing it.

New Graphic Novel Dives into the History Behind Cannabis Prohibition
Cannabis: The Illegalization of Weed in America

He introduces major political players with whom not all potheads may be familiar: like Harry J. Anslinger, the novel’s main villain. He was the first commissioner for the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Federal Bureau of Narcotics. According to Brown, his lies and propaganda during Prohibition helped fuel the false stereotypes that keep weed consumption suppressed today.

For instance, supporters of the War on Drugs like to claim weed is a “gateway drug” or that it’s bad for a person’s memory or that it makes people lose their mind. However, there’s very little science to support any of these claims. To make matters worse, the federal scheduling of cannabis has kept researchers from being able to properly access—and analyze—it. The research starting to come out on the drug is a bit troubling, but that doesn’t mean that all the questions are answered. The public needs more science to fully understand the impacts of cannabis.

New Graphic Novel Dives into the History Behind Cannabis Prohibition
Cannabis: The Illegalization of Weed in America

What science has shown is that the drug carries medicinal benefits—and the push for those perks during the AIDS epidemic in the 1980s ultimately helped revolutionize the medical cannabis movement. While the munchies may be a nice treat for the healthy, they really improve the quality of life of those who are sick and unable to eat. The LGBTQ community’s support of their AIDS-inflicted friends helped amplify and push the medical cannabis movement to success in states like California.

Now, the drug’s benefits are no secret. It’s common knowledge. And artist Brown’s comical and honest rendition of this tale will take that truth even further. The connection between humans and cannabis can’t be broken—no matter how many laws try to come between them.

New Graphic Novel Dives into the History Behind Cannabis Prohibition
Cannabis: The Illegalization of Weed in America

Fun, ByLissett. “New Graphic Novel Dives into the History Behind Cannabis Prohibition.” Green Rush Daily, 1 Apr. 2019,

Hashish: The History Of Hash And Humans

The history of hashish is as rich and dense as the levels of THC in the product itself. Where did it come from? Where is it going?

You’ve probably heard of hash, and you may have even smoked it, but have you ever stopped to think about the history of hash? Luckily, we have. Without further ado, here’s your brief and condensed history lesson on hashish.

What is Hashish?

Hashish: The History Of Hash And Humans


Hashish is a natural substance derived from cannabis. Unlike weed, which is the flower form of smokeable cannabis, hashish refers to the extracted and compressed resin, or trichomes, of the cannabis plant. Because of the compressed and often purified form, it has a much higher concentration of THC (and other cannabinoids) than the bud that one would typically smoke.

Hashish, or hash as it’s often called, can be smoked using a pipe, a bong, or a vaporizer. You can also roll it into a joint, but in this form, it can’t burn by itself; it must be rolled with either tobacco or weed.

The History of Hash

Hashish: The History Of Hash And Humans

 Pinterest; “The Hashish Smokers” by Gaetano Previati (1887)

The history of hash is very similar to the history of cannabis as a whole. This could be, in part, due to the fact that the cannabis plant has a wide variety of uses. Ancient civilizations used the hemp from the cannabis plant to make paper, rope, and other useful goods. The cannabis plant has also historically been used by different civilizations as a potent medicine to treat everything from rheumatism to cataracts.

In fact, the first recorded use of cannabis as medicine dates back to 2737 BCE, by the Chinese emperor Shen Neng.

Ancient History

Hashish: The History Of Hash And Humans

 Ancient Origins; “Smokers Hearts” by Gabriel Ferrier (1887)

Although the use of cannabis dates back thousands of years, the specific history of hash is fairly recent. Of course, we’re using the term “recent” quite loosely.

Historians speculate that the production and use of hashish had been occurring for thousands of years. Around 900 AD, its use began to spread throughout the Arabia. And in Northern India, the form of hash known as Charas, which is hand made, had been around for even longer.

From 1090- 1124, Persian mystic, missionary, and murder expert, Hassan-e Sabbah, reportedly trained an order of assassins using hashish. In the late 1200’s, Marco Polo brought these second-hand tales back to Europe. It was the first time that Europeans had heard of cannabis.

Around the 12th Century, it became increasingly popular in the Middle East.

In the collection of stories 1001 Nights, hash is central to “The Tale of Two Hashish-Eaters.”

In 1596, the Dutch merchant and historian Jan Huyghen van Linschoten wrote three pages about bhang and hashish in his account of his travels throughout the East. 

Between 1600 and 1700, it became a major source of trade between South Asia and Central Asia. 

The 19th Century

Hashish: The History Of Hash And Humans

 Weed York City; “Modern Methods of Intoxication” by Joseph B. Beale (1868)

In the 1800’s, Europe’s literary circles embraced hash with gusto. The most famous instance of this was the Club des Hashischins in Paris, France. Luminaries such as Charles Baudelaire, Victor Hugo, and Alexandre Dumas populated this club. 

Meanwhile, in the 1840’s, in America, cannabis-based medicine began to hit the shelves. In Persia, hash could be purchased at pharmacies. And in France, two texts on the subject were published. The first, in 1843, was titled The Hashish Club and was written by Théophile Gautier. In 1846, Dr. Moreau ‘de Tours published Hashish and Mental Illness.

During the last decades of the 1800’s, reports of hash use in Greece began to emerge. Subsequently, Both Greece and Turkey made it illegal.

In 1869, doctors in Germany began using it as an anesthetic.

Modern History of Hash

In the 20th century, the cannabis industry began to face threats.

During the 1920’s, the Greek dictator Ioannis Metaxas organized a crackdown on hash. Think of him as an early Greek Rudy Giuliani. The crackdown, predictably, led to a booming black market for smugglers.

Also in the 1920’s, Lebanon outlawed hash. In Britain, recreational cannabis became a prohibited substance.

And of course, in the 1930’s, the United States of America started a feverish anti-cannabis crusade.

1960’s-1980’s: The Groovy History of Hash

Hashish: The History Of Hash And Humans

 The American Historian; Mark St. Gil (1973)

In 1965, farmers began to grow Cannabis Afghanica for the sole purpose of hash. This production took place in northern Afghanistan. Two years before that, the Turkish police force seized 2.5 tons of hashish.

In 1967, the hash strain Red Lebanese made its way to California, which, incidentally, was the first state to outlaw weed. Also in 1967, users saw the first variety of hash oil, called “Smash.”

In the early 1970s, Afghanistan saw a boom in hash production. North America, in turn, received more and more types of hash. As a result, the Afghani police introduced anti-hashish law enforcement efforts.

In the 1980s, Morocco became one of the world leaders in hashish production and distribution. By 1987, anti-hashish efforts by the government began.

In 1995, locally produced hashish sprung up in Amsterdam coffee shops.

Meanwhile, violence between different religious groups interrupted the hashish trade in Afghanistan.

Hashish Today

Hashish: The History Of Hash And Humans

The history of hash is like the history of weed. It’s always changing and it’s always evolving. As we become more comfortable with cannabis, we’re able to dive deeper into the history behind it and gain a better understanding of where we are today in terms of use and legality.

We might even be able to get a better understanding of where we are a species.

In 1977, Carl Sagan theorized that cannabis was the world’s first agricultural crop. If that were true, then cannabis was instrumental in the shaping of human civilization as we know it.

Today, western Europe consumes a huge amount of hashish. In 2013, 641 tonnes of hashish were consumed in the European Union. Anecdotally, hash is reported to be more popular among European cannabis users than cannabis flowers are.

As legalization in the United States becomes more widespread, it’s reasonable to predict that hashish use will increase among cannabis users. It’s the same plant, just in a different form. After all, a rose by any other name would smell as sweet.

Gold, ByChloe Harper. “Hashish: The History Of Hash And Humans.” Green Rush Daily, 27 Aug. 2017,

10 Reasons To Smoke Weed With Your Grandparents

We can think of, like, a hundred reasons to smoke weed with your grandparents. Here are the top ten reasons.

There are so many reasons to smoke weed with your grandparents. In addition to the myriad health benefits of cannabis, especially for seniors, it’s a great way to ease the way for open and honest communication with your oldest family members. Your grandparents can teach you a lot. And in turn, you can teach them all about cannabis if smoking is new to them. So now, rather than hiding your weed use, invite Grandma and Grandpa to join in!

1. Health

10 Reasons To Smoke Weed With Your Grandparents

Cannabis can seriously help your grandparents’ health. If either or both of them suffer from arthritischronic pain, or even high blood pressure, consuming weed could offer some relief. Better still, cannabis isn’t addictive like other pain management medications, so your grandparents won’t have to worry about becoming dependent.

2. Oral History

10 Reasons To Smoke Weed With Your Grandparents

Getting high with your grandparents could be a great opportunity to get an unfiltered, unabridged history lesson that you won’t get in a classroom. Especially if your grandparents are of a minority population. Want a first-hand account of what life was like in the 1940s for an Asian-American boy? Stories from your Jewish grandmother’s adolescence in Brooklyn? If your grandparents are immigrants, you’ll probably get some amazing stories about coming to America. It’s so important to keep your family’s history alive. Your grandparents will love telling you about their youth and experiences! Just keep an open mind and listen to their tales.

3. Watch Old Movies

10 Reasons To Smoke Weed With Your Grandparents


Like cannabis, cinema has always brought people together. When you smoke your grandparents up, why not pop in a movie that was popular when they were young? Maybe surprise them with a screwball comedy like Bringing Up Baby, a twisted technicolor musical like The Wizard of Oz, or a classic drama like All About Eve? When you watch these classic films with your grandparents, you might even get a mini-story of how they skipped school to go to the movie theater to see it. Plus, if you choose All About Eve, you can gush over Bette Davis’ flawless French inhale.

4. Listen To Records

10 Reasons To Smoke Weed With Your Grandparents

Yes, records. Not CDs or Spotify. When you go to your grandparents’ house to smoke weed with them, bring some records of old musicians with you! Sometimes music sounds better when you’re stoned, and many times vinyl sounds better than digital. Bringing over some Ella Fitzgerald or Buddy Holly will make your grandparents’ high so much better. Plus, they’ll love that you even thought of it! Who knows– maybe they even have an old Andrews Sisters record stashed away somewhere.

Ps. If your grandparents somehow don’t have a record player, bring that too. They’re not that expensive.

5. Improve Communication

10 Reasons To Smoke Weed With Your Grandparents

One of the reasons to smoke weed with your grandparents is that it opens the door for honest and direct communication. If you weren’t able to before, cannabis can help you and your grandparents have a dialogue about life. Because your grandparents are significantly older than you, they will have a much broader and much more mature perspective of the world. Particularly how they’ve seen it change and evolve. The conversation might not necessarily be positive, but it’s an important conversation to have.

6. Show Off Your Baking Skills

10 Reasons To Smoke Weed With Your Grandparents

Your grandparents are probably going to get the munchies, especially if it’s their first time smoking weed. What could be a better opportunity to show off your culinary skills? Maybe use one of your grandma’s old cookie recipes, or wow them with something totally new. At the very least, you’ll reassure them that you’re self-sufficient and are not relying on pre-made frozen meals to feed yourself.

7. Demonstrate That Weed Isn’t Bad

10 Reasons To Smoke Weed With Your Grandparents


In your grandparents’ day, weed was demonized even more than it is now. When your grandparents were growing up, they might have been inundated with cautionary tales and scare tactic videos about reefer. Now that the myths surrounding cannabis have been debunked, it’s a good time to demonstrate first-hand that weed isn’t the dangerous substance they were told it was.

8. Introduce Them To CBD

10 Reasons To Smoke Weed With Your Grandparents

If your grandparents discover that they love weed and want to experience the plant to the fullest, introduce them to CBD. There’s a whole range of topical treatments, tinctures, and oils that can benefit their lives and their health. If they have skin concerns, definitely steer them toward CBD-infused creams and lotions.

9. You Can Help Them Access It

10 Reasons To Smoke Weed With Your Grandparents

It seems like one of the factors preventing seniors from smoking weed is a lack of access. A lot of people over a certain age don’t know where to buy cannabis, even if they live in a state with either medical or recreational legality. If you smoke weed with your grandparents, you can become their de facto provider if they want to make smoking cannabis a regular occurrence. Or if you live far away, you can help them find their own source.

10. Become Closer

10 Reasons To Smoke Weed With Your Grandparents

One of the best reasons to smoke weed with your grandparents is that it’ll help you have a closer relationship with them. Sharing some bud with your grandparents can be a beneficial experience for all of you. If you already drink with your grandparents, why would smoking weed be any different?

Final Hit: Reasons To Smoke Weed With Your Grandparents

10 Reasons To Smoke Weed With Your Grandparents

It’s well known that smoking weed with someone can help strengthen your relationship with them. Who doesn’t want to strengthen their relationship with their grandparents? We’re sure that there are many more reasons to smoke weed with your grandparents, especially on a case by case basis. Have you smoked with your grandparents? Would you? Let us know!

Gold, ByChloe Harper. “10 Reasons To Smoke Weed With Your Grandparents.” Green Rush Daily, 11 Aug. 2017,

People More Likely to Try Drugs for First Time in Summer, Study Says

Are you surprised?

Many people would call the summer their favorite season. It’s easy to see why: endless sunshine, outdoor activity, and a whole lot of fun. It’s no wonder summertime is when people are most likely to try drugs for the first time, as a recent study found. Come to think of it, I smoked my first blunt in the summer, too.

The study—published Tuesday in the Journal of General Internal Medicine—involves data on more than 394,000 people from 2011 to 2017. The major finding, which is not all that surprising, is that teenagers and adults are more likely to try drugs for the first time during summer months.

Is There a Better Season to Try Recreational Drugs?

Thirty percent of those sampled in the data tried cannabis for the first time in the summer. As for LSD? Thirty-four percent. Another 30 percent tried ecstasy in the summer; 28 percent of cocaine use started in the summertime, too. Something about the heat just really piques our curiosity, man. Or maybe it’s easier access to the outdoors? Perhaps the extra time some people have on their hands.

Who knows, but the study authors—who are with New York University’s School of Public Health and School of Medicine—speculate the increased recreational time could have a lot to do with their findings. Music festivals, in particular, seem like a solid place to do some drugs for the first time. And these usually happen in our warmer months.

Regardless, the why is all speculation right now. Science still hasn’t answered that. And numbers could be higher: The data comes from the National Survey on Drug Use and Health, which includes self-reported data from people 12 and older. The truth is people lie—especially teens who might not want to admit their drug experience in a self-reported survey.

“Parents and educators who are concerned about their kids need to educate them year-round about potential risks associated with drug use, but special emphasis appears to be needed before or during summer months when rates of initiation increase,” said study senior investigator Joseph Palamar, an associate professor of health at NYU School of Medicine, in a statement.

Scientists Want You to Do Your Research Before You Try It

The team of scientists stresses that those who embark on their first drug journey learn enough about the drugs they’re gonna try. For those smoking their first joint, make sure you got the munchies ready. The team also suggests using these drugs while with friends you trust. Stay hydrated and know the signs of heatstroke. Summertime heat is no joke—as the recent heatwave in the midwestern and eastern United States showed us. Being under the influence doesn’t help a person’s situation.

“First-time users may be unfamiliar with the effects of various drugs, so it is important to first understand when people are most likely to start these behaviors,” Palamar said in a statement. Really, summer nights are a great time to experiment, so long as individuals are doing so safely. Drugs can be fun—but they can also be dangerous.

Fun, ByLissett. “People More Likely to Try Drugs for First Time in Summer, Study Says.” Green Rush Daily, 24 July 2019,

Haunted Denver Hotel Wants to Let Their Guests Light Up With Ghosts

Would you stay or stay away?

Picture this: You head to Denver to enjoy a nice mountain-filled vacation. Perhaps it’s 4/20. Or maybe you just need a break. Either way, you decide to stay at the Patterson Historic Inn, which is said to be one of the city’s most haunted locations.

Here comes the best part: The hotel features a cannabis-smoking room. At least that’s what the manager envisions for the near future, according to local news station KFOR. And it sounds utterly dope.

“My intention is a coffee shop: a place where you can get a light snack, a place where you can enjoy a non-alcoholic beverage and consume cannabis in a responsible adult environment,” owner Chris Chiari told KFOR.

Right now, this is only an idea—one Chiari is willing to fight over. The city prohibits any cannabis consumption within 1,000 feet of schools, daycares, drug treatment facility, recreational centers, and public pools, as the law states. As fate would have it, there are a number of schools near the establishment—Denver Justice High School being the closest.

“When they voted for social consumption in Denver, one of the key aspects was a 1,000-foot restriction from schools,” said Eric Escudero, a spokesman for the Denver’s Department of Excise and Licenses, to KFOR. ”And the intent was to protect children from the exposure to cannabis.”

The law was created to regulate cannabis consumption areas and makes sense from a public safety perspective, but think about the lovers of horror and enthusiasts of terror! What an experience it’d be to light up among ghosts and spirits.

The hotel has a haunted reputation for good reason. Before converting to a hotel in 2013, it used to be the Croke Patterson Mansion. Thomas B. Croke, some random rich dude, built the mansion in 1890, according to Visit Denver. It’s one of the city’s oldest buildings today and sits on the National Register of Historic Places, where it was inducted in 1973. What occurred within its walls remains a bit of a mystery, but rumor has it that a little girl buried in the basement haunts the hallways.

In the 1970s, construction crews were renovating the castle-like mansion and would find their work ruined the next day. Logically, the workers assumed some annoying criminal was to blame. They left behind two dogs to hold down the fort. The following day, both were found dead; they fell out of the third-floor window.

Much of this tale is hard to corroborate, but I’m always down for a riveting scary story. Perhaps smoking weed can help guests better connect with those who have passed on in the mansion—but does anyone actually want to see what the walls have to offer?

General manager Scott Allen appears into it.

“I think it’s definitely a cool setting because of the haunted past and the rich history and the spirits that live within the building,” he told KFOR.

Owner Chiari plans to ask a judge to decide on whether the 1,000-feet ordinance is legal. That means a lawsuit is brewing. Plus, the building sits at 420 E. Eleventh Avenue. What better place to spark one?

Fun, ByLissett. “Haunted Denver Hotel Wants to Let Their Guests Light Up With Ghosts.” Green Rush Daily, 14 June 2019,

What Is 710 and Why Is It Special to Cannabis Consumers?

Happy 7/10 everybody! Today, we celebrate cannabis concentrates.

Despite the fact that the federal government considers them illegal, cannabis businesses still pay their taxes, both to their home state and Uncle Sam. Ultimately, those costs trickle down to consumers in the form of higher prices on cannabis products, whether consumers pay sales tax on those products or not. Of course, tax rates differ across states. Different segments of the industry pay different taxes, too. And that makes states with tax-free cannabis sales rare birds, indeed. Here’s which ones they are.

States With Tax-Free Cannabis for Medical Patients

Generally, medical cannabis patients pay lower tax rates than adult retail consumers. And in some states, medical cannabis patients don’t pay any tax on dispensary purchases at all. Rather, taxes are usually paid by cultivators who sell cannabis to dispensaries or manufacturers.

Here’s a complete list of states with tax-free cannabis for registered medical patients.

  • Alaska patients pay no tax, but there is a $50 per ounce tax on flower and $15 per oz of trimmings on wholesale purchases.
  • California medical cannabis patients don’t have to pay the retail and additional excise tax non-medical buyers do.
  • Delaware‘s Medical Marijuana Act stipulates that there shall be no tax collected on dispensary purchases by registered patients.
  • D.C. isn’t a U.S. state, but the District of Columbia has tax-free medical cannabis.
  • Maine residents have to pay a 10 percent sales tax on retail sales, but medical patients pay no tax.
  • Massachusetts medical cannabis patients are exempt from the retail, state and municipality taxes other buyers pay on cannabis.
  • New Hampshire‘s Therapeutic Cannabis Program does not impose a tax on medical cannabis sales.
  • New Mexico added no new taxes for medical cannabis patients.
  • North Dakota‘s House Bill 1430 does not levy a tax on dispensary sales to medical patients.
  • Oregon tax rates for retail sales can be as high as 20 percent, but not for medical cannabis patients, who pay no tax.
  • Vermont‘s sale and use tax doesn’t apply to medical cannabis.
  • West Virginia‘s Senate Bill 386 imposes a 10 percent excise tax on wholesale cannabis, but medical patients don’t pay tax at point of sale.

Any states with medical cannabis not included in this list place a tax on medical cannabis purchases by patients and/or licensed caregivers.

Are There Adult-Use States With Tax-Free Cannabis Sales?

Unfortunately, there isn’t a single state that doesn’t charge sales tax for adult-use purchases. In some states, the tax on retail cannabis purchases is simply the same as the local sales tax rate. In some places, however, like Massachusetts, there are additional taxes on top of the standard sales tax. Other states, like Oregon, let municipalities opt in or out of the additional tax on cannabis.

Furthermore, in states that have separate regulations for their medical and adult-use cannabis industries, cultivators and manufacturers can pay high excise taxes that can end up raising prices for consumers even further. Often, weed prices like $20 for a single gram, common for higher-end flower in many shops, are more a reflection of businesses overhead costs than they are of limited supply.

Drury, ByAdam. “12 States With Tax-Free Legal Weed Sales.” Green Rush Daily, 7 Sept. 2018,

Wax vs. Weed: Which One Is Better?

When it comes to wax vs. weed which would you rank on top? We go over the differences to find out the best method to consume cannabis with.

Some people try cannabis concentrates for the first time and never go back to smoking regular weed. On the other hand, some people find concentrates too intense and fear ever trying them again. When it comes to wax vs. weed, the question of which one is better depends entirely on your preferences. We’ll go over all the differences to find out which one is better for you.

Pros Of Wax

Wax vs. Weed: Which One Is Better?

One of the best features of wax is discretion. The fact that it doesn’t smell as much as flower makes it ideal for stealth purposes. There is a little smell to it, but it easily dissipates when compared to weed smoke.

This makes it fairly easy to get away with dabbing behind closed doors. If you don’t want to buy a dab rigtorch, and butane, you can get a more portable option. Wax vape pens make it easy to get high on the go with minimal effort.

Potency is another category that wax takes home in the wax vs. weed competition. You can get way higher with wax than you ever could by smoking flower. Not only will you stay high for a longer time, but it’ll also happen way faster than it would if you grind up your weed and smoke bowl after bowl until you’re happy with your high.

Cons Of Wax

Wax vs. Weed: Which One Is Better?

Wax can be awesome, but it also comes with its own set of downsides. First of all, it’s much harder to find cannabis concentrates than it is to find actual weed.

Even if you do have access to a regular supply of dabs, it can be overwhelming. You’ll have a harder time trying to function after a fat dab compared to after smoking a joint.

The final downside to wax is the stickiness. You thought you’ve dealt with sticky weed, but that stuff hardly compares to what dabs can do.

You’ll need to wash your hands in isopropyl alcohol if some gets stuck to your finger tips. If you put it on the wrong thing, you won’t even be able to get all of it off and smoke it. We recommend keeping your wax in parchment paper or a silicone jar to avoid all this.

Pros Of Weed

Wax vs. Weed: Which One Is Better?

The best part about weed is how easy it is to find. Not only is it easy to find the weed, but it’s also easy to smoke it once you’ve got it.

There are so many different ways to smoke it. You don’t even need a pipe or papers. Additionally, it is easier to function after smoking weed than it is after dabbing wax.

Cons Of Weed

Wax vs. Weed: Which One Is Better?

Smell is the biggest drawback to smoking weed. It’ll stick to your fingers, clothes, hair, and breath. If you’ve got to keep your weed habit a secret, this is probably the thing that will eventually blow your cover. Because the smell of weed travels so far, it is harder to find a place to smoke in peace, even in states where it is legal.

Additionally, the process that comes before smoking can be tedious and a hassle. If you don’t have a grinder, you’ll have to break up by hand, which wastes more time. If you’re smoking a bowl, you’ll have to grind more weed when you need to repack it.

In the mood for a blunt? It’s not going to roll itself. Once again, there is a bit more time and effort involved with smoking weed.

Finally, weed deteriorates much easier and quicker than wax. Flower will dry up and turn to trash, but wax won’t just spontaneously melt away. So for long-term storage wax is better. It’s easier to retain the potency and flavor of a dab than it is cannabis flowers.

Final Hit: Wax vs. Weed

When it comes to wax vs. weed, go with the one that best suits your needs. Are you looking for a way to get higher than ever before? Go the wax route.

Trying to handle your day to day tasks with a little extra buzz? Buy some flowers and smoke up. You can also vaporize a small amount of weed if you want to stay productive. If you ever want the best of both worlds, there are several ways to combine wax and weed.

Hanna, ByAb. “Wax vs. Weed: Which One Is Better?” Green Rush Daily, 29 Aug. 2017,

What is a Chillum?

What is a chillum? If you’ve never smoked one before it can be a little tricky. But since these simple little pipes are a key piece of cannabis culture, you should definitely add chillums to your weed-smoking arsenal.

What is a chillum? A pipe, a bowl? Some hybrid of both? Actually, chillums are cool little smoking devices you should consider adding to your kit. Once a lesser-known way to smoke cannabis, today chillums are surging in popularity. They’re small, portable, and if you know how to use them right—most don’t—they provide a versatile and discrete way to puff. They also hit hard, offering the shortest path possible between your smoke and your lungs.

What is a Chillum?

In terms of its design, nothing could be simpler than a chillum. It’s basically a pipe in the form of a short, straight tube. They have an end-to-end tunnel, meaning the air flows straight from one end to the other.

But a chillum is different than other weed pipes for one major reason. Your more traditional pipe has a bowl that’s perpendicular to the stem of the pipe. When you hold the bowl, the flower sits “on top” and you suck the flame down into it.

With a chillum, however, the bowl is just the conical end of the tube. Think of it like a giant glass cigarette packed with weed at the tip. Usually, the opening where you’d pack your herb is rather large and has a high-diameter opening. And it’s exactly this singular design that trips up newcomers, especially if they’re only experienced with regular pipes.

How to smoke a Chillum like a pro

To the uninitiated, the chillum presents a challenge. Rookies will often hold them parallel to the ground, dumping out the weed in the process. Other folks will tilt their heads way back to hold it verticle, looking a bit ridiculous and definitely attracting the attention of any onlookers.

It’s also pretty hard to get a good light when you’re holding your hands above your head and can’t see what you’re doing.

Tip 1: Get Stoned

That’s obvious, right? But seriously, find a small stone or a pebble that fits snugly in the tip of the chillum. Sure, you could use a screen or other filter. But chillums are legacy tech, and cannabis smokers have relied on them for centuries.

Back in the eighteenth century, when Hindu monks were perfecting the art of smoking a chillum, they would search the ground for the perfect-sized pebble. Inserting the pebble in the opening blocks flaming ash and embers from rocketing down your throat when you pull.

It also makes sure you don’t eat any of your herb. The large opening of the chillum is the first stumbling block for a novice. To try and solve the problem, people will usually just load up entire nuggs into the opening. Problem is that doesn’t really solve the ash-eating problem.

Tip 2: Get Hands On

To make the best use of a one, take a hands-on approach. You can actually use your fist to create a chamber for the chillum. The technique is easy.

First, pinch the mouth-end of a loaded chillum between the first and second knuckles of your index and middle finger, keeping it vertical. Second, form your hand into a hollow fist. Just like you would if you were blowing into your hand to warm it up on a cold winter day.

Now, just hit it by breathing through your hand at the loop made by your index finger and thumb. You’ll pull smoke down the chillum, into your hand, and into your face.

You can even mimic the behavior of a carb if you want. Use your pinky to pinch shut the heel of your hand as you fill your “chamber” with smoke, then release to rush. Or if that doesn’t work, you can use the palm of your other hand, but you’ll need someone to help you spark the chillum.

As a final note, make sure not to set your hair on fire when you spark one up. They burn higher up than most pieces.

Final Hit: What is a Chillum?

Overall, a “chillum” can designate a wide range of similarly designed pipes. Anything that’s a simple tube could technically be considered one. Some people call the one hitters that go with their “dugout” weed boxes. For others, one hitter and chillum are interchangeable.

Technically, however, a chillum is the large-bore earthen, clay, or glass pipe described above. They’re not the perfect piece by any means. It’s hard to keep from eating some herb when you use one. And they hit hard—almost like a mini steamroller—which is something to keep in mind if you’re sensitive to weed smoke. But when it comes to simplicity, coolness, and portability, it’s hard to find a more versatile go-to than the chillum.

Drury, ByAdam. “What Is a Chillum?” Green Rush Daily, 15 July 2017,

How To Make A Banana Pipe For Weed

Weed smokers are a clever bunch. We’ve figured out how to turn just about anything into a makeshift pipe. Here are two simple ways to make a banana pipe.

If you are ever in a pinch and you don’t have anything to smoke weed out of, don’t worry. All you need is a piece of fruit. Clever cannabis smokers have figured out how to turn just about anything into a makeshift pipe. In this guide, we’ll show you how to make a banana pipe. We’ll give you two different techniques for turning a banana into a usable pipe.

Make A Banana Pipe Method 1: Poke Holes

How To Make A Banana Pipe

To make a banana pipe using this first method, all you’ll need is a ripe banana and a pen. Before doing anything else, remove the ink and everything else from inside the pen. You just want the plastic body of the pen, since you’ll be using this to poke holes into the banana.

Once you’ve got your pen all ready to go, it’s time to start transforming your banana into a pipe. Hold the banana vertically, so that the long stem is on top. Poke your pen into the banana, about an inch or so below the banana’s stem. Press the pen through the very center of the banana so that it makes a long tunnel through the middle of the fruit.

Important Note: Do not press the pen all the way through the banana. If you do, you’ll ruin your pipe. You are making the chamber through which all that THC-rich weed smoke will eventually travel from the bowl into your lungs. Think of it like carving a one-way tunnel for your smoke and don’t poke the pen all the way through the banana.

When you’ve made a passageway that extends the length of roughly half the banana, pull the pen back out. Now, rotate the banana and hold it horizontally. Estimate where you think the end of the tunnel is that you just carved. Carefully poke the pen straight down until it meets up with that tunnel.

Finishing Touches

How To Make A Banana Pipe


At this point, you’ve constructed a rudimentary pipe. The first hole you made is the mouthpiece and the second one is the bowl. The tunnel inside the core of the banana is the chamber—if you do it right the smoke will travel through the chamber and into your mouth at the other end of the fruit.

For the final touch, use your finger to enlarge the second hole. Widen it and mold it into a nice bowl shape. Now use a grinder to grind your favorite strain and pack it into the bowl. Place your lips over the mouthpiece. Use a lighter or hemp wick to spark up the bud and pull all the smoke through the fruit and into your lungs.

Make A Banana Pipe Method 2: Use A Separate Bowl Piece

How To Make A Banana Pipe

This second method to make a banana pipe is a bit more involved, but the final product is amazing. You should definitely give it a shot at some point. For this one, you will once again need a ripe banana and a hollowed-out pen. Additionally, you will also need a sharp knife.

To get things started, cut off the end of the banana opposite the long stem. Give yourself an inch or so of fruit. Now cut off the very end of this separate banana chunk. Carefully clean out all the banana and set the hollowed-out peel aside. This will eventually be the bowl into which you pack all your bud.

This separate bowl piece is what makes this technique to make a banana pipe different from the first one. It’s also what gives it that wow factor. When you put the bowl piece into place and pack it up, your banana pipe will look professional AF.

Finish Making The Pipe

How To Make A Banana Pipe


OK, back to the pipe making. Use your pen to carve out a tunnel that extends from the exposed end of the banana (the part you just cut off) and into the center of the fruit. This will serve as your chamber and mouthpiece.

Next, rotate the banana and hold it horizontally. Use the pen to make a new hole that intersects with the tunnel you just made. This new hole is where you’ll attach your separate bowl piece.

Take your knife and use it to expand this second hole. Widen it and cut away enough peel so you can press the bowl piece down into it. Shoot for a fit that’s snug enough to hold the bowl in place. You don’t want it sitting in the banana so loosely that it wobbles all over the place and spills your herb.

With the bowl piece in place, grind up your favorite strain and pack it into the bowl. Hold the banana horizontally and put your lips around the mouthpiece on the cut end of the fruit. Spark up and pull the smoke through the chamber and into your lungs.

Take It To The Next Level

How To Make A Banana Pipe

Here are two easy suggestions that will help you take this entire project to the next level. For starters, pop your banana pipe into the freezer for about thirty minutes before using it. When you take it out of the freezer, blow through it to be sure the passageways are all clear and open. You don’t want anything obstructing the flow of smoke. The cold fruit will help cool down the smoke, giving you super smooth and tasty hits.

Similarly, try pairing your herb with the natural smells and tastes of the banana. We suggest going with a strain that already has a fruity terpene profile. Citrus strains are especially good. Try strains like TangieMango Kush, Lemon Haze, and Lemon Kush. It will be like puffing a full-on fruit salad.

Lindsey, ByNick. “How To Make A Banana Pipe.” Green Rush Daily, 23 July 2017,

How To Make A Cucumber Pipe For Weed

Weed smokers have figured out how to turn just about anything into a makeshift pipe. Here’s how to make a cucumber pipe.

In a jam and need a makeshift pipe for your weed? Looking for a weird new way to puff? Regardless of your situation, turning a fruit or vegetable into a pipe is always a good solution. Here’s how to make a cucumber pipe.

How to Make a Cucumber Pipe: Getting Started

Weed smokers have figured out how to turn pretty much anything into a pipe—especially pieces of food like fruits or vegetables. Fortunately, it’s easy, quick, and cheap to make a cucumber pipe. Along with the cucumber, you will only need a few other items that you probably already have laying around the house. Here’s what you will need:

Step 1: Carve Out The Chamber

How To Make A Cucumber Pipe For Weed


Start by cutting off one end of the cucumber. This will eventually become the mouthpiece. But for now, you’re going to start by carving out the chamber. This is the pathway through which the smoke will travel from the bowl to your lungs.

To make the chamber, push the chopstick into the center of the cucumber. Press it until it extends about three-fourths into the cucumber. Be sure you don’t punch the chopstick all the way through. Otherwise smoke will float out the back end of the pipe.

Once you’ve gone three-quarters of the way into the cucumber, pull the chopstick back out. Now, run the chopstick back and forth a few times, twisting as you go. The idea is to widen the chamber a bit.

Additionally, try to clean out as much of the cucumber guts as you can. Since this is where the smoke will be flowing, you don’t want there to be anything in the way. You want the smoke to move freely and smoothly.

Step 2: Shape the Mouthpiece

Now use your knife to whittle the cut end of the cucumber into a mouthpiece. The idea is just to customize it a bit. So just carve it down until it fits your lips the way you want it to. Or, if you don’t care either way, you can move on to the next step.

Step 3: Cut the Bowl

How To Make A Cucumber Pipe For Weed


Place the cucumber horizontally on a cutting board or table. In this step, you are going to cut the bowl into the cucumber. This is a critical step since this is what will eventually hold your cannabis.

To make the bowl, use your knife to carefully cut a hole down into the center of the cucumber. Cut the hole about three-quarters of the way down the cucumber, directly above the end of the chamber.

The idea is to cut the hole so it meets up with the chamber you just created. As soon as you get there, stop cutting and do not go any deeper. Now use the knife to widen the hole and hollow it out. Carve it out into a good, bowl-shaped depression.

Step 4: Pack It and Puff

How To Make A Cucumber Pipe For Weed


That’s basically it. It’s as easy as that to make a cucumber pipe. Now you can grind up your bud and pack it into the bowl you just carved. Hold the cucumber horizontally in your hand, put your lips to the mouthpiece, spark up, and pull in the smoke.

Final Hit: A Few Tips

How To Make A Cucumber Pipe For Weed


Depending on how ripe the cucumber is, you may find that the insides are a bit mushy and watery. If this happens, you could run into some problems trying to smoke out your cucumber pipe. Fortunately, there is an easy fix. Just put the cucumber pipe into the freezer for a little while until it gets semi-frozen and more solid.

Not only will this make the entire thing less mushy, but it will also add a nice cooling element to the mix. The frozen cucumber will help cool the smoke, kind of like putting an ice catcher in a bong.

Finally, if you want to take your cucumber pipe experience to the next level, think about pairing it with the right strain. We suggest going with a strain that has a strong earthy flavor that will complement the smells and tastes of the cucumber. Blue DreamSour DieselGreen Crack, and Jack Herer are all excellent choices. Not only are these all potent strains that will give you a killer high, but they all have terpene profiles that will pair nicely with the cucumber.

Lindsey, ByNick. “How To Make A Cucumber Pipe For Weed.” Green Rush Daily, 21 July 2017,

Paul Gascoigne Challenges Snoop Dogg to Charity Boxing Match

Will Snoop accept Gazza’s challenge to fight in a Cannabis vs Booze boxing match for charity?

We all knew it would come to this. The Instagram feud between legendary English footballer Paul Gascoigne and rap icon and cannabis entrepreneur Snoop Dogg has boiled over into a full-fledged fight. And now Snoop is facing a challenge: square off in the ring with Gascoigne—but for a good cause. Gascoigne says he wants to end the feud once and for all. So he’s challenging Snoop to a charity “Cannabis vs Booze” boxing match to see who still has the stuff after all these years. The hilarious beef, which seemed to come out of the blue, is heading toward an exciting finale. Will Snoop accept Gascoigne’s challenge?

Snoop’s Instagram Dis Escalates to Cannabis vs Booze Boxing Match

It all started last Friday, when Snoop posted a picture on Instagram to compare the effects of weed and alcohol. The post shows pictures of both Snoop and Gascoigne, better known as Gazza, when they were 20 years old, next to photos when they’re both 47. In both of Snoop’s photos, he’s looking good, hardly aged at all. But for Gazza, it’s a different story. The young footballer we see in the 20 year old photo looks nothing like the balding, pasty, sallow photo of Gazza at 47 years old. The captions? Above Gazza’s photos, it says “Alcohol Abuse.” Above Snoop’s, “Marijuana Abuse.”

The point of the post, which was seen by Snoop Dogg’s 33.1 million Instagram followers and received almost one million likes, is supposed to show how much worse alcohol is for you than cannabis. It’s not wrong. But if you ask Gascoigne, it’s not called for, either. “For him to do that is really bang out of order and I was upset at the time,” Gazza said.

Naturally, Gazza clapped back, posting a picture of a Chihuahua with braids and a chain that, to be fair, looks as much like Snoop Dogg as any dog probably could. “Morning @SnoopDogg,” the caption reads. “Get your lazy arse out of bed it’s walkies time woof woof you ugly twat LOVE GAZZA xxx.”

Not much later, Gazza was at it again. This time, he posted a video to Twitter wearing fake dreads and pretending to smoke a massive joint. “I’m coming for ya” Gazza taunts as he woofs and laughs in the video.

Who Would Win in A Fight: Snoop or Gazza?

Who knows exactly how Snoop feels about Gazza. But we definitely know that Gazza is a fan of Snoop. “I’m a fan of his as well, I cannot believe it,” Gascoigne said. “I tell you what I’ll do, I’ll do a charity boxing match with him. Cannabis versus booze, bring it on!

Over the weekend, Gazza posted that he had wrapped up a week of charity work in Spain and was enjoying himself when he got word that Snoop had called out his appearance on Instagram. “FFS 4 no reason,” Gazza tweeted.

And with that, it looks like Snoop is going to have to put up or shut up. Fans already excited about the possible bout have already analyzed the two’s stats. With five years, six inches and ten pounds on Gazza, Snoop has the physical advantage. But Gazza has that boozy British fighting prowess—and more experience in the ring.

Drury, ByAdam. “Paul Gascoigne Challenges Snoop Dogg to Charity Boxing Match.” Green Rush Daily, 1 July 2019,

What Happens When You Combine Cannabis and Alcohol?

Crossfading could be as dangerous as it is fun.

Cannabis use is growing and becoming more and more accepted by many sectors of society. As new places continue legalizing adult use, recreational smoke is losing its stigma and becoming mainstream.

While it appears cannabis is here to stay, that doesn’t mean alcohol is going anywhere.

Alcohol is not merely a substance that people enjoy to drink because of its taste or effect. A study from the Social Issues Research Center suggests drinking alcohol is a tradition that has been in almost every civilization since ancient times. Its role in our society is symbolic and accompanies many of our daily rituals and customs.

It’s clear that both drugs will play a very important role in the years to come. They’ll inevitably have to find ways to coexist. That’s why it’s important to understand how the two mix, to enjoy the best and most responsible use of them.

Alcohol Enhances Marijuana’s Effect

Although both drugs can cause similar effects on the consumer, they actually work through separate mechanisms. Cannabinoids interact with the human endocannabinoid system, biding with C1 and C2 receptors to perform different functions throughout the body. Alcohol’s on the other hand, works by inhibiting certain neurotransmitters, which causes its sedating effect.

Different strains of cannabis contrasting different effects, as do different types of alcohol. But in general terms, a dose of either two will cause euphoria, relaxation, altered perception, altered judgment, as well as slowed reflexes.

2015 study tested the levels of THC in blood of two groups of people. The first one took a placebo alcohol and inhaled low or high doses THC 10 minutes later. The second group did the same, but with real alcohol. The study found that the group the had real alcohol plus THC, had almost double the levels of THC in blood, several hours later.

Although each drug affects the body through a different process, this doesn’t mean their combination is innocuous. The liver is the organ responsible for metabolizing the drugs introduced in the bloodstream. When consuming both alcohol and marijuana, the liver prioritizes the metabolization of alcohol, leaving cannabinoids ‘on queue’ until all the alcohol has gone through. This results in THC remaining almost unchanged in the body for longer periods of time, during which, it continues to affect the central nervous system. In other words, while the liver is too busy dealing with alcohol, THC continues getting you high, thus prolonging and exacerbating its effect.

A Higher High and a Lower Binge?

previous study, performed at Harvard Medical School supports the hypothesis of cannabis’ enhanced effect after alcohol consumption. Professor Scott Lukas also decided to look at patients’ subjective reactions to the mix. Subjects reported an increased euphoric effect, which also arrived faster than without alcohol. According to the research, this ‘Increased high’ stands as the main reason behind the popularity of the weed & booze combo.

Evidence indicates that the ‘Crossfading’ effect is a result of both drugs prevailing in the organism. However, alcohol in blood is diminished after weed has been smoked. Another study performed by Professor Lukas suggests that marijuana use decreases the levels of alcohol absorption. He found the ethanol levels of test subjects who combined THC-rich marijuana with alcohol had actually diminished.

Greening Out

Having decreased levels of ethanol in the blood doesn’t mean you’ll be sobered up. In fact, mixing the two drugs can result in an unpleasant experience commonly known as ‘greening-out’. This nauseating, sweaty, heart-pumping episode is thought to occur because of the aforementioned increase of THC absorption rates when alcohol is involved. An event that can be referred to as a ‘THC overdose’. These type of episodes usually clear on their own without the need for medical attention. But extreme cases can have consumers end up in the emergency room.

While alcohol increases THC absorption, THC can also have a negative effect on the alcohol consumer. One of cannabis’ most praised therapeutic properties is its ‘antiemetic’ effect. This effect prevents nausea or vomiting, which is an amazing help for patients going through cancer treatments like chemotherapy, or HIV patients having to use drugs that cause nausea as a side-effect. However, vomiting is our body’s natural weapon against intoxication. So, if someone has had more alcohol than their body can handle, and also has been taking some form of weed, their organism might not be able to expel out all the poisonous material. This can widely increase the chance of alcohol poisoning or choking on one’s own vomit.

Higher Risks for Car Crash

The diminished count of alcohol in blood after cannabis use does not by any chance mitigate its impairing effects while driving. Researchers performed various studies focusing on subject’s driving abilities after mixing both drugs. A survey on 72,000 high school seniors, showed a worrying increase in the possibility of crashing or getting a ticket when crossfaded.

Everybody knows you shouldn’t drink and drive. That’s why it might come as obvious that you should not drive while drunk and stoned. However, it might be surprising to learn that out of 9,000 surveyed drivers, those who normally use both drugs are almost twice as likely to use them together than apart.

2013 study and a 2015 study conclusively showed how subject’s driving performance became more impaired when mixing both drugs. Crossfading can be a fun way to blow off some steam every once in a while. But, moderation is recommended and responsibility is a must when transportation is required.

Ponieman, ByNatan. “What Happens When You Combine Cannabis and Alcohol?” Green Rush Daily, 29 Apr. 2019,

How To Approach Your Parents About Smoking Weed

It can be awkward to talk to your parents about your cannabis use. These tips will make it much easier to approach your parents about smoking weed.

Cannabis use can be a really difficult topic to cover for a lot of families. Many of the negative stereotypes about weed that existed during your parents’ decades are still prominent today. Parents never want their kids to do drugs, especially so-called “gateway drugs,” so it’s important to know how to approach your parents about smoking weed. If you remember some of these tips, your next family game night won’t be ruined when you come out of the cannabis closet.

Know That They Might Not Agree With You


This one is difficult, because no matter how badly you want your parents on your side, they might not come around. For a lot of adults, cannabis is taboo. In states where it’s still illegal, it can be even harder. Be understanding of your parents’ thoughts and feelings. This will make them more likely to accept your lifestyle, even if they don’t agree with it. And it will go a long way when you try to approach your parents about smoking weed.

Don’t Be High When You Approach Your Parents About Smoking Weed


This should be a no-brainer, but don’t approach your parents about smoking weed while high. This will defeat your cause and make it look like you don’t respect their wishes. Similarly, if they don’t approve of cannabis, don’t bring it into their home. That’s just rude.

Do It After Dinner


This just might be the stoner in me, but everyone is happier after they’ve eaten. Also, if you have the conversation after dinner, the chances of your dad throwing spaghetti at you from across the table is lower.

Remind Them It’s Not a Failure on Their Part

How To Approach Your Parents About Smoking Weed

A lot of parents feel like they’ve failed when they find out that their child smokes weed. This is primarily because of the stigma that still surrounds it. Odds are, your parents smoked when they were young. In fact, there’s a huge number of parents who still smoke herb.

If your parents aren’t fans of weed, though, they probably developed their dislike of it as the war on drugs ramped up its anti-weed rhetoric. Remind them that even the government has admitted that wasn’t the way to go and make sure they know you’re not being spiteful or rebelling.

Listen With an Open Mind

How To Approach Your Parents About Smoking Weed

When you approach your parents about smoking weed, if you expect them to listen to you with an open mind, you must do the same for them. It’s not always easy to accept what other people have to say, but your parents always want what is best for you. Letting them know you’re aware of that will make the conversation feel two-sided and open.

If you are planning to reveal your stoner secret to your parents, good luck. This is sometimes a hard thing to do. However, parents will always have your back and as long as they know you know that, only good can come out of this honest and open communication. Plus, if you’re lucky you might find out that they also like weed. In that case, have fun puffing with your parents.

Ferguson, ByHollie. “How To Approach Your Parents About Smoking Weed.” Green Rush Daily, 16 July 2017,

How To Not Smell Like Weed When You Go To Your Grandma’s House

To smell like weed or not to smell like weed, that is the question. While most of us typically love the smell of fresh herbs, it’s also important to know not everyone is a fan. Take your sweet, sweet Grandmother, for example.

Older generations are not too ‘hip’ with the idea that smoking cannabis is starting to become a more and more socially acceptable form of recreation. While we can vehemently disagree with that sentiment, we should still make an honest effort to keep our weed-smoking tendencies under wraps around such people.

Albeit, it can sometimes be difficult to walk into your Great Aunt May’s kitchen after a blunt and not reek of bud. Fortunately, there are several different ways to combat the intense aroma associated with cannabis.

Just Wait it Out

How To Not Smell Like Weed When You Go To Your Grandma's House

If you have enough time on your hands, the first suggestion would be to use the infamous K.I.S.S. method. Keep it simple, stupid.

The best thing to do if you reek of bud is just to relax and let the smell go away naturally. Obviously, this takes a good deal of time, but it can be the most effective way to rid yourself of the smell. Wash your hands if you were smoking paper, and the smell should be gone within the hour. If you’re planning on smoking before going out in public, just make sure you give yourself an ample amount of time to air off.

Cover The Stench Up

How To Not Smell Like Weed When You Go To Your Grandma's House

If you don’t have the time to air out, don’t sweat it. There are ways to cover up the smell without sitting in your room freaking out for an hour.

You just need to find yourself a substance that has an even stronger scent than weed. Typically, this could be cologne, perfume, incense or the dreaded axe body spray. Also, chewing gum can also help mask the smell of bud. And again, washing your hands or using hand sanitizer is a MUST if you smoked a joint or a blunt. Keep in mind, a combination of strong odors may not always be the most pleasing to the nostrils, so there’s definitely other options.

Take a Shower

How To Not Smell Like Weed When You Go To Your Grandma's House

One such alternative option to the artificial smells of cologne, perfume ect., is just to take a good, old fashioned shower.

Taking a quick shower may prove to be the best course of action after smoking, as you garner more of a natural scent. Also, it isn’t nearly as sketchy as smelling like four different clashing scents. At that point, it looks like your hiding something. Plus, you can always say you got shampoo in your eyes if your eyes are super blood shot after smoking. That’s what I always do, anyways.

Change Your Clothes

How To Not Smell Like Weed When You Go To Your Grandma's House

There’s another pretty simple solution to masking the smell of a recently smoked doobie– just change your freaking clothes.

If you are plagued by an intense odor of cannabis, chances are the smell is just infused into your clothing. Simply change the clothes you wore while smoking, and you should be good to go. Most of the time, you don’t even have to change your whole outfit, either. For example, if you were wearing a certain jacket while smoking– just put on a different jacket. Your shirt smells? Put on a different shirt. Are you noticing a pattern here?

Go For a Walk

How To Not Smell Like Weed When You Go To Your Grandma's House

Still smell like weed?

Try going outside for once in your life.

I’m kidding, but not really. If you’re one of those stoners that like to sit on the couch and smoke, maybe it’s time to get out and get some fresh air. When you’re done smoking, get up and go for a nice walk around the block. Experience some of the wonders of the outside world, and before you know it, you’ll no longer smell like weed! Airing yourself out is definitely one of the more effective ways of ridding yourself of the smell, and getting some exercise can’t hurt, right?

Try Using Edibles/ Vape Pens

How To Not Smell Like Weed When You Go To Your Grandma's House

Ok, this may be a little bit of a reach, but if all else fails, maybe you can try switching up how you get high to avoid the smell of weed altogether. One such way is switching to edibles, where there is obviously no smoking involved. This is more of a preventative option rather than a post-burning measure, but it obviously will do the trick. Edibles are becoming all the rage amongst smokers, and with various delicious treats to choose from, it could be just the right thing to avoid an awkward conversation of why you smell like a skunk.

Additionally, vape pens are another discreet way of getting your THC fix. It doesn’t leave the stench of marijuana on your fingers after smoking, and you can pretty much do it in public whenever. With various flavors available, it’s pretty tough to differentiate THC oil from regular tobacco flavored oils. Be forewarned, however– you may look like a total tool. I’d say that’s a fair trade-off though.

In Conclusion…

How To Not Smell Like Weed When You Go To Your Grandma's House

Feel better about getting a little high before going to Granny’s?

For all the rookie smokers out there, you can clearly see it’s not a tall task to rid yourself of the pungent smell of weed after an elongated smoke-sesh. Smoking cannabis is no longer considered the heinous act it once was, but there is definitely a time and place for everything. However, if you don’t necessarily agree with that school of thought, make sure you consider all of these options post-burning and try to work them into your regular smoking routine.

And like magic, you’ll no longer smell like weed! You can thank us later.

Kohut, ByTim. “How To Not Smell Like Weed When You Go To Your Grandma’s House.” Green Rush Daily, 15 May 2017,

Bear Caught on Camera Stealing Dumpster from Cannabis Dispensary

If you thought bears only stole picnic baskets, think again.

Early Wednesday morning, a surveillance camera outside of The Bud Depot cannabis shop in Lyons, colorado showed a curious bear trying to open a dumpster.

Little did it know, it was a bear-proof dumpster.

An A for Effort

The video shows the bear first break through the wooden fence in the back of the Colorado dispensary. The bear then made a concerted effort to break through the bear-proof dumpster, before growing increasingly frustrated, deciding to simply take the entire dumpster with him. You can see the animal put its claws on the top of the dumpster and maneuver it outside of the freshly broken fence.

After making additional inspections to the dumpster, the bear— perhaps analyzing the logistics of bringing an entire commercial dumpster back home to the woods—decides to abandon it outside of the fenced-in area.

The video was originally posted to Twitter by the  Colorado Parks and Wildlife Northeast Region on Tuesday night. An agency spokesman told the AP the bear was originally captured just before midnight back on July 17.

“A bear breaks through a fence, sniffs around for trash,” the original post said. “The bear backs the trash dumpster out. The bear tries to get into the dumpster, but cannot. It tries to take the bear resistant dumpster home with him, but cannot.”

“No reward for this bear.”

According to Bud Depot Manager Nikko Garzo, the bear is actually a regular at their dispensary. Well, at least in the back dumpster area. In fact, the staff sees him so often they even nicknamed him “Cheeseburger.” (This explains the bear-proof dumpster in the first place.)

While the story does seem like it had the potential to make for a funny story line, there was, unfortunately, nothing that would have gotten the bear stoned even if he was able to break into the trash bin.

“Oh, just boxes. It’s none of the fun stuff like you would imagine,” Garza told FOX31.

Kohut, ByTim. “Bear Caught on Camera Stealing Dumpster from Cannabis Dispensary.” Green Rush Daily, 24 July 2019,

9 Best Weed Strains To Pull An All-Nighter

Did you put off your assignments until the last minute? Need to know the best weed strains to pull an all-nighter? We got you.

What are the best weed strains to pull an all-nighter? If you’re in college, you’ve probably had to pull a few of these already. They’re not fun, but they’re also a necessary evil when you’ve been procrastinating and are on deadline. Luckily, there are a few cannabis strains that will help you stay awake and focused so that you can do your work.

9. Kaboom

9 Best Weed Strains For An All-Nighter


Get ready to blow your project out of the water with Kaboom. This high-energy sativa strain will keep you energized and focused all night long.

It will also keep you happy, so you won’t have anxiety about the fact that you put off your assignments until the last minute.

8. Durban Poison

9 Best Weed Strains For An All-Nighter


Don’t be put off by the name. Durban Poison won’t kill you. Quite the opposite, in fact.

It’ll keep you awake, creative, and productive for the duration of your high. Perfect for art projects or creative essays.

7. Vortex

9 Best Weed Strains For An All-Nighter


Take a puff and let your thoughts and ideas swirl in your brain.

This sativa-dominant hybrid is the lovechild of Space Queen and Apollo 13 and has distinct, citrusy flavors. It also might give you cotton mouth, so be prepared for that.

6. Harlequin

9 Best Weed Strains For An All-Nighter


Harlequin is great for all nighters because of the strong expression of CBD. No paranoia or anxiety about deadlines!

The CBD to THC range is typically around 5:2, which also makes it great for combatting aches and pains.

Hands cramping up from typing for hours? Not anymore!

5. Sour Diesel

9 Best Weed Strains For An All-Nighter


Good old Sour D will never let you down. Energetic, dreamy, and uplifting, Sour Diesel is known for being powerful and potent.

Also pungent, so use your sploof if you have roommates or if you’re in a dorm.

4. Green King

9 Best Weed Strains For An All-Nighter


Green King is a hybrid of the famous Green Crack and 3 Kings. Both are sativa strains, and both are strong AF.

From the Green Crack, you get a burst of energy, and from the 3 Kings, a nice sense of euphoria.

3.Hawaiian Snow

9 Best Weed Strains For An All-Nighter


When you’re having trouble concentrating and staying awake, Hawaiian Snow is where you want to go.

This sativa-dominant hybrid is a three-way cross between Hawaiian Haze, Neville’s Haze, and Pure Haze. It’ll uplift you and help you focus.

2. Alaskan Thunderfuck

9 Best Weed Strains For An All-Nighter


With a name like that, you can expect great things. Alaskan Thunderfuck is a strong, heady sativa that has earned its high status and legendary reputation.

It boasts a nice, earthy scent and will help get your work done.

1. Green Crack

9 Best Weed Strains For An All-Nighter


One of the all-time best weed strains to pull an all-nighter would have to be Green Crack.

As its name suggests, it combats fatigue and brain fog, so you can be up all night getting stuff done.

Best of all, unlike its namesake, it’s not habit forming!

Final Hit: The Best Weed Strains To Pull An All-Nighter

Pulling an all-nighter is tough, but it doesn’t have to be miserable. Smoking any of these strains will help give you a boost of energy, spark your creativity, and keep your spirits up while you complete your assignments.

For the best weed strains to pull an all-nighter, we would recommend Green Crack as the first choice.

Sometimes these nights are unavoidable, especially if you have a demanding college major. When you smoke the right strain, staying up won’t seem like such a drag.

Gold, ByChloe Harper. “9 Best Weed Strains For An All-Nighter.” Green Rush Daily, 1 Sept. 2017,

Marijuana-Themed Sandwich Shop Beefs with Quiznos for ‘Bandwagoning’

Cheba Hut’s founder isn’t happy about Quiznos and Carl’s Jr. jocking his style.

The stoner-themed sandwich shop Cheba Hut has deep “roots” in cannabis counterculture. The Fort Collins-based restaurant was opened 21 years ago—long before today’s green rush— by anti-establishment restauranter Scott Jennings, and still remains a staple amongst hardcore tokers on the West Coast. Its menu features a bevy of recognizable sammich’ names for stoners, such as the Sticky Icky, Kush, Dank, and Acapulco Gold.

The drinks are even referred to as “Cottonmouth Cures,” if you needed any more context.

But thanks to the commercialization of legal cannabis, Jennings has found himself in a couple of tussles with larger corporations pawning off his ideas. His latest beef? It’s with Quiznos Subs, the chain sub-shop that decided to take its own liberties with one of Jennings marquee sandwiches, the Magic Mushroom.

Marijuana-Themed Sandwich Shop ‘Beefs’ with Quiznos

In honor of Colorado’s recent decriminalization of psychedelic mushrooms, Quiznos decided to celebrate the landmark decision with a celebratory sandwich, available for only one day—June 22nd—at the company’s original Grant Street location in Denver. The sandwich would be served on multi-colored bread, with tye-died swiss, button mushrooms, bacon, and purple and green ranch. It more closely resembled something Willy Wonka would eat for lunch, more so someone who just ate an eighth of ‘shrooms.

Still, there was a discrepancy between the promotional sandwich and Jennings’ own. According to Cheb Hut’s menu, the “original” Magic Mushroom contains “swiss, hummus, banana peppers, spring mix, onion, tomato, pickle, cucumber, sprouts, ‘shrooms, black olives, and house dressing.” Despite the variation, Jennings told Westword that he had customers calling and asking if the Quiznos promotion was part of a joint effort. After all, Cheb Hut is a mere four blocks away from the location of the Quiznos offering the sandwich.

Jennings then decided to take legal action, sending the company a cease-and-desist letter—courtesy of an adult performer dressed as a police officer— despite the sandwich only being sold for one business day.

“We’ve had our Magic Mushroom sandwich on for at least fifteen years,” he told Westword. “So we’ve gotta go legal here.”

Jennings’ Move Not All That Surprising

For those familiar with Jennings’ thought process, his latest beef should not be all that surprising.

As a longtime supporter of cannabis, Jennings isn’t a fan of the corporate-like structure of the legal cannabis industry. He’s also, apparently, not a huge fan of larger companies trying to take advantage of ma and pop shops.

Back in April, Jennings also made headlines for calling out Carl Jr’s. and their 4/20 CBD burger.

” “never been a fan of going mainstream,” Jennings said in a separate interview with Westword last month. “There are a lot of fakers and bandwagon douchebags out there chasing trends to increase profits.”

Despite his criticisms, Quiznos decided to take the high road with Jennings. The company’s PR Team released a statement saying that the company would donate its profits from mushroom sandwich sales that day.

“Thank you also for your “gift” of the adult performer dressed as a police officer you generously sent our way,” the statement said. “As it happens, today’s developments have put us in a giving mood as well. We will be donating all proceeds from tomorrow’s special event at our 1275 Grant Street location in Denver to the Food Bank of the Rockies.”

It remains to be seen, however, if the sandwich beef is officially squashed. But this seems like a step in the right direction.

Kohut, ByTim. “Marijuana-Themed Sandwich Shop Beefs with Quiznos for ‘Bandwagoning’.” Green Rush Daily, 24 June 2019,

Berner Brings Cookies Cannabis Strains to Washington State

The Rapper’s company has been making licensing agreements to bring the brand to other states.

San Francisco Bay Area rapper Berner is making some potentially big moves in the legal cannabis industry. Having already made his cannabis brand, Cookies, a relatively recognizable brand in California, Berner is now expanding the brand to other markets.

Specifically, the rapper’s company recently announced a new deal that will move the company’s strains into the Washington market. Similarly, Cookies also entered into an earlier arrangement that will bring the brand into Maryland’s medical marijuana market.

Cookies Strains Coming to Washington

Berner’s company, Cookies, just announced a new partnership with Rubicon Organics Inc., a large cannabis growing company. Under the terms of the partnership, Cookies strains will be grown and produced at Rubicon facilities.

Importantly, this arrangement will facilitate the rollout of the Cookies brand into the Washington market.

“Washington has always been a very educated market and has bonded with the Bay Area and Cookies Genetics since the medical scene,” Berner said in a press release.

“This makes our breeding projects in Washington extremely true to our brand. Rubicon is providing the perfect platform to roll out Cookies properly in Washington. We are beyond excited and eager to get going.”

As per the release, Rubicon will grow Cookies brand strains in its cultivation facilities in Washington. Specifically, the company runs a 40,000 square-foot grow site.

Once the facility begins producing the new strains, Cookies strains will become available in Washington state. That includes the company’s strains as well as other cannabis products. Specifically, Cookies is known for its line of flower, grown at various facilities both indoors and outdoors in direct sun.

Cookies brand products also include pre-rolls, gel caps, and vape cartridges. And, more recently, the company has seen success with its line of clothes and cannabis accessories.

The company’s recent press release said that cannabis consumers in Washington can expect to see Cookies brand strains sometime later this year, most likely in the fourth quarter.

License in Maryland

Washington is not Berner’s only new deal. Earlier this month, his company also landed a partnership to bring products into Maryland’s medical marijuana market.

Under this arrangement, Cookies will work with Maryland-based cannabis company Culta. Specifically, Culta will become the exclusive grower, manufacturer, and distributor of the Cookies brand in the Maryland market. According to a press release detailing the Maryland partnership, the two companies are already beginning to produce Cookies strains, extracts, and products specifically for the Maryland medical market. Patients in the state can reportedly expect to see these products in dispensaries this year, potentially as early as the fall.

“The music scene and culture in Baltimore is legendary,” Berner said in the press release. “And Maryland deserves the best flower.”

The rapper-turned-cannabis-entrepreneur added: “Taking this step with Culta was a no-brainer after seeing that quality is their main focus. I’m looking forward to building with Culta and bringing an incredible menu to Maryland.”

Growing a National Brand

Taking these partnerships together, it appears that Berner is working to grow his Cookies brand from a California brand to a national brand.

Originally, Berner and Bay Area cultivator and breeder, Jigga, founded Cookies in 2012. The company started out in the duo’s home state of California.

To date, the company has produced more than 50 cannabis varieties. Additionally, Berner has worked to leverage his musical career to help move the company into the social media, clothing, and fashion spaces.

Lindsey, ByNick. “Berner Brings Cookies Cannabis Strains to Washington State.” Green Rush Daily, 24 June 2019,

Best Cannabis Apps For Weed Smokers And Lovers

Here are the best cannabis apps to hit the cannabis tech scene so far. If you’re a fan of marijuana, you’ve got to check these out.

Best Cannabis Apps

Cannabis and tech have fallen in love. And so far it’s been an amazing relationship. App developers have come up with some genius ways to make the cannabis experience even better. Here are the best cannabis apps to hit the cannabis tech scene so far. If you’re a fan of ganja, you’ve got to check these out.

Best Cannabis Apps For Weed Smokers And Lovers

Weed Scale 4.20

What is it: A weed scale built for your phone
iOS: N/A
Android: Free

If you’ve ever been worried about getting ripped off by your dealer, here’s your solution. A weed scale built right into your phone.

This is one of the best cannabis apps because it’s f*cking amazing. Once you’ve got everything calibrated, your phone will be able to accurately weigh things all the way down to 0.1 grams. Weed Scale developers say it does best in the 1-5 gram range.

So far, Weed Scale 4.20 is only available to Android users. That’s because Apple doesn’t allow apps that weigh things.

Best Cannabis Apps For Weed Smokers And Lovers


What is it: Tinder for tokers
iOS: Free
Android: Free

HighThere! is basically Tinder, but in a world where everyone smokes pot. The whole idea is to help you find people in your area who also smoke weed.

In your profile list things like how you like to consume herb, your mood, what kind of high you’re looking for, and other toking related stuff. Then you check out who’s in your area.

A swipe right means “high there!” And a swipe left is “bye there!” Now you can always find somebody to toke with. And who knows, maybe a little something else along the way, making this one of the best cannabis apps available today.

Best Cannabis Apps For Weed Smokers And Lovers


What is it: A green-thumbed assistant for growing weed at home
iOS: Free
Android: Free

If you’re a green thumb, or you want to become one, you need this app. GrowBuddy is there to make sure you do everything right so you end up with a huge harvest of bud.

GrowBuddy gives you access to all the information and gardening products you’d ever need to grow your own cannabis. And you can personalize it to you and your plants.

The app’s Grow Journal helps you keep track of where your plants are in their life cycles, and what you need to do to keep them healthy.

Growing weed is science and art. And it can sometimes be intimidating to beginners. But GrowBuddy makes the whole thing much more doable. Which is exactly why it’s one of best cannabis apps.

Best Cannabis Apps For Weed Smokers And Lovers


What is it: Virtual medical marijuana consultations with real doctors
iOS: Free
Android: Free

It’s never been this easy to get your hands on legal weed. And now you don’t even have to get off the couch to get your medical marijuana card.

EazeMD connects you with legit medical marijuana doctors. And after your digital consultation, your doc will send you the paperwork you need to get into your local dispensary.

Best Cannabis Apps For Weed Smokers And Lovers


What is it: A social network just for stoners
iOS: Free
Android: Free

We know, we know, there’s already too many social media apps to keep up with. But trust us, there’s one more you need to check out.

Duby is a social media app devoted entirely to marijuana. And it’s kind of like a mashup of all your favorite social media apps. A little bit Instagram, a little bit Facebook, a little bit Tinder, Duby lets you celebrate the herb we all love.

What makes this one of the best cannabis apps is the ability to post photos, make your profile, and connect with other smokers in your city. Duby is all about making the cannabis experience as social and interactive as possible.

Lindsey, ByNick. “Best Cannabis Apps For Weed Smokers And Lovers.” Green Rush Daily, 18 Mar. 2017,

Dating Apps For Weed Smokers

You can go ahead and delete Tinder.

Finding the perfect match isn’t always easy. Especially, if you’re a hardcore lover of the green that won’t settle for anybody that doesn’t share your views. Sure, there are sites like tinder, bumble, and hinge, where you can do your best to filter out some of the non-tokers, based off of some of the info on their profile. However, if you’re looking for something that is guaranteed to hook you up with a fellow cannabis connoisseur, then you might have to download a specialty app. Specifically, dating apps for weed smokers.

Luckily, a few companies have capitalized on the niche weed market, and have created some apps for the sole purpose of linking up potential cannabis-induced soul mates. So let’s take a look at some of the prevalent dating apps for weed smokers, and which one is best for you.

420 Singles

Dating Apps For Weed Smokers

Courtesy of 420 Singles

420 Singles was one of the first dating apps geared towards weed smokers, and in all honesty, it sort of feels like it. Regardless, it remains one of the most popular dating apps for weed smokers. The app, which was created back in 2011, boats a bit of a dated interface, and some of the logistics of the app also feel a bit prehistoric. For example, the site’s mobile and desktop sites remain two separate entities.

So, you’re going to have to sign up for both if you want to use it on different platforms. It’s actually a bit surprising that they haven’t updated the backend seven years after its initial release. Another potential downside is that you’re only allowed to choose your preference of men or women—not both. So if you’re pretty fluid, genderwise, on who you’re willing to date, you might be out of luck.

Other than some of the aforementioned cons, there are, obviously some really cool things with this app. For starters, the app is totally geared towards weed smokers, making it, essentially, the sole requirement for making an account. It’s also totally free, with no potential upgrades like Tinder gold, making it a totally risk-free investment. In short, there’s no potential in missing out on anything if you’re not willing to shell out cash.

The site basically runs like a tinder or a bumble, where you simply swipe to get matches. Only, you know the person you’re swiping right on smokes weed. Every. Single. Time.

High There!

Dating Apps For Weed Smokers

Courtesy of High There!

High There! is another weed-centric dating app whose interface a setup feels a lot like Tinder. However, it’s basically 420 Singles on steroids, as it’s proven to be the most popular dating app amongst pot smokers.

The app is linked through your Facebook, so when you set up your profile, you’ll already have your Facebook profile picture as your primary profile photo. You can also upload an additional four photos, and of course, change your profile pic to something perhaps more 420-friendly.

Then, you are required to answer a set of questions about your personality, as well as your weed-smoking tendencies, and are given a set of potential matches. Like Tinder, you can swipe right (in this case, give a ‘High there!’ or swipe left. However, you’re not limited to chat with only those you match with—you can reach out to anyone you’d like. This aspect makes it closer to a Plenty Of Fish or OK Cupid type. The only caveat is that you have to approve the other to continue a back and forth. So while you do have the option to reach out to anyone, it has to be a mutual thing—something that may come as a relief to some hesitant to try the online dating thing.

Additionally, the app has features for platonic relationships as well. If you’re looking for someone to smoke with, or perhaps just looking for fellow weed smokers to chat with, you have the option to do that as well.

Like 420 Singles, High There! is totally free to download, with no additional in-app purchases.

My 420 Mate

Dating Apps For Weed Smokers

Courtesy of My 420 Mate

My420Mate has a simple, yet effective tagline when it comes to their target demographic—”Don’t be the lonely stoner, find your Mary Jane.”

This site feels a little less like a hookup app, and more of an actual dating app than the previous two. And while it obviously still has cannabis at the forefront, it is more comparable to regular dating sites. You have to fill out all the standard questions like location, what kind of relationship you’re looking for, as well as filling out an about me section. However, it also asks you a bunch of weed-centric questions like ‘what’s your favorite strain?’, and ‘what’s your reason for smoking weed?’ This gives the app a bit of an algorithm to find people who smoke like you. So if you’re a hardcore stoner, you’re probably not going to get matched up with someone that uses it medicinally, and so on and so forth.

The app is free to download, however, unlike the other two apps, there are in-store purchases. The app comes with 65 free credits, but after that, you’re going to have to pay to get upgrades.

420 Friends

Dating Apps For Weed Smokers

Courtesy of 420 Friends

420 friends is another one of the best dating apps for weed smokers.

What separates 420 Friends from the rest of the aforementioned apps, is that it’s far more customizable, in terms of profiles. You can fill in your height, weight, religious beliefs, hobbies, etc. This one more closely mirrors POF or OK Cupid than it does Tinder, Hinge or Bumble. However, it does have an in-app mode cleverly titled ‘spark,’ that allows you to swipe left or right. Still, this is a common denominator in essentially any successful dating app.

If anything, the only negative about this dating site is it feels almost too much like a traditional dating app. While it is made especially for cannabis users, you wouldn’t necessarily know it. Most of the features are generic dating app features that aren’t necessarily cannabis-centric.

Regardless, it’s free to download and use, so why not diversify?

Highly Devoted

Dating Apps For Weed Smokers

Courtesy of Highly Devoted

This app might sound more like a Christian Rock Band than an actual dating app, but don’t worry—it is in fact, one of the most popular dating apps for weed smokers.

Highly Devoted is much more than a traditional dating site—it’s a personalized experience that utilizes several factors to find the perfect match for you. No swiping involved.

The site, which was created by cannabis consultant, life coach, and matchmaker  Molly Peckler, finds you a personalized match after getting to know you as a person.


You are required to meet with a matchmaking consultant over the phone and on Skype. From there, the matchmaking service finds you a match based on the intel they gathered from your series of interviews. If you already have found a significant other, you can still use the site to find smoking buddies or even a potential in the rapidly-expanding cannabis industry.

The service is free to join, however, after a consultation and screening, the matchmaking site will give you a quote based on what you’re looking for.

There you have it folks, the most popular dating apps for weed smokers in today’s digital age of dating. If we missed anything, feel free to leave a suggestion in the comments!

Kohut, ByTim. “Top Dating Apps For Weed Smokers.” Green Rush Daily, 29 Aug. 2018,

Study Finds Cannabis Users may need more Anesthesia for Procedures

To make it through medical procedures.

Every day, doctors are learning more and more about cannabis and its potential health impacts. Sometimes, their work leaves us with more questions than answers

A study published in the Journal of the American Osteopathic Association Monday has found that people who smoke pot on the regular may require more sedation during even minor medical procedures—like a colonoscopy. In fact, some patients may require more than two times what non-cannabis users require.

The team of Colorado-based researchers decided to analyze this potential risk after hearing from anesthesiologists that more and more patients were requiring a little extra sedation after the state legalized the drug in 2012. However, science can’t rely on hearsay, so these doctors took to the facts.

They examined the medical records of some 250 patients who received endoscopic procedures after 2012. These typically involve the insertion of a tube fitted with a camera to assess a person’s gastrointestinal system, according to American Society for Gastrointestinal Endoscopy. Think colonoscopy or enteroscopy. Both suck, but at least patients are put under to avoid the discomfort of having a tube stuck down their throat—or, worse, their ass.

Anyway, the study found that the individuals undergoing these procedures who smoked daily or weekly needed 14 percent more fentanyl, 20 percent more midazolam and 220 percent more propofol to properly knock out.

The doctors don’t quite know why this is the case, but they know that it’s something worth looking at closely, especially as more and more states begin legalizing the recreational use of cannabis. These sedation drugs are nothing to mess with, and they can lead to some more dangerous consequences if not administered carefully.

“Some of the sedative medications have dose-dependent side effects, meaning the higher the dose, the greater likelihood for problems,” said lead researcher Mark Twardowski, an internal medicine physician who specializes in osteopathic medicine, in a statement. “That becomes particularly dangerous when suppressed respiratory function is a known side effect.”

That’s the real danger here if further research supports this finding. Increasing people’s doses could lead to these other side effects, so it should be avoided if possible. However, evidence based on a larger sample size that looks at patients’ reactions over several procedures (not a single event) would help better understand these findings.

The study authors would like to see patient intake forms include more questions around cannabis use in states where it’s legal, according to their press release. That could help inform the care they offer—which may help ensure those worst-case scenarios don’t come to fruition.

“This study really marks a small first step,” said Twardowski, in a statement. “We still don’t understand the mechanism behind the need for higher dosages, which is important to finding better care management solutions.”

Twardowski’s team is already working on a second study to learn more about this connection. The scientists are hoping to discover whether anesthesia should be administered differently between regular weed smokers and non-users. They’ll also be exploring whether post-procedure prescriptions for pain should change, too. If future research supports the need for a shift in protocols, they don’t want to waste any more time. Weed legalization is here, and medical practices need to catch up.

Fun, ByLissett. “Study Finds Cannabis Users May Need More Anesthesia for Procedures.” Green Rush Daily, 15 Apr. 2019,

Smart Robots Could Replace Human Weed Trimmers Soon

As the industry grows, so does its technology.

The cannabis industry is growing at an exponential rate, and, like any burgeoning industry, its means of production are starting to evolve as well. The cultivation sector of the industry has traditionally been facilitated by human hands, sans a few pieces of technology such as LED lights and basic extraction machinery. However, it appears the cannabis industry could soon see an influx in automation technology, including the possibility of harvesting robots. Soon enough, robots could replace human weed trimmers, which could lead to an even higher profit yield for cannabis companies.

Smart Robots Could Replace Human Weed Trimmers Soon

According to a report from the tech site ZDNet, one company is ahead of the curve when it comes to a fully automated cultivation system. Bloom Automation, a company whose “mission is to join intelligent automation with innovative producers, producing the next generation of cultivation,” has figured out a way to have smart robots carefully cultivate marijuana crops in a much more efficient manner than traditional human labor.

While most of the agricultural industry has largely gone to automated technology for quicker, more efficient yields, it’s been a little bit more difficult of a transition for the cannabis industry—largely in part due to the degree of difficulty and precision it takes to successfully grow high-yield, strain-specific plants.

“It’s been done by hand because the product you want is very specific,” the CEO of Bloom, Jon Gowa, said to ZDNet. “A traditional machine would chop it up. At the end of the day cultivators are selling this for quite a lot of money, so human harvesting has made sense.”

Despite the apparent need for a human touch, the company’s website says there is no major drop-off in quality when using their machinery.

“We trim with the precision of a human, but the efficiency of a machine,” the company’s website boasts.

A State Of The Art Cultivation Process

But just how will the technology work, exactly? Well, according to Gowa, the machinery will use a variety of algorithms—based off of over 6,000 plant images—to teach the robot how to separate the plant clusters. Additionally, the system will utilize a back-lit time of flight camera and a machine vision camera to further facilitate cluster identification.

Once the varying parts of the plant are identified and separated, the smart robot will then be able to accurately clip the flower.

“The system segments the plant into three parts, the flower, branch, and leaf,” explains Gowa. “We use a conventional neural network and a supervised machine learning set.”

According to Gowa, the technology has boasted a success rate of 97 percent. However, that figure is expected to increase after additional images are implemented into the robot’s database.

Down the road, Gowa expects the automation system to yield a 2-1 efficiency ratio to traditional human processing. Whether or not that exact figure will ever come to fruition, remains to be seen.

Kohut, ByTim. “Smart Robots Might Replace Human Weed Trimmers Soon.” Green Rush Daily, 17 Sept. 2018,

Mother Orders ‘Moana’ Cake for Daughter, Baker Makes a Marijuana One


t appears one baker must have been pretty “baked” while they were taking a routine birthday cake order. Or, at the very least, they had marijuana on the mind.

Georgia native Kensli Davis had a birthday to remember last week, after her mom allegedly ordered a ‘Moana’ cake for her daughter’s 25th birthday, but instead received a flamboyantly-decorated cannabis-themed cake.

Apparently, the Atlanta-based bakery mistook the word “Moana” for “marijuana.”

A (Not-So) Classic Mix-Up

So what does a “marijuana cake” look like, exactly? Well in lieu of a cake featuring the titular character of the hit 2016 Disney film, Kensli’s birthday treat featured a cannabis leaf and a ‘My Little Pony’ character sporting bloodshot, half-open eyes. The pony also appeared to be smoking a joint.

Classic mistake.

Davis took to Facebook to share her mishap. Clearly, she wasn’t very upset about the ordeal and managed to have a laugh at her own misfortune.

“I haven’t had a chance to tell y’all about our experience this weekend with my birthday cake,” she said in the post. “So my mama called and ordered me a cake telling them how much I loved Moana. (Because really I do) Well needless to say these people thought she said marijuana 😂😂😂”

Luckily for Davis, the change in design didn’t seem to affect the taste of the cake—she was thrilled with the finished product, nonetheless.

Happy Ending

“That ice cream cake was still good though,” Kensli said in the post.

Apparently, others found the mishap just as amusing as the birthday girl, as the post was shared over 11,000 times.

“Best cake story ever!” one commenter wrote.

“May be the funniest thing I have seen all year,” another declared.

Things could have gone much worse for Davis, however— at least there wasn’t any actual THC in the cake. Although, depending on Davis and her family’s own feelings about accidental cannabis dosing, that could have been a welcomed addition, too.

It definitely would have been for us.

Kohut, ByTim. “Mother Orders ‘Moana’ Cake for Daughter, Baker Makes a Marijuana One.” Green Rush Daily, 10 July 2019,

Drake Added to List of Celebs That Don’t Smoke Starting Weed Brands

Drake’s apparent inexperience with weed didn’t dissuade one of Canada’s largest cannabis companies from joining forces with him to launch a new weed brand.

What do you get when you combine one of Canada’s biggest cultural icons and one of the country’s flagship international cannabis companies? You get a new weed company, called More Life Growth Company. On Thursday, Canadian cannabis goliath Canopy Growth Corp. and Aubrey Drake Graham, better known of course as Drake, signed agreements to launch a licensed cannabis production company in Toronto, Ontario—Drake’s home town.

Besides his career in music, Drake’s entrepreneurial projects have made their mark in numerous industries, from fashion and film to brand development and content creation. And with the help of Canopy Growth, he’s about to make a name for himself in the cannabis game. But the hip-hop icon’s latest move is at least a little ironic, since the association between Drake and weed in most people’s minds is that, well, he hardly smokes it and is kind of embarrassingly bad at it when he does.

Drake Clearly Doesn’t Smoke Weed, But He’s Starting a Weed Brand

It’s probably hard to be a rap artist who’s not that into weed. But it’s probably harder to pretend to be something you’re not. Speculation around Drake’s weed smoking habits began to emerge after an on-stage performance with Lil Wayne, a man with impeccable cannabis credentials.

In a video of the Wayne and Drake performance, Weezy passes Drake a joint which he appears to take a hit off of, at least at first glance. But a second look makes it obvious: Drake doesn’t inhale at all. Does Drake suck at smoking weed? Does he even smoke weed at all? How could something like this happen? People starting asking questions, then they started to put together the whole picture.

VICE even ran an exposé, assembling a persuasive case that Drake just doesn’t smoke weed. There’s his goofy way of hitting a blunt on stage, his comments in interviews, the reactions of his fans whenever he so much as touches weed, hints in his lyrics. And it definitely looks awkward whenever Drake tries to puff. Apparently Drake even hired a “vaping coach” to teach him the coolest moves.

But none of that appears to be dissuading Canopy Growth from partnering up with Drake to launch a new cannabis company in Toronto. According to a press release announcing the launch of More Life Growth Company, Canopy is excited about Drake’s vision as a culture leader and entrepreneur, not his first-hand experience with weed—or lack thereof.

Drake and Canopy Growth Launch More Life Growth Company in Toronto

For Drake, the founder of More Life Growth Company, the feeling is mutual. “The opportunity to partner with a world-class company like Canopy Growth on a global scale is really exciting,” Drake said. Like a lot of new cannabis brands, Drake is adopting the health and wellness approach, centering his new weed company around “wellness, discovery and overall personal growth.” That’s a fitting angle, since Drake’s new cannabis company might be his best chance yet to discover what cannabis is like and why people enjoy it.

The partnership with Canopy Growth also gives Drake the chance to leapfrog rivals in Toronto’s hyper-competitive private cannabis industry. Toronto limits the number of licenses it awards to cannabis companies, and the rollout of retail shops has been so slow that some have complained it violates their human rights. But with Canopy Growth juicing the whole project, Drake’s More Life Growth Company will have a serious advantage on the market.

More Life Growth Company used to be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Canopy Growth. But the deal with Drake hands off a controlling share, 60 percent, to Drake. Canopy Growth will retain the remaining 40 percent stake in the company.

Drury, ByAdam. “Drake Added to List of Celebs That Don’t Smoke Starting Weed Brands.” Green Rush Daily, 7 Nov. 2019,

Jimmy Kimmel Has a 710 Segment at a Drive-Thru Marijuana Dispensary

Customers came for weed but stayed for a marijuana-themed game show.

If most of the world beyond the niche space of hardcore dabbing culture didn’t know anything about “710” it does now. That’s because Jimmy Kimmel did a whole segment on it this week.

In honor of July 10, which is rapidly becoming the marijuana world’s newest holiday, the late night show host did a deep dive into cannabis concentrates and dabbing.

Jimmy Kimmel Learns About Dabbing

Last night’s episode of Jimmy Kimmel Live! included a feature focused on all things dabbing. The segment was in honor of July 10, known among dabbers simply as 710.

As Kimmel explained, “710” derives from the word “oil,” itself a reference to cannabis concentrates. Specifically, if you flipped the word “oil” upside down, it would look like the numbers 710. Add it all up, and you get July 10 as an unofficial new holiday dedicated to dabbing.

As Kimmel joked, the entire thing sounds a lot like “somebody got high and turned their calculator upside down and now it’s a holiday.”

After explaining why 710 is the new weed holiday, Kimmel turned his attention to dabbing itself. And for that, he got some advice from a budtender at Nuwu Cannabis Marketplace in Las Vegas, Nevada.

Specifically, the budtender explained that dabbing does not refer to the dance move. Instead, as she told Kimmel, a dab is a super potent cannabis concentrate that’s vaporized and inhaled.

Marijuana-Themed Game Show at Drive-Thru Dispensary

After making sure everyone understands what a dab is and why 710 matters, Kimmel decided to have a little fun. Specifically, he and the budtender played a game called “Let’s Make a Dope Deal” with customers at NuWu’s drive-thru window.

When customers pulled up to place their orders, Kimmel talked to them. He asked if they wanted to play a cannabis-themed trivia game.

After a couple of funny questions and some back and forth with the customers, the budtender gave out prizes. Not surprisingly, many of them were humorous nods to the munchies. For example, prizes included a gallon of milk, Reese’s peanut butter cups, and a box of Hot Pockets.

Lindsey, ByNick. “Jimmy Kimmel Has a 710 Segment at a Drive-Thru Marijuana Dispensary.” Green Rush Daily, 11 July 2019,

Booze, Buds and Comedy at the World’s First Cannabis Coworking Space

Legal weed is opening up all sorts of new possibilities and innovative businesses. In many weed-legal cities, cannabis entrepreneurs are constantly coming up with new ideas for how to tap into the legal weed market. The latest cannabis venture: a live comedy show where you can get high at Paragon’s cannabis coworking space.

Eat Yo Veggies

Last night, Los Angeles was home to a potentially pioneering new form of cannabis-related entertainment. The event was a live comedy show with a huge lineup including both performers and budtenders.

On the event website, Eat Yo Veggies billed itself as a night of “the freshest comedy, cannabis, cocktails, music, and good vibes in the heart of Hollywood.”

Tickets to the event included admission to the show, pre-rolled joints, and drinks. Throughout the event, budtenders were on hand with tons of top-shelf product. Additionally, vendors were on hand with free CBD samples.

While hanging out enjoying weed, audience members got to see a solid lineup of performers. This included The Lucas Brothers, who put together a hilarious show built around jokes about twin discrimination.Booze, Buds and Comedy at the World's First Cannabis Coworking Space

Frank Ieradi/420 Interactive

The show also included Morgan Jay, who played his guitar and turned banter with the crowd into songs. He also played a song dedicated to his ex-girlfriend, in honor of her marriage last week—to somebody else.

Additionally, the comedy show featured Ashley Barnhill, known for her appearance on Drunk History and other shows. Leonard Ouzts, known for being on Wild ‘N Out, Master of None, and All Def Comedy also performed. There were a handful of other performers rounding out the night.

And throughout it all, people were enjoying legal cannabis. It was a giant—and hilarious—smoke sesh right in the heart of LA.

ParagonSpace, Cannabis Co-Working and So Much More

Eat Yo Veggies was held at ParagonSpace, well known as one of the first-ever co-working space where you’re allowed to smoke weed.

ParagonSpace made headlines when it opened. In particular, it attracted a lot of attention because it allows people working in the space to consume weed in their offices.

But besides that, there isn’t anything explicitly 420-focused in the company’s business model. It doesn’t necessarily cater to companies working directly in the cannabis industry, although it does house a number of tech businesses that operate ancillary to the cannabis industry.

In terms of its day-to-day operations, ParagonSpace is pretty much like any other co-working space. Customers rent space to work, and ParagonSpace provides that space.

As with other co-working spaces in the country, ParagonSpace tends to attract young companies and startups. In particular, it attracts many companies in the tech space.

“There isn’t a 4/20 theme anywhere,” ParagonSpace executive Jessica VerSteeg said prior to the co-working company’s launch. “It’s whiteboards, desks, and all the same amenities as any other startup space. But here, you know that everybody knows the industry, and could be a potential partner.”

But now, it appears that the co-working company is expanding its offerings a bit. As the host of Eat Yo Veggies, ParagonSpace is apparently opening itself up to more social events, specifically ones that cater to cannabis culture and cannabis consumers.

Lindsey, ByNick. “Booze, Buds and Comedy at a Weed-Friendly Coworking Space.” Green Rush Daily, 12 Oct. 2018,

Teens with Jobs Are More Likely to Try Marijuana, Study Says

The older teens are, the more formal their jobs and the more hours they work, the more likely they are to consume cannabis according to a recent study.

A new study published in the Journal of Adolescent Health says teens with jobs are more likely to try marijuana than their non-employed peers. And according to researchers, the more “formal” the job is and the more hours a teen works, the more likely they are to consume cannabis. Overall, however, even teens with “informal” jobs like babysitting had a higher prevalence of recent marijuana use than nonworking teens. Beyond identifying trends in adolescent marijuana use and its connection to employment, the study also compared marijuana use by age group before and after legalization in Washington.

Teens Working Long Hours Are More Likely to Consume Marijuana

In a study titled “Employment and Marijuana Use Among Washington State Adolescents Before and After Legalization of Retail Marijuana,” researchers analyzed survey data to find out how employment is affecting teen marijuana use. Researchers used data from Washington’s statewide school-based Healthy Youth Survey, which about 76,000 public school students in 8th, 10th and 12th grade complete every year. The study looks at survey data from 2010 and 2016, two years prior to Washington’s vote to legalize adult-use cannabis in 2012 and two years after the state implemented legal retail sales in 2014.

The study aims to estimate the odds of current and past (within 30 days) marijuana consumption by working status and hours worked per week. And it compares that data to nonworking youth. And what researchers found was that associations between teen marijuana use and employment were stronger for teens in more formal jobs and for teens who worked more hours per week.

“Youth working in formal settings, such as retail and service sectors, were more likely to use marijuana than nonworking and youth working in informal settings, such as babysitting,” the study concludes.

But researchers also found some interesting trends related to age level and marijuana use among teens. According to the study, marijuana use decreased significantly among both working and nonworking 8th and 10th graders between 2010 and 2016. For 12th graders, however, it’s a different story. The data shows that working high school seniors’ marijuana use increased significantly over the same period. And the more hours a high school senior worked, the more likely there were to consume marijuana.

Researchers Aren’t Surprised Working Teens are More Prone to Cannabis Use

Janessa Graves, Ph.D. is an assistant professor whose research focuses on adolescents and work with an emphasis on injury behaviors. She’s also the lead author of the study on teen marijuana use and employment status. And she says it’s no surprise teens with jobs are more likely to spark up. “I wasn’t shocked that working teens have a higher prevalence of marijuana use,” Graves said.

But Dr. Graves was surprised at the stark differences between the 12th graders and the 8th and 10th graders. “I am a bit surprised how the 12th graders’ patterns differed,” Graves said. “The 12th graders are acting more like adults.”

Indeed, Graves believes one explanation for working high school seniors’ increased cannabis consumption is their exposure to it at work. 12th graders could be getting cannabis from their adult coworkers, or simply following their adult coworkers’ cannabis habits.

For Graves, it comes down to the quality of the workplace. She says there are some places that are great for adolescents to work, and some that are less so. Ultimately, the study’s findings do raise some public health concerns. Medical experts are fairly strongly in agreement that cannabis consumption by developing humans isn’t ideal. Consuming cannabis before one’s body and brain mature can harm cognitive performance, mental health and create other problems for young people, many health officials argue.

Weed-legal states are working to create drug awareness programs to deter underage cannabis use. And Graves thinks this study’s findings can help. “Consideration of work status and work settings in prevention campaigns and intervention designs may be critical,” the study concludes.

Drury, ByAdam. “Teens with Jobs Are More Likely to Try Marijuana, Study Says.” Green Rush Daily, 8 July 2019,

Woman Says Lifetime Ban from US for Crossing Border with CBD is Lifted

In the process of applying for a waiver to enter the country again, her charges were reversed.

Ongoing confusion surrounding CBD laws in the United States occasionally causes difficulties for travelers.

In some cases, airline passengers have found themselves in trouble after TSA discovers them traveling with CBD. Most recently, a woman from Canada was barred entry into the U.S. because she was carrying medicinal CBD oil. However, in a surprise move, U.S. officials overturned her ban less than two weeks later.

Woman Barred From Entering U.S.A.

In late August, a 21-year-old woman traveling from Canada to the U.S. was denied entry into the country and faced a possible lifetime ban. The decision came when border guards found CBD oil in her backpack.

The woman, who is a student at the University of Guelph in Ontario reportedly travels to the U.S. frequently. And she has never run into trouble with border guards—until her most recent trip.

This time, a U.S. border official in Blaine, Washington searched the woman’s belongings.

Eventually, the border agent found a bottle of CBD oil. The woman said she takes CBD oil medicinally, to help alleviate pain associated with scoliosis.

At the time of the incident, the woman told CBC News that she had no idea carrying medical CBD oil was against the law, especially since weed is legal in Washington.

The woman said she knows that travelers are not allowed to carry actual weed across the border, but did not think that applied to CBD oil that contains no THC.

After the border guard found her CBD oil, the woman was denied entry to the U.S. Additionally, she was fined $500 and fingerprinted.

Further, she was also told that she would be barred from entering the U.S. ever again, but that she could request a waiver with a special application and a $585 fee.

“There seems to be a lot of confusion with Canadians entering the U.S. with regards to CBD and THC and all the derivatives from marijuana,” the woman’s lawyer, Len Saunders, told CBC News.

“From my experience, if anything is coming from the marijuana plant, even if it’s an oil or a gummy candy, it seems to be grounds not only for inadmissibility and fines but also a lifetime ban.”

U.S. Officials Reverse Their Decision

Following the incident, the woman said she began the process of applying for a waiver. That’s when she received some unexpected news.

Last Friday, the woman was contacted by a U.S. border supervisor. The official informed her that the decision to bar her from entering the U.S. had been overturned.

As a result, the woman will not have to complete the waiver application. Similarly, she will not be required to pay the $585 fee as part of the waiver application process.

“My reaction obviously was shock,” Saunders told CBC News after his client told him the news. “I was shocked that it was such a 180-degree turn from basically being barred from life to being told that they had on their own reviewed the case and had basically reversed their decision.”

At this time, it is unclear exactly how U.S. Customs and Border Patrol reached the decision to reverse the woman’s ban.

Lindsey, ByNick. “Woman Says Lifetime Ban from US for Crossing Border with CBD Is Lifted.” Green Rush Daily, 3 Sept. 2019,

Parents Who Smoke Weed Are Stricter on Kids, Study Says

Parents may think cannabis helps them chill out and be less controlling toward their kids. But a new OSU study found otherwise.

Do the substances parents use affect they way they raise their kids? Most would say, absolutely. But researchers at Ohio State University wanted to find out exactly how different substances changed the way parents related to their kids. In particular, they focused on how—and how much—parents who consume different recreational substances discipline their children.

And if you think cannabis, unlike alcohol or methamphetamine, would be the one substance to make parents more chill—like researchers thought it would—you’d be mistaken. According to a new study, parents who smoke weed are stricter on their kids than parents who abstain from cannabis. But they’re still not as punitive as parents who drink or use harder substances.

Weed Isn’t Making Parents More Chill

For most cannabis consumers, becoming a parent doesn’t mean quitting weed. Indeed, the rigors of raising children might actually be attracting parents to cannabis. In fact, according to a 2017 survey, 54 percent of people who consume cannabis are parents. And more than half of those parents have kids that are under 18.

Whenever parents get asked about their cannabis consumption, they often say that it helps them relax, chill out and be a better parent. Since we associate the effects of THC with exactly these kind of sensations, that reasoning seems to make sense. No wonder it’s exactly what Ohio State University professor Bridget Freisthler expected a random survey of California parents to show. But that’s not what Dr. Freisthler observed.

According to Freisthler’s study, “Types of Substance Use and Punitive Parenting: A Preliminary Exploration,” weed-smoking parents were harsher disciplinarians than parents who didn’t consume cannabis or other substances. Parents who smoke weed were more controlling. Overall, “they were more likely to use all forms of discipline more often,” Freisthler said.

“That is not something we would have expected to see.”

Is Marijuana Legalization Changing Parenting?

Considering how drastically legalization has expanded in the United States since 2017, it’s reasonable to assume there at least aren’t any fewer parents raising kids and consuming cannabis. Today, more parents may be consuming cannabis than ever. But instead of a shift to let-it-be parenting, cannabis use appears to be making parents stricter and more controlling. Or at least, it is for the 3000 California parents randomly chosen from 50 cities to take a survey about parenting and substance use.

The survey asked parents how often they used alcohol, cannabis, methamphetamineopioids and other drugs. It also questioned parents about how frequently they administer three types of discipline. The survey asked parents about their use of non-violent punishments like time-outs and groundings, corporeal punishments like spanking, and harsher physical abuse like slapping and hitting.

And across the board, marijuana consumers were less chill than parents who don’t consume cannabis or other substances. According to the study, cannabis-consuming parents were 0.5 percent more likely to administer all types of discipline—from timeouts to lost privileges to spankings.

Parents who consume alcohol, however, were the most controlling and punitive. Compared to the 0.5 percent increase in discipline among weed-smoking parents compared to non-consumers, parents who drink were more likely than their sober counterparts to use punishment to control their kids.

Parents Are Turning to CBD Over THC to Cope with Parenting Stress

Dr. Freisther’s study contradicts much of the contemporary wisdom and current trends regarding cannabis and parenting. Unfortunately, it doesn’t provide any answers as to why parents who consume cannabis are more strict. Maybe they’re compensating, afraid that cannabis is making them a less responsible parent? Or maybe, their kids are just ruining their high.

It’s “one of the things that we want to keep an eye on,” said Freisther. And especially so, as cannabis consumption becomes more prevalent. But of course, not all kinds of cannabis are the same. CBD can calm moods and relax without the psychoactive effects of THC. And that’s one reason why CBD products are becoming go-tos for parents looking to destress and unwind.

Drury, ByAdam. “Parents Who Smoke Weed Are Stricter on Kids, Study Says.” Green Rush Daily, 18 July 2019,

New Study Says Dabs Recover Over Three Times as much THC as Joints

Researchers pit smoking joints and dabbing against each other.

Dabs getting you higher than joints is not a new concept in the United States. In fact, they rose to popularity in the country when headlines touted their potency with unsubstantiated claims that one dab was as strong as five joints. While the act of consuming concentrates has become common among American cannabis users–there is still slim to no available research on the subject due to federal prohibition.

Fortunately, dabs and dabbing were imported from the USA to Europe–where research on cannabis doesn’t face as many obstacles. A recent study conducted by Swiss researchers from the Institute of Forensic Medicine at the University of Bern found that dabbing did a much better job of getting the total amount of available THC and CBD into your lungs than smoking. In fact, the study published in Forensic Science International illustrated dabs recover over three times as much THC as joints.

If you smoke cannabis for the effects associated with THC or CBD, you probably want your lungs to absorb them as effectively as possible. What if scientists said that you only get a fifth of the available cannabinoids in your joint?

The study aimed to “investigate the decarboxylation of precursor acids of THC and CBD (THCA and CBDA) by dabbing and by smoking” and to “determine the recovery of THC in the condensate.”

Materials and Methods Used

The plant material and butane hash oil (BHO) used in this experiment were confiscated by police. From there, samples were submitted to a lab in Germany to test the total cannabinoid content. And finally, the samples were sent to researchers in Switzerland.

The marijuana flowers tested at a total of 17 percent THC while the BHO was more than four times as potent–with 71 percent THC. The Swiss Cannabis SA also contributed hemp with 6 percent CBD for the experiment.

The first seized extracts had labeling that indicated a Washington State origin. The researchers claim “classical hash oil is extracted with solvents, and after solvent evaporation, residues are mixed with a vegetable oil.”

Vegetable oil is for cooking and has no place in traditional hash oil so something got lost in translation. Researchers could be referring to vegetable glycerin which is a thinning agent that is slowly being phased out of the cannabis cartridge market.

Their first encounter with BHO extracts may have been from an old cartridge. The best THC cartridges no longer have any cutting agents and regular hash oil for dabbing definitely shouldn’t have any vegetable glycerin or oil in it. Today, vegetable glycerin is typically used for e-juice and low-quality or black market cartridges.

Smoking on Scientific Glass

New Study Says Dabbing Recovers Three Times More THC Than Smoking

Photo of the equipment used for the smoking portion of the experiment.

Researchers did their best to mimic actual human cannabis smoking and dabbing with scientific glass and tubing. Researchers wrote, “ideally, the method of smoke production should reflect human cannabis smoking behavior.

For the smoking apparatus, a joints worth of plant material was squished into a glass frit that was connected by short tube to two gas washing bottles for continuous smoking with no loss of smoke.New Study Says Dabbing Recovers Three Times More THC Than Smoking

Apparatus used for the dabbing portion of the experiment.

For the dabbing apparatus, researchers decided to go with what they call “a new form of application for these extracts,” The titanium nail. But to most modern dabbers–the titanium nail is a piece of the past. Most have traded their titanium in for more effective tools like quartz bangers and carb caps.

Researchers heated the titanium nail until it was red hot. Then, they waited a few seconds and dropped in 160 to 230 mg of BHO. This is no longer a recommended method of consuming concentrates. Today, quartz bangers and inserts are used to maintain lower temperatures for longer periods than titanium. In fact, researchers admit their method of dabbing “probably resulted in temperatures at which vaporization was accompanied by combustion,” creating further losses.

Results? Dabbing Saves Time and THC

The cannabinoid contents in the trapped condensates were tested to determine the lung availability and decarboxylation rate. Lung availability is the recovery of THC in the condensate. The BHO had 75.5 percent lung availability while the marijuana flowers were only able to recover 26.7 percent. Both smoking and dabbing decarboxylated more than 99 percent of the THCA.

Low-temperature dabs are vaporized, not combusted–so there is less of a loss in THC from burning.

According to the study authors, “In contrast to combustion, pyrolytic losses of THC should not occur upon vaporization of cannabis material.”

It’s worth noting that the numbers don’t account for any smoke that wouldn’t be inhaled during a normal smoking session. Smoke was constantly fed through until nothing was left. That means the recovery rate for the joint was generous–considering a dab can be completed in a single breath. On the other hand, it would be impossible to transfer every bit of smoke into your lungs when smoking a joint.

So the results reflect the maximum amount of THC that could be transferred from joint to smoke rather than “a realistic estimate of the amount of THC delivered during human smoking.”

The study also documented the amount of time it takes to smoke flower and dab to completion. It took about 2 minutes to burn the flower and less than five seconds to finish the dab.

Researchers Address Exaggerated Rumors on the Potency of Dabs

So does that mean a single dab is equal to smoking several joints? No. Comparing average dabs and joints, researchers estimate “a dab delivers a similar amount of psychoactive THC as smoking a joint.”

Mythis spread by the media about the alleged dangers of dabbing claimed single dab being as potent as five joints. Those claims have misled many and created a fear of extracts. A so-called “drug expert” named Dr. David Sack appeared on the television show The Doctors and claimed a single dab could be as potent as five joints. Maybe if the joint is average sized and the joint is five times as large as a single serving.

If you’ve never dabbed, imagine the first puff of your joint feeling like it’s the last. The high potency combined with the higher recovery rate provides full effects without the repetitive inhalation of smoke.

It’s important to note that these findings are preliminary in nature. Further research involving humans, more samples and preferably more modern methods of consumption needs to be conducted.

Hanna, ByAb. “New Study Says Dabs Recover 3 Times More THC Than Joints.” Green Rush Daily, 18 Jan. 2019,

Adam Devine Shares Awkard Story of Getting Too High with Seth Rogen

“I smoke weed, but not as much as Seth. Seth’s like a pro. He’s at a Snoop Dog level,”

Smoking weed can certainly have its fair share of pleasurable effects—an influx of laughter, a calming, euphoric effect, and of course, the ability to make almost any food infinitely more delicious. But of course, like anything, it’s best when used in moderation—at least for some.

Count Righteous Gemstones actor Adam Devine as one of the people who is probably better off sticking to the “in moderation” rule of thumb. The former Workaholics star has been promoting his new movie, Jexi, which is set to release this Thursday. The film is about a man who becomes overreliant on his phone and needs the help of his new AI operating system, Jexi to help him become less technology-dependent. Devine’s character, Phil, deals with quite a bit of social anxiety throughout the film, something the actor has experienced his fair share of, too.

Well, at least when he smokes weed.

Adam Devine’s Marijuana-Induced Cringefest

Devine recently spoke to E! News regarding his character’s awkward personality trait and how he relates in real life. The first thing that came to Devine’s mind was his first encounter with fellow actor Danny McBride. The typically amiable Devine was a bit more, err, odd than usual.

Yes, even for him.

“The first time I met Danny McBride I was with Seth Rogen and he was giving me a lot of weed to smoke,” Adam shared. “I smoke weed, but not as much as Seth. Seth’s like a pro. He’s at a Snoop Dog level,” Devine told E!’s Carissa Culiner. Obviously, Devine didn’t know just what he was into, en route to a fairly cringey exchange with McBride.

“I see him and I go, ‘Oh my God you’re Danny McBride!” he explained. “And he goes, ‘Yeah man.’ And then he goes, ‘Yo little man, I know you,’ and I go, ‘you’re a bright shooting star.’ And he goes,’what?’ And I just grabbed my girlfriend at the time and we had to leave.” 

Yeah, that’s pretty bad. Maybe next time Devine can bring some CBD to offset some of THC’s psychoactive effects— but he would really have to be thinking ahead in that regard.

Luckily, the two comedic actors are now, clearly, much more comfortable around each other—they now co-star in HBO’s The Righteous Gemstones, a comedy series that depicts a wealthy and famous televangelist family, the Gemstones, and their inner dysfunction. McBride and DeVine portray two of the three Gemstone siblings alongside Edi Patterson, while John Goodman plays the family’s patriarch, Eli Gemstone.

Considering McBride created the series himself, maybe his initial exchange with Devine didn’t go so badly after all. In fact, perhaps it was Adam who was the bright shooting star this whole time.

He was just too high to realize it.

Kohut, ByTim. “Adam Devine Shares Awkard Story of Getting Too High with Seth Rogen.” Green Rush Daily, 7 Oct. 2019,

Hemp Farmer Arrested and Crop Destroyed For Reporting Mapping Error

The real mistake was trying to correct his own.

In what is becoming an increasingly controversial story, a farmer in South Carolina was arrested for growing hemp. Not only that, but law enforcement authorities in the state also destroyed his hemp crop.

In large part, the controversy surrounding the story stems from the fact that the man was actually a state-licensed and approved hemp farmer. Ultimately, this case highlights some of the ongoing confusion surrounding hemp laws in South Carolina.

Law Enforcement Arrests Legal Hemp Farmer, Destroys Crop

Under South Carolina law, licensed hemp farmers must report to the state all acreage on which they are cultivating hemp.

According to news source FITS News, 38-year-old hemp farmer John Trenton Pendarvis was growing hemp on land not reported to the state.

However, Pendarvis and his supporters say it was a mapping mistake. In fact, Pendarvis claims that he was trying to correct his error with the South Carolina Department of Agriculture (SCDA).

But, he claims, before he could make the correction, law enforcement showed up. Apparently, the SCDA reported Pendarvis’s hemp fields to the South Carolina State Law Enforcement Division (SLED).

After receiving the report, SLED acted quickly. They arrested Pendarvis. Then they destroyed his ten acre hemp field. All told, law enforcement destroyed more than $12 million worth of hemp.

Intentional Law-Breaking or Mistake?

At the heart of all this is the question of whether or not Pendarvis was willfully growing hemp on unreported land.

On the one hand, Pendarvis says it was a simple mistake. And one he was trying to fix. Additionally, he was already licensed by the state to grow hemp.

“It is a sad day in South Carolina when a person with an excellent reputation and a license to grow hemp is arrested for being a farmer,” South Carolina Senator Brad Hutto told FITS News. “Cultivation of hemp is legal in South Carolina. It is a plant of great medicinal value that is bringing relief to thousands.”

But on the other hand, law enforcement and the Department of Agriculture clearly believe he was growing on unreported land purposefully.

“SCDDA is required to report to SLED and the SC Attorney General any violations of the hemp program that we believe are willful, which is what we did in this case,” the South Carolina Department of Agriculture told FITS News. “The decision to take action—and what action to take—lies with law enforcement.”

Confusion Regarding Hemp Laws

In the bigger picture, this story highlights the ongoing confusion surrounding hemp in South Carolina.

For starters, the federal Farm Bill of 2018 officially legalized hemp—defined as a cannabis plant with less than 0.3% THC—across the nation. Additionally, this law gives states the ability to regulate hemp cultivation and production within their borders.

Using this authority, South Carolina has also legalized the cultivation of hemp by licensed farmers.

However, what is not defined by South Carolina law is what to do in a case like Pendarvis’s. More specifically, there is reportedly no actual penalty attached to growing hemp on the wrong plot of land.

As a result, law enforcement apparently has huge amounts of discretionary leeway in cases like this. And as seen in Pendarvis’s cases, that could open the door to cops and other law enforcement agents to essentially go rogue, doing whatever they decide all on their own.

Lindsey, ByNick. “Hemp Farmer Arrested and Crop Destroyed For Reporting Mapping Error.” Green Rush Daily, 26 Sept. 2019,

New Report Shows Last Year Women Bought Twice as Much Cannabis

Baby Boomers are also one of the fastest growing segments in the market.

A California-based cannabis delivery service released its annual Eaze Insights Report, in which the company shows its key findings from 2018 sales. The report was based on anonymous behavior data taken from 450,000 consumers, as well as 4,000 anonymous surveys. Its findings are a great tool for us to get a clue of the direction the industry is heading for this year.

Women Consumers are Catching Up

The female gender is quickly gaining ground on the consumer side of the industry. We’ve known for some time that while the number of women in executive positions in the cannabis industry is decreasing, women entrepreneurs are tilting the balance of what is known to be a male-dominated business.

Eaze’s report is showing how women buyers nearly doubled year-over-year since 2017, growing 92% over 2018.

Market share of women rose 3%, which means that at this rate, the scale between men and women consumers will hit a complete balance by 2022. Women currently make up 38% of the market share total.

While 2018 showed amazing improvement in women empowerment and gender consciousness all over the world, the fact that California legalized recreational use by January 1st of that year, strongly influenced overall marijuana purchases, making women just another segment in the entire transformation of consumer behavior taking place across the state.

A Growing Tendency Towards Consumer Diversification

The market for cannabis products is reaching its highest stage of segment diversification in the history of legal cannabis.

The Baby Boom generation (those born between 1946 and 1964) are by far the fastest growing age group, increasing over 25% in 2018 alone. Boomies (as they’re referred to in Canada) are also the biggest spenders, with spending habits decreasing proportionally by age: Baby Boomers spent 53% more on average than Gen Z consumers, though it is fair to point out that many members of the Generation Z are still currently underage, thus unable to legally purchase cannabis products.

Another consequence of adult-use legalization can be seen in the rise in first-time users, which grew in 140%. This year also marked a record in the platform’s number of purchases per minute, averaging about one purchase every 8 seconds.

On an interview with Business Wire, Eaze CEO Jim Patterson made specific mention to the de-stigmatization of cannabis across age groups, which can be another reason behind this unprecedented wave of consumer diversification.

Cannabis as a Wellness Product

Wellness is the largest common factor behind cross-generational consumption.

The report found that one of the major causes behind the new segments’ acceptance of cannabis is its positioning as a wellness product, especially in the form of CBD, with consumers nearly doubling since 2017. Baby Boomers are again the segment leading the CBD rush, and female boomers represented one-fifth of the total of consumers purchasing Cannabidiol as their primary cannabis product.

CBD was also reported as a major ally in reducing unhealthy habits like tobacco smoke, alcohol consumption or over-the-counter pain medication across generations.

Although the report does not draw information from whole-country demographics, since the so-called “Uber of Weed” operates primarily within the State of California, its findings are of great value for the entire cannabis industry, given California’s pioneering condition in terms of marijuana legalization and sale.

Ponieman, ByNatan. “9 Celebs Investing in the Weed Industry.” Green Rush Daily, 27 Sept. 2018,

America’s Airline Traffic Is Now Full of Weed

Chicago O’Hare Airport’s recent installation of cannabis “amnesty boxes” reveals the truth about American airline traffic in 2020: it is full of weed, and there’s nothing anyone can do about it.

Whether O’Hare International Airport in Chicago is “the world’s busiest” terminal for airline traffic depends on how you gauge such superlatives. If it’s by number of passengers, the busiest airport is Hartsfield-Jackson in Atlanta; if it’s by the sheer number of airplanes taking off and landing, the United Airlines hub in Chicago remains “busier” than anywhere else on the globe.

Either way, as of Jan. 1, O’Hare is the busiest airport in the world to be newly located in a state where recreational cannabis is legal. And indeed, with recreational cannabis sales beginning in Illinois earlier this month, six out of the 10 busiest airports in the United States are now situated in states where passengers can legally load up at the nearest dispensary on their way to or from the airport — which means that airline traffic in the U.S. is even more loaded with weed than it was before, and there’s not much of anything anyone can do about it.

You may hear that boarding an aircraft while carrying cannabis is illegal in the United States. That is true — federal law governs the friendly skies over all 50 states, and federal law, quite famously, thinks cannabis is a highly addictive substance with no medical value — but practically speaking, it’s never been safer to fly with weed. (Legal disclaimer: This blog post is not legal advice and nobody should do anything we suggest, ever.) Complicating matters somewhat are the special legal jurisdictions that exist at airports — in both Las Vegas and in Denver, the airports have declared that state law does not apply and that cannabis is still illegal — but both the demand and the effort to enforce such laws are slim to none.

There are those who would have you believe that boarding a flight bearing cannabis in 2020 means blundering into a confounding arena, a maze of contradictions. This is not the case. The legal landscape is absurdly simple: Cannabis is legal if the local jurisdiction says it’s legal. The federal Transportation Security Administration has gone as far as to publicly announce that they are not there to check for drugs. But if agents do find cannabis, their only course of action is to alert the local authorities. Unless you are some kind of special breed of a damn fool and try to waltz through Customs with weed, all the local authorities will be able to do is enforce local law. (Under no circumstances should anyone who is not a U.S. citizen be so foolish; risks for non-citizens entering the U.S. with cannabis include seizures, fines, deportation, and a lifetime ban on entering the country.)

It’s true that in Las Vegas, for example, possession of an ounce or more of weed is a felony. But, as an airport spokeswoman allowed to Forbes last year, Vegas “is a leisure market and a destination market. We understand that people come here to have a good time, so our law enforcement and our community as a whole value that.” This attitude is prevalent, and this is how you explain O’Hare’s recent decision to kindly and politely ask the public to please enforce themselves, and throw away whatever weed they have on them before boarding their flight.

Truthfully, nobody — not even the hardest-headed drug-warrior cop — cares that much about a small amount of weed (except insofar as that weed is an expedient excuse to justify a stop, or further policing). No, cops care about big loads of weed, or, better yet, enormous stacks of cash that may (or may not, who cares) be used to buy big loads of weed. As the Los Angeles Times reported last year, cannabis “trafficking” arrests at Los Angeles International Airport, No. 2 on the busiest airports list and thus the busiest in the US where weed is legal, spiked 166% to 101 busts in 2018. One typical bust, the newspaper wrote, was an East Coast-bound passenger with 70 pounds of cannabis in vacuum-sealed packages stashed in his checked baggage.

Keep in mind that in all of 2018, there were only 503 reports of cannabis found in bags at LAX — and that year, the airport saw 87.5 million passengers trudge through its gates. Stashing weed in luggage “is normal procedure… and I would say 29 out of 30 times they make it through without a problem,” defense attorney Bill Kroger Jr. told the Times. The deduction here is obvious: legalization has made airports, and American passenger airlines, de-facto weed delivery systems.

So far, O’Hare hasn’t made itself a special exemption zone for legalization, and Chicago police have said publicly they won’t arrest anyone who’s following state law. (That’s nice of them!) You can almost certainly pack the legal limit and fly with confidence — knowing there are at least a few other people on your same flight doing the exact same thing, if not pushing things to the 50-pound carry-on limit.

Roberts, ByChris. “America’s Airline Traffic Is Now Full of Weed.” Cannabis Now, 17 Jan. 2020,

An Actually-Helpful Guide to Using Cannabis

An educational book offers practical advice for new users.

If you’ve been looking for a book on the basics of cannabis and CBD, there are almost too many options to choose from. It can be overwhelming to sort through the volumes of books, blogs and websites dedicated to educating consumers about this important topic.

Still, not all cannabis educational material is helpful, or even accurate. As a cannabis consultant who helps new patients, I’m always curious to check out these books and see for myself whether they are worth recommending to my clients. It’s sad to see how much of the material out there just isn’t worth the read.

So, I was pleasantly surprised reading through the new natural medicine guide “Cannabis & CBD for Health & Wellness” by Aliza Sherman and Dr. Junella Chin. While similar in kind to many of the 101 guides on cannabis, their approach blends the scientific and practical aspects of cannabis use into a book that is both approachable and grounded in objective data.

The 167-page book begins like many others, with a brief explanation of cannabis’s history, science and medical potential, before launching into the practical details of using cannabis. The descriptions are written for the everyday reader and the book guides consumers through many essential pieces of information that are important to know when using cannabis.

On top of that, there are also a few places where this guide sets itself apart from the crowd.

For one thing, this guide has medical bona fides that many others don’t — it was co-written by a doctor who actually specializes in cannabis.

“Writing the book with a doctor was a no-brainer, since I’m a journalist and author, but not a medical professional,” co-author Aliza Sherman explained. “I had already spent two years researching cannabis as real medicine and having a doctor as my co-author meant that I could finally understand all of the research I was finding.”

To Sherman’s point, a lot of the information found online lacks the insight of a trained medical professional, and misinterpretations of scientific data can lead to a lot of misconceptions about how to use cannabis effectively.

Another place where this guide differs from most is in the section that deals with the treatment of specific medical conditions with cannabis. While most guides discuss a given condition, go over the science behind it and offer recommendations, the authors of this book instead use a real patient’s story for each ailment or symptom they discuss. The book describes a patient’s situation, treatment plan and what actually worked before making broader suggestions based on the data. This provides information that I haven’t seen in many other beginner cannabis guides which could really help patients understand how to most effectively treat their conditions.

Throughout the book, I found clear and easy-to-follow writing coupled with interesting medical insights. It is clear why a seasoned reporter/researcher and a respected doctor make such a dynamic duo of cannabis writers.

While informative and well-researched, this book is far from a scientific textbook on cannabis. Though it does have a large bibliography at the end, there are few references within the text to the scientific literature, and no footnotes or direct citations to support the claims being made. This could be a positive or negative, depending on what you are looking for. If you are one of those patients (like me) who likes to track down the research being referenced as you go, this book could be a little bit frustrating. But if you are just looking for an accessible, thorough and readable guide to using cannabis, “Cannabis & CBD for Health & Wellness” is a great pick.

Earlenbaugh, ByEmily. “An Actually-Helpful Guide to Using Cannabis.” Cannabis Now, 12 Feb. 2020,

How Much Cannabis Each State Sold in the First Month of Legal Sales

Out of the 9 states that have launched legal cannabis marketplaces, which state earned the most in its first month?

Illinois dispensaries sold nearly $40 million dollars with of cannabis in the first 31 days of recreational cannabis sales, according to new numbers released last week.

The Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation announced the number on Feb. 3. Officials said the final total of $39,247,840.83 came from the sale of 972,045 cannabis products at licensed retailers across the state.

The state also said the lion’s share of those sales went to Illinois residents, who purchased over $30 million worth of pot, while those visiting tourist destinations like Chicago or just jumping state lines to escape dated marijuana laws spent almost $9 million.

“A portion of every cannabis sale will be reinvested in communities harmed most by the failed war on drugs,” the state’s report noted.

The office of Illinois Gov. J.B. Pritzker said the first month of legal cannabis sales was a success, and again emphasized the importance of equity in the cannabis industry.

“The successful launch of the Illinois’ legal cannabis industry represents new opportunities for entrepreneurs and the very communities that have historically been harmed by the failed war on drugs,” said Toi Hutchinson, senior advisor for cannabis control to Pritzker. “The administration is dedicated to providing multiple points of entry into this new industry, from dispensary owners to transporters, to ensure legalization is equitable and accessible for all


So where does that $40 million in first-month legal cannabis sales rank all time among other states that have legalized? Let’s look at Nevada first. The Las Vegas Review-Journal reports that, in September 2017, Nevada officials announced the state had sold $27 million worth of cannabis products. We have some slightly longer periods we can look at too for Nevada, as the Nevada Dispensary Association said the first four months of legal sales from July through October 2017 saw $127 million in sales.

So if Illinois was to keep pace with its first month sales, keeping in mind there hasn’t been enough flower to go around when it transitioned to the legal market, it could hit nearly $160 million in the first four months, blowing Nevada out of the water again.

In Colorado, the state’s dispensaries sold $5 million worth of pot in the first week. Years later, Colorado ramped up to selling $119 million in the month of January 2018. But that would be the last month that Colorado served as the state selling the most pot per month in America.

That’s because California’s adult-use cannabis market came online in January 2018 and conducted $114 million in sales, according to BDS Analytics. By February 2018, California would be the largest legal marketplace in the world and never look back. (Of course, these numbers only reflect the legal market, and experts estimate that California’s traditional underground cannabis market is still worth three times that of the legal one.)

So while Illinois may have not had as big a start as the more populous California, it was plenty reputable. Plus, they have a bunch of other cool stuff going on.

Recently, the Illinois Department of Agriculture started the application process for cannabis infusers, craft growers and transporter licenses. They’ll start taking them on Valentine’s Day and people will have a month to get them in.

“Social equity applicants will receive additional points on their application and are eligible to receive technical assistance, grants, low-interest loans and fee reductions and waivers,” the state noted.

Illinois equity-centric plan for marijuana legalization has long been considered one of the most progressive approaches to fight off the damage done by the War on Drugs to communities of color. One of the most important parts of the program is there will be money to support entrepreneurs from those impacted communities, which is currently an issue with a lot of equity programs in other places.

Here’s a comparison of each state with legal cannabis sales, in order of when they opened up for sales, and how much they earned:

Colorado, January 2014: $14 million ($46.6 million including medical marijuana)

Washington, July 2014: $3.2 million

Oregon, January 2016: $13.9 million

Alaska, October 2016: $750,581 (for first five weeks)

Nevada, September 2017: $27 million

California, January 2018: $114 million

Massachusetts, November 2018: $9.3 million

Michigan, December 2019: $6.5 million

Illinois, January 2020: $40 million

Both Vermont and Maine have legalized adult-use cannabis, but do not have adult-use cannabis marketplaces set up yet.

Devine, ByJimi. “How Much Cannabis Each State Sold in First Month of Legal Sales.” Cannabis Now, 10 Feb. 2020,

The Rise of Themed Dispensaries

Where do you draw the line between gimmick and a unique one-off user experience that would be difficult, if not impossible, to recreate?

In the ultra-competitive world of cannabis retail, operators are looking for new ways to stand out from the pack, and one option some have decided to go with is opening a themed dispensary with a focus on creating an “immersive” and dare-we-say “Instagrammable” experience.

The dispensary model has evolved a lot over the last decade. During the 2000s, when a handful of states only had medical marijuana laws, the user experience for cannabis consumers remained medical-centric in operators’ attempt to keep their doors from getting kicked in by the feds. Then, when Barack Obama became president and the 2013 Cole Memo helped dispensary operators relax, people started to open up a bit — maybe too soon — and the cat was out of the bag. The more regulated the marketplace, the faster this progress toward unique dispensary experiences happened.

Harborside, a dispensary in Oakland and San Jose, California founded in 2006, gave the world its first deep look into how well this new experience-centric kind of dispensary could be done. Then, in the 2010s as adult-use legalization kicked off, a wave of dispensaries modeled themselves after Apple Stores. Today, as the market matures, we’re starting to see more and more dispensaries embrace a whole new level of planned eccentricity.  

Even Jay-Z is getting into the themed dispensary hype. As part of his brand strategizing collaboration with California cannabis company Caliva, the company has opened a new New York-themed deli dispensary in Bellflower, California, to the south of Los Angeles. While we’re not totally sure if it will carve the same kind of place in people’s hearts as Katz’s in Manhattan, it’s certainly a new twist on buying pot.

“We wanted to create something that was reminiscent of those early delis you saw from the 1950s,” the store’s manager Joshua Estrada told The Hollywood Reporter when it opened. “I kind of equate it to like if we took that deli from The Marvelous Mrs. Maisel — it’s that neighborhood vibe. They’ve got the rabbi, right? It’s one of those moments, the neighborhood celebrating those spaces. We wanted to also play on that.”

In the foothills of Northern California’s cannabis country, another new dispensary is making waves. The 3,700-square-foot psychedelic wonderland is called Doobie Nights and opened last month in Santa Rosa, replete with a “Portal of Wonder” sculpture wall that customers walk through and LED lighting designed by internationally renowned artists.

One of the first patrons of the new shop was glassblower and three-time Emerald Cup judge Chris Hanson.

“It’s unlike any other dispensary I’ve been in,” Hanson told Cannabis Now. “They flipped the bill on the notion a dispensary has to be serious. Yeah, some places have art. This place is art.  Often you either get a tiny sterile spot, or a huge warehouse with tons of empty space. This was a great compromise, as far as things not being too crowded or spread out.”

The Santa Rosa Press Democrat said in addition to all the weed and color, the dispensary has “a soundtrack of eclectic tunes, pumped through electrostatic speakers.” Altogether, it makes for “a multi-sensory experience on par with the hallucinogenic boat ride in ‘Willy Wonka and the Chocolate Factory.’”

Further to the north, two-year-old Portland dispensary Green Hop bills itself as the world’s first historical hip-hop dispensary. While the dispensary not only educates its visitors on the decades-long ties between cannabis and hip-hop in a new way, it also stands as the last bastion of entrepreneurs of color in a once diverse neighborhood. Willamette Week noted the dispensary is one of the last black-owned lots in the Woodlawn neighborhood.

Other notable themed and immersive dispensaries include Denver’s Smokin Gun Apothecary, a late-night dispensary and anti-prohibition museum, and Oregon’s 70s-themed Electric Lettuce dispensary.

Devine, ByJimi. “The Rise of the Themed Dispensary.” Cannabis Now, 6 Feb. 2020,

Fastest Ways To Get High With Weed

The fastest ways to get high with weed give you more time to enjoy your high with less effort trying to get there.

Whether you’re a medical patient seeking immediate relief or simply impatient, there are several ways to get high in no time. The active ingredient in weed that makes people feel high is THC. Increasing the amount of THC you get in a short amount of time is the main key to achieving hastier highs. We’ll show you how to get high faster with every type of consumption method.


10 Best Dab Rigs Of 2017
Photo Courtesy of Beta Glass Labs

When it comes to smoking weed through a pipe, certain pieces will get you higher quicker than others. For example, one-hitters are better for taking things slow and microdosing. Ditch the one-hitter for something that won’t limit the amount of smoke you can take per puff.

Larger pipes or bowls with a carburetor allow for more smoke to be held in the glass instead of your lungs. As a result, you can build up more smoke before feeling the need to cough. Once you lift your finger off of the carb all of that smoke will go into your lungs all at once.

Most seasoned cannabis consumers will tell you the fastest way to get high using glass is with a bong. A bong has a removable bowl attached to a down stem submerged in water. The water makes hits less harsh, allowing you to milk the bong for longer than you could with a bowl.

If the typical bong experience isn’t fast enough for you, a gravity bong is one of the quickest ways to feel the effects of your weed. You can make a gravity bong with a few household materials. There is more than one way to make them but a gravity bong is essentially a large vessel that fill with smoke without the need to inhale. Once it is fully milked, the cap is removed and all of the smoke is quickly inhaled.

The absolute fastest way to get high with weed is by adding a nail or quartz banger to your bong and using cannabis concentrates in place of regular weed.


10 Best Rolling Papers Of 2017

Getting high faster with papers is as simple as rolling a proper joint or finding ways to sneak more THC into the equation. Rolling a joint too tight can interfere with airflow. If you’re barely letting out any smoke from each pull, there is an airflow problem with your joint and it will take much longer to get high. In fact, most of your weed will go up in smoke without ever being inhaled. Properly rolled joints will provide plenty of smoke per inhale and lead to quicker medication.

If you have any kief saved up in your grinder, use it to experience one of the fastest ways to get high with weed. Depending on what else you have access to, you can feel the effects of your weed in as quick as one big puff.

Twaxing a blunt or joint is a great way to feel the effects sooner while helping the paper burn slower. To twax your papers you can either add concentrates to the inside mixed in with weed or coat the outside with oil. The fastest way to get high with papers is to dip the joint in oil and then roll it in kief. If you don’t have kief and concentrates, source the high-potency cannabis and pack your papers with more of it to speed up the onset of effects.


10 Best Edibles Of 2017

There are ways to decrease the amount of time it takes to get high without a pipe or papers as well. If you’re looking for one of the fastest ways to get high, edibles aren’t the best option. However, some people dislike smoke or can’t inhale cannabis for medical reasons. Fortunately, certain products in the edibles section of your dispensary will hit you sooner than others.

Regular edibles like brownies take effect at various times depending on your metabolism and tolerance. A slow metabolism means it can take up to two hours to feel the effects of an edible. You’re better off with a cannabis-infused drinks or cannabis tinctures if you’re not down to wait. Cannabis tinctures will work fastest when ingested sublingually. Similarly, cannabis-infused beverages are partially absorbed sublingually with less effort needed from your metabolism. The effects will come on sooner but they won’t last for as long as a traditional edible would.


10 Best Vape Pens Of 2017
Photo Courtesy of Puffco

The fastest way to get high with a dry herb vaporizer is to turn the heat up enough for more vapor to be released in a shorter time frame. You can also add kief or hash oil to the weed in the vaporizer to speed things up.

THC cartridges are convenient enough to be puffed on all day. Eventually, you’ll start to build a tolerance and it will take several hits before you feel the effects you desire. THC cartridges with round mouthpieces can easily fit into the joint of a blunt bubbler or even a 10-millimeter bong joint. Place the mouthpiece into the joint, start heating the vaporizer and begin inhaling slowly. If vapor is building fast, speed up your rate of inhalation. If there’s barely any visible vapor you may need to allow the cartridge to heat more or a better seal.


How To Clean A Grinder
Daniil Yanopulo/Shutterstock

If you’re inhaling dry herbs through a pipe, papers or vaporizer, a grinder can help to feel the effects sooner. An even consistency makes it easier to burn quickly. Don’t believe us? Take a huge nug and stuff it in a bowl without breaking it down. It might take a few minutes just to get it to stay lit. Once you’re tired of that, grind a similarly sized nug down and pack a bowl with it. You’ll get smoke the second the flame sinks into the bowl and feel the effects shortly after the exhale.

A medium-coarse grind is ideal for rolling blunts and packing bowls. Grinding it too small will allow flakes to fall through the bowl or fly through the filter into your mouth. Finer grinds are ideal for vaporization. Your device will produce the most vapor with dry herbs with the consistency of sand.

Anyone with an endocannabinoid imbalance will want to feel the effects of cannabis sooner than later. Getting high isn’t always a race but people suffering from pain definitely welcome detours. Use the most potent weed you come across or any of the tips above to spend more time high and less work trying to get there.

Daily, ByGreen Rush. “Fastest Ways To Get High With Weed.” Green Rush Daily, 28 Jan. 2020,

LAPD Officer Arrested for Stealing Cash During Raid of Grow Operation

LAPD Officer Arrested for Stealing Cash During Raid of Grow Operation

Video surveillance showed the officer stealing cash from an employee’s backpack while she was detained during the raid.


On Monday morning, an LAPD task force with the department’s Northeast Division raided an unlicensed cannabis grow operation. Police did not release any information about the location of the grow or the people who were operating it when the raid happened. What we do know, however, is that one of the officers involved in the raid has been accused of stealing money during the enforcement action.

In fact, it was one of the employees of the unlicensed grow operation that first reported the theft to police. That employee reportedly told an LAPD supervisor that cash was missing from her backpack after the raid. The cash belonged to the employee and was not in connection with the operations of the grow.

After securing the scene, the LAPD supervisor ordered a review of the grow site’s surveillance footage. That footage revealed that LAPD officer Louis Mota was likely responsible for stealing the money from the employee’s personal belongings.

In light of the surveillance footage, the LAPD immediately sanctioned officer Mota. The department stripped Mota of his LAPD badge, his firearm and his ID. They then took Mota into custody and booked him on suspicion of misdemeanor theft. But the LAPD did release Mota on his own recognizance.

Now, Mota is reportedly assigned to his home while he awaits the pending results of an LAPD internal investigation and a criminal investigation into the cash theft during the raid. In a written statement, LAPD Chief Michel Moore said the department “will not tolerate any individual who betrays the public’s trust through this type of behavior.”

This isn’t the first time LAPD officers have broken the law during actions against Los Angeles dispensaries.


LAPD officer Louis Mota’s arrest for misdemeanor theft during a cannabis raid comes amid a string of mass raids targeting unlicensed cannabis shops in Los Angeles. In recent months, LAPD raids have targeted dozens of unlicensed cannabis shops and grow operations, seizing tens of millions of dollars worth of cannabis products and cash.

Roughly three quarters of all known cannabis sales in California happen between buyers and unlicensed sellers, according to recent estimates. The transition to the legal, licensed market has been slow, and state officials and licensed business owners have been demanding action. “We look forward to working with local jurisdictions and law enforcement as we continue to shut down unlicensed operators,” said Lori Ajax, California’s top cannabis regulator, back in December 2019.

Drury, ByAdam. “LAPD Officer Arrested for Stealing Cash During Raid of Grow Operation.” Green Rush Daily, 28 Jan. 2020,

How to Give Weed Away for Free

Pre-roll, edible, or vape cartridge: cannabis is a compelling stocking-stuffer packed with holiday cheer. But is giving weed away legal — or a good idea? Yes, with limitations.

Last Christmas, the gift idea of the season in certain corners of Michigan was cannabis — because buying a $100 chocolate bar, or $200 t-shirt, or some other absurdly priced, everyday item and then receiving $100 or $200 worth of weed as a “gift” was how the (somewhat) legal market worked.

(Turns out “buy some chocolate, get some weed” was an effective sales pitch.)

In Washington, D.C., where voters legalized cannabis but lawmakers from Texas and elsewhere still make rules in Congress such convoluted “gifting” schemes are technically the only way you can legally exchange cash for weed, and will be so for the foreseeable future.

But most gifts are for actual giving — as in there’s no exchange of cash for goods involved, a ritualized tradition that helps our market economy move every year around this time — which begs a question: Can you give someone cannabis for Hannukah, or Christmas, or Kwanzaa, or just because?

The answer is absolutely, mostly, but there are some limitations to keep in mind, depending on where you live and to whom you’re giving.

The Art & Science of Gifting Weed

Size-wise at least, cannabis makes an ideal gift. Jars are easy to wrap (and make fine vessels for other commodities once the contents are rolled up and smoked away), pre-rolls and edibles fit in pockets as well as they fit in stockings or small boxes. Cannabis is also popular, and if not legalized, at least decriminalized in most places. You probably won’t shock or stigmatize your relatives or co-workers if you gifted them a few grams from your home-grow, or dipped into the dispensary on the way to the workplace gift swap to grab a chocolate bar — though if you work at a school or children’s day-care, you risk both offending your officious acquaintances and running afoul of the law.

Rule: It Must Be a Gift

Obviously, if cannabis is not yet legal in your state, or if cannabis is legal only with a medical-cannabis recommendation, two people who are not patients can’t legally exchange weed (though it’s the possession itself and not the exchange, for no compensation, that’s the violation).

But since legal cannabis is new and cannabis laws are restrictive — more restrictive than laws around alcohol or cigarettes, two substances to which weed is (unfairly) often compared — gifting weed is a valuable technique beyond the holidays, because in most situations and in most states, Michigan among them, the only way to transfer cannabis from one person to another outside of the legal framework is with a gift.

(In situations when the monetary exchange is intended to cover the giver’s labor and materials, the question gets fuzzier, but since this is a gifting guide and not a sales guide, it’s not our concern.)

And if you want to be legal — who doesn’t — you need to obey other quirks of local law as well.

Rule: It Can’t Be Too Much

Every state that’s legalized cannabis has also established legal possession limits. These range, usually, from about one to two ounces.

In places where cannabis is legal, how much you can give away depends on the possession limit in your particular legal jurisdiction. Adults 21 and over in California, for example, are allowed to possess up to 28.5 grams of cannabis flower — that is, exactly one ounce — and 8 grams of concentrates.

In Michigan, “it is not unlawful to give away or otherwise transfer without remuneration, that is without compensation, up to 2.5 ounces of marijuana to a person 21 years of age or older as long as the transfer is not advertised or promoted to the public,” as attorney Bob Hendricks explained to Fox-17 last year.

In California, “[t]here is nothing to worry about when it comes to adults giving away cannabis to other adults ages 21 and over for the holidays, as long as the quantities are within the limits of up to 28.5 grams of cannabis and 8 grams of concentrated cannabis,” as longtime cannabis attorney Omar Figueroa told Cannabis Now.

Rule: They Can’t Be Too Young

This should go without saying, but under all circumstances you must resist any urges to be the cool aunt, or the cool cousin, or the cool whatever, if you believe giving weed to someone under 21 is a cool act — because in addition to being sort of sleazy, giving cannabis to someone under 21 (or, much worse, under 18) is one of the few cannabis-related acts that carry severe penalties, including prison, in a legal state. Handing a joint to a 17-year-old could lead to a felony charge. As attorney Vikras Bajaj pointed out, the gift can also have serious implications for the receiver: They could be forced to pay a fine or complete community service just because you gave them weed. Don’t do it.

Other Rules Apply

By now, you probably get the idea: There are some laws to follow when gifting weed, just like there are rules to follow if you wanted to gift someone a carton of cigarettes, a nugget of plutonium, or other substances on which the government has affixed certain restrictions. As much as a box filled with sungrown MAC from Mendocino might be welcomed in Massachusetts, crossing state lines with legal cannabis is illegal! And we, as a cannabis publication, could never endorse conduct that is not legal. We just couldn’t. No. Can’t. Won’t.

Know the Givee

Finally, try to obey the normal and sensible rules of gift-giving. Is giving this weed an appropriate gift? Well, does the recipient like weed? Maybe that will dictate whether you try out a high-CBD vape pen on mom or dad or bother with a weak edible to your dabbed-out Wookie cousin.

You would not — or at least you should not — waste time and resources giving someone stuff they don’t need. Just as you would not give a Cutco set to a chef with a vast array of knives and you would not bother giving a sommelier a bottle of Charles Shaw (except as an ironic joke that still quickly wears thin) you wouldn’t offend an Emerald Cup-winning grower or a total weed snob with a jar of boof, unless you thought it was funny.

“I would be delighted if gifted huge sparkling colas of biodynamic cannabis for the holidays!” Figueroa said. “Branded mids? Not so much.”

Roberts, ByChris. “How to Give Weed Away for Free.” Cannabis Now, 26 Dec. 2019,

The Decade in Weed Hype

The past 10 years have been good for cannabis consumers.

How does one truly define the last decade in cannabis hype?

Is it the wild strains that took over the world in waves? When the decade began, Cookies held court at the top, as the great Purples and OGs that captured the American connoisseur’s attention through the 2000s fell to the wayside for Cookies’ new “exotic” terpene profiles. Then, Cookies’ next of kin Gelato took over for a couple of years, leading up to the Zkittlez era in the middle of the decade. With the way the marketplace diversified following the launch of the legal cannabis market in California in 2018, we think we’ll continue to see strains that carry as much mystique as the winners of the 2010s.

Or is the decade of cannabis hype best described as a tale of surviving political challenges? Despite Barack Obama’s campaign trail promises before the New Hampshire primary in 2008 that he wasn’t going to go after providers in compliance with state law, providers like Richard Lee at Oaksterdam, the Berkeley Patients Group, Harborside, and so many others spent years in the courts defending their models originally intended to provide access to the sick. By the end of the 2010s, they ended up with a new president at odds with his now-fired Attorney General of the United States over the approach his Department of Justice took in enforcing cannabis laws.

Or should the focus be on how the industry blossomed into one of the world’s fastest-growing sectors this past decade? Seemingly every quarter, new estimates put a larger number next to how much the global pot industry will be worth at some point in the 2020s, with a bevy of data explaining the hypothesis.

Or maybe it’s defined by the communities of color that got hit the hardest by the War on Drugs’s racist enforcement of cannabis laws in places like New York, OaklandLos Angeles, and Chicago who are now fighting for their fair shot in the industry?

It’s probably all of these things.

Let’s consider how hash has progressed in the last decade as a perfect representation of the industry as a whole. At the beginning of the 2010s, most cannabis concentrates were consumed through waxy lipid-filled dabs that smelled like a candle shop that sold wet towels. Those days are behind us. Now, we smoke terpene-loaded badders and diamonds so fat they wouldn’t have looked out of place on Elizabeth Taylor’s necklace at the Cleopatra premiere. The progress from what we were smoking in 2010 was fast after the first slabs of dewaxed shatter hit the world that year.

And this story of progress is mirrored with the development of cannabis flowers, edibles and every other type of cannabis product people enjoyed for kicks or used as medicine over the past decade. Things aren’t perfect, and THC limits certainly hit many edible folks in the wallet, but generally, the consumer is a lot better off today than they were in 2010. Laboratory testing for cannabis was two years old in 2010, and again still not perfect, but certainly has taken the level of safety up via the scrutiny flower could face.

Overall, the tale of the decade’s cannabis hype is one of enthusiasm and education, of being excited about where the game went for those that wanted to take part in the legal market, and of learning the lessons from each place that cannabis moved into the light.

Despite every state and nation that got involved thinking they had to reinvent the wheel when it comes to how they do legal marijuana, we’re trending upward. A good scenario for the next decade is the weed continues to get better, and it becomes easier for people not backed by millionaires to open cannabis businesses.

The best-case scenario is that there is nobody left in prison for marijuana by 2030, but our hope is that it will be much sooner.

Devine, ByJimi. “The Decade in Weed Hype.” Cannabis Now, 27 Dec. 2019,

3 Cannabis Trends to Watch in 2020

The cannabis renaissance is here, and we’re seeing the way people interact with the plant change at a rate like never before.

Lightning-fast. High-speed. Breakneck. 

This is how quick the modern cannabis experience is changing — and nobody knows this better than the consumers who are witnessing this rapid growth firsthand. From dispensary shelves filled with products you’ve never seen before to the increasingly serious push for legal cannabis nationwide, to cannabis consumption lounges opening up in a few lucky locations, we are living through the cannabis renaissance. And yet, more expansive change is still on the horizon.  

It’s impossible to predict some of the specific changes we’ll see in 2020 — especially considering everything that will happen in this landmark year, from a first-of-its-kind presidential election season to the FDA’s monolithic task of regulating CBD for human consumption

That said, I feel confident in anticipating other 2020 trends because cannabis is growing into its commodity crop designation and, increasingly, the marijuana industry is beginning to mimic more traditional industries as normalization and commercialization continue to take root. Here’s what to expect in the new year.


Legal cannabis products started with a relatively low bar: grow marijuana flower or develop an infused product that meets the state’s exacting standards, and then sell it to the masses, who were thrilled to purchase any THC-containing product in a legal store.

And much of these first-generation products were just that: a starting point, with safe and efficacious products that did the job. 

But in 2020, we’ll see a drastic increase in product quality and accountability. 

Our source material is already getting consistently better, with cannabis growers recognizing the need to cultivate better flower to differentiate their gardens from competitors’ grows. We see this happening with the flower brands and small-batch cultivators who are selling their products at a premium, and we’ll surely see lots more of this in 2020. 

Edibles and topicals will also follow suit, with brands starting to invest in better, healthier, more sustainable and increasingly luxurious ingredients, from cacao in edibles to cocoa butter in topicals. And of course, particularly after the vaping illness incidents in 2019, the fast-growing concentrates and extracts categories will also see an elevation in product quality in their never-ending quest for purity, tasty terpenes and efficacious formulations.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is Vase-of-Cannabis-Leaves.jpg
(Photo by Shannon Paras / the Floral Lens)


Many marijuana aficionados don’t feel the sting of federal cannabis policy in their day-to-day lives. Sure, weed remains federally illegal, but state-legal cannabis is currently available to a clear majority of Americans.

Even so, all consumers shopping in regulated markets feel the pinch of federal illegality — even if they aren’t aware of it. 

Every plant-touching business in the U.S., including dispensaries, cultivation facilities and manufacturers, pays a premium on almost everything it does. Real estate is often more expensive, because of restrictive zoning requirements and lingering stigma. Effective tax rates are off the charts, because of IRS tax code 280E. And nearly everything involving capital is more difficult (read: expensive) because of these licensed businesses’ inability to access traditional banking services.

But some of this will change in 2020, and this will affect consumers.

The U.S. Congress has taken its sweet time in passing legislation that would allow cannabis businesses to operate like literally any other business. But political insiders and high-ranking financial stakeholders are showing signs that real change is on the way — and we can assume that once cannabis businesses are taxed and banked like any other company, some of those savings will get passed down to the end consumer. 


The collision of cannabis and technology has only just begun. 

Already we’ve seen some impressive innovation in the canna-tech space. We’ve also seen some snake oil tech that fails to deliver on its promises.

But we will see more canna-tech innovation in 2020 than the last five years combined — because of the market’s confidence, because of the availability of capital, because of the dwindling stigma and because we the consumers are demanding more from our cannabis experiences.

And this revolution of innovation won’t be limited to the kind of technology we most often think of, though we’ll also see plenty of game-changing extraction machinery and vaporizing devices. Think about the technology of traditional agriculture and its potential impact on marijuana breeding and farming programs. And what about the technology of humidity control and decontamination and what this could mean for an industry that is starting to consider shipping large amounts of legal cannabis around the world?

And what about the new delivery methods that have yet to be created? Yes, medical technologies such as sublinguals and suppositories are scientifically proven methods of administration. And yes, while dabbing once seemed intensely taboo, well-designed technology has replaced the butane torch, and now it all seems so normal.

2020 is just beginning and I can’t wait to see where the new year takes us.

Baca, ByRicardo. “3 Cannabis Trends to Watch in 2020.” Cannabis Now, 26 Dec. 2019,

White New Yorkers Smoke Weed More Often Than Other Races, Study Says

…and get arrested a lot less for it.

When it comes to the question of legalizing marijuana, some of the most important factors to consider center on how cannabis prohibition laws are enforced. Specifically, racial and class-based disparities in weed-related arrests, summonses, convictions, and incarceration.

Numerous studies on the subject consistently show that people of color are arrested more often than white people for cannabis offenses. In fact, a recent one found 94% of cannabis-related busts involved people of color. Interestingly, past studies typically found that actual consumption rates are more or less the same across racial lines.

Now, a new study continues to affirm this longstanding trend. But with an interesting new finding. According to the new data, white people in New York City actually report consuming weed more than people of color. Yet despite this difference, people of color continue to face harsher enforcement.


The New York City Department of Health recently published a number of stats related to cannabis consumption.

Data used in the report comes from the most recent Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration survey. Numbers are based on survey respondents’ answers and refer to activities in 2015 and 2016.

In particular, the study breaks down consumption based on various demographic factors such as age, race, and more. Key findings include the following:

  • 24.1 percent of white New York City residents reported consuming cannabis in the past year.
  • 14 percent of black city residents reported consuming cannabis.
  • 12.3 percent of Latinx New Yorkers reported consuming cannabis in the previous year.


Despite the fact that white people tend to consume more cannabis than people of color, other studies have shown that NYPD disproportionately targets and goes after people of color.

For example, a 2017 study from the Drug Policy Alliance took a close look at arrest rates for marijuana related offenses in New York City. This study found that people of color are far more likely to be arrested for cannabis than their white counterparts.

Specifically, the study found that 86 percent of all marijuana possession arrests between 2014-2016 were people of color.

That number is disproportionate in at least two key ways. First, it is out of step with actual population demographics. Specifically, while people of color comprise 51 percent of New York City’s population, they make up a much larger proportion of the city’s weed arrests.

Similarly, the arrest rates for people of color are out of proportion to who is actually consuming cannabis. As revealed in the brand new study from the NYC Department of Health, white people are actually consuming more cannabis than anyone else.

And yet, white people continue to get by relatively unscathed. Even in 2019, police data from NYPD shows the same racial disparities in weed law enforcement. Specifically, and as reported by Patch, NYPD made 1,061 arrests for low-level marijuana possession during the first six months of 2019.

People of color accounted for almost 93 percent of those 1,061 arrests. Meanwhile, fewer than four percent of possession arrests during that time were white people.

In an attempt to address this ongoing racial disparity, the state of New York recently decriminalized the possession of small amount of marijuana. However, the state failed to make weed legal this year.

Lindsey, ByNick. “White New Yorkers Smoke Weed More Often Than Other Races, Study Says.” Green Rush Daily, 26 Sept. 2019,

Christians Capitalizing on CBD Are Now Preaching Its Healing Power

CBD and the Christian faith appear to be forming a closer relationship.

If Jesus Christ can heal the lepers then CBD can certainly help treat your anxiety.

At least, that appears to be the line of thinking within the latest demographic buying into the CBD craze that has taken the country by storm—people of the Christian faith.

Christian companies investing in CBD

According to a report from FOX Business, at least one Christian pastor has given the cannabis component his blessing—so much so that he’s decided to start his own line of CBD-infused products.

Tennessee-based pastor Adam Swanson recently decided to go down the CBD route after he attended prayer, where fellow members began to rave about the healing power of the cannabis-derived substance. Swanson, whose family already owned Swanson Christian Products, a church supply company, already had experience in retail. Thus, Gen1:29, which markets products through the bible verse it’s named after, was born.

“I never did drugs. I’m a pastor, I run a Christian products business. People were like, ‘You’re selling what?’” Swanson told the online business publication.

Other than its religious theme, Gen1:29 products are pretty standard—and largely diversified. Swanson sells a wide variety of tinctures, oils, and gummies, in addition to workout supplements, multivitamins, and CBD for pets.

Kira Ganga Kieffer, a doctoral candidate in religious students at Boston University, opined that utilizing the bible can further help to destigmatize the cannabis plant component. While CBD contains no psychoactive qualities, the fact that it still stems from the cannabis plant can still rub people the wrong way.

“Referring to the Bible or using scriptural verses on product packaging is a savvy marketing technique that serves to legitimize a product that may seem taboo or strange,” Kieffer said to FOX Business.

Swanson, however, believes that marrying CBD to the Christian faith can be reciprocal. Some of his products contain scriptures on the product labels, with the hopes that it can inspire people to attend more religious services.

“Our hope is that maybe somebody would get to read that on the product and go into a church, congregation or synagogue,” Swanson said.

A Burgeoning Relationship

CBD and the Christian faith appear to be forming a closer relationship. According to FOX, God’s Greenery, the sister online publication of CannabisMd, has hopes to be “the leading online resource for Christians to explore cannabidiol (CBD) and its natural benefits for healing.” Another digital publication,  ChristianCannabis.comeven sells CBD products on its site.

Then, of course, there’s an incident that occurred over the summer, where longstanding Christian book company named CBD— which stands for “Christian Book Distributors”—was forced to change its name to simply “Christianbook” to avoid confusion. According to the New York Times, owner Stephen Hendrickson would constantly receive calls about CBD products. Of course, not his products.

“A person may call up and say, ‘Hey, I’m looking for my order,’” Mr. Hendrickson told the Times. “It’s like, ‘What did you order? Oh, I ordered gummies. You don’t have the right company.’”

Still, Hendrickson has managed to embrace the situation, noting just how popular the supplement has become.

“The problem is the other CBD is just so popular at this point in time that it just kind of overwhelms our brand,” Hendrickson said.

Kohut, ByTim. “Christians Capitalizing on CBD Are Now Preaching Its Healing Power.” Green Rush Daily, 1 Oct. 2019,

High Times Greats: Interview With Susan Sontag, The Dark Lady Of Pop Philosophy

From the March, 1978 issue of High Times comes a fascinating interview with the late, great Susan Sontag.

Susan Sontag (1933 – 2004) would have been 87 on January 16. To celebrate, we’re republishing a rare interview with her from the March, 1978 edition of High Times, conducted by Victor Bockris.

Among American intellectuals, Susan Sontag is probably the only Harvard-educated philosopher who digs punk rock. Sontag became famous in the Sixties when her series of brilliant essays on politics, pornography and art, including the notorious “Notes on Camps,” were collected in Against Interpretation—a book that defended the intuitive acceptance of art against the superficial, cerebral apprehension of it, then fashionable among a small hand of extremely powerful, rigid intellectuals who, for example, dismissed such American classics as Naked Lunch, Howl, On the Road, Andy Warhol’s film Chelsea Girls, etc., as trash. With the impact of her concise arguments, Sontag was immediately labeled the Queen of the Aesthetes, the philosophical champion of pop art and rock and roll.

Since then she has written many more essays, a second novel, edited the works of Antonin Artaud (founder of the Theater of Cruelty and an early mescaline user), made two films and undergone radical surgery and two years of chemotherapy for a rare and advanced form of cancer. Thus Susan Sontag continues to live on the edge of life and death, an unusual address for an intellectual essayist but essential for anyone who aspires, as she does, to tell the truth about the present.

Her first book in seven years, On Photography, was greeted this winter with the familiar violent controversy. Most reviewers treated it as an uncompromising attack on photography itself—everything from photojournalism to baby pictures— and a complete desertion of her Sixties art-for-art’s-sake position for the lofty ground of analytical moralism. As Sontag makes clear for the first time in this interview, On Photography is not about photography at all, but the way it is put to use by the American system. Thus On Photography remains true to Sontag’s main idea of her task as a writer: to examine the majority opinion and expose it from the opposite point of view, putting emphasis on her “responsibility to the truth.” The method has proved explosive.

Sontag decided to give us an interview instead of attending a Ramones gig at CBGB’s because she thought it would be fun. She spoke intriguingly for hours about famous dopers she’d known (Jean Paul Sartre, a surprise lifelong speed freak, among them), grass, booze, punk rock, art, the Sixties and—always—truth.

High Times: I’ve been told that you don’t give very many interviews.

Sontag: No, I don’t. Sure.

High Times: Why are you giving this one to High Times?

Sontag: Well, I’m giving this one because I haven’t published a proper book in seven years. I’m giving an interview because… because it’s High Times. I was intrigued by that, sure. I thought, well, that’s odd. I hadn’t thought of that. And also because I’m going away, so it’s a little bit hit-and-run. And I suppose in a way I have been hiding.

There is a crisis you go through after a certain amount of work. Some people say after a decade, but when you’ve done a lot of work and you hear a lot about it and discover that it really does exist out there—you can call it being famous—then you think, well, is it any good?And, what do I want to go on doing? And, of course, you can’t shut out people’s reactions, and to a certain extent you do get labeled, and I hate that.

I find now that I am being described as somebody who has moved away from the positions or ideas that I advocated in the Sixties, as if I’ve reneged. I just got tired of hearing my ideas in other people’s mouths. If some of the things that I said stupidly or accurately in the Sixties, which were then minority positions, have become positions that are much more common, well, then again I would like to say something else.

High Times: Do you feel you have any responsibility for the effect of what you have to say on other people?

Sontag: No, I feel I have a responsibility to the truth. I’m not going to say something that I don’t think is true, and I think the truth is always valuable. If the truth makes people uncomfortable or is disturbing, that seems to me a good thing.

I suppose unconsciously I’m always making an estimate when I’m starting some kind of project of what people think. And then I say, well, given that people think this, what can be said in addition to this or what can be said in contradiction to that? There’s always some sense of where people are, so I do in a way think of my essay writing as adversary writing. The selection of subjects doesn’t necessarily represent my most important taste or interests; it has to do with the sense of what’s being neglected or what’s being viewed in a way that seems to exclude other things which are true.

But I find myself absolutely baffled by the question of the effect or influence of what one is doing. If I think of my own work and I question what effect it is having, I have to throw up my hands.

Beyond these baby statements like “I want to tell the truth” or “I want to write well,” I really don’t know. It’s not only that I don’t know, I don’t know how I would know, I don’t know what I would do with it. I’m always amazed at writers who say, “I want to be the conscience of my generation. I want to say the things that’ll change what people feel or think.” I don’t know what that means.

High Times: Do you think that the Sixties concept of a new consciousness changing things is rather lightweight?

Sontag: Yes. In a word.

High Times: And yet, drugs are now more a part of our society than they were in the Sixties.

Sontag: Absolutely. There was an article in the New York Times the other day about people smoking pot in public in the major cities, and that being absolutely accepted. That’s a major change. I have a friend who spent three years in jail in Texas for having two joints in his pocket. As he crossed from Mexico into Texas he was arrested by the border police. So these changes are important.

High Times: Do you have any feelings about an increasingly widespread use of drugs?

Sontag: I think marijuana is much better than liquor. I think a society which is addicted to a very destructive and unhealthy drug, namely alcohol, certainly has no right to complain or be sanctimonious or censor the use of a drug which is much less harmful.

If one leaves it on the level of soft drugs, I think the soft drugs are much less harmful. They’re much better and more pleasurable and physically less dangerous than alcohol. And above all, less addictive. So as far as that goes, I think fine. What bothers me is that a lot of people are drifting back to alcohol. What I rather liked in the Sixties about the drug use was the repudiation of alcohol. That was very healthy. And now alcohol has come back.

High Times: Do you think drugs encourage consumers?

Sontag: What I prefer about soft drugs as opposed to alcohol is that it seems to be more pleasurable; maybe it just has to do with my experience. I’m not terribly interested in soft drugs, but I certainly would prefer a joint to a whiskey any day. I think that I rather like the fact that soft drugs tend to make people a little lazier, and they don’t, at least in my experience, encourage aggressive or violent impulses. Of course if you’ve got them, nothing’s going to stop you from acting them out.

But I don’t feel that drugs are any more connected with consumerism. It’s just a historical phenomenon that the drug culture became widespread at a moment when the consumer society was more developed. And, on the contrary, in North Africa, in Morocco, which is a country that I know pretty well, the new thing for the past 20 years among the younger, more Westernized Moroccans is alcohol. They think of hashish as the drug of their parents, their parents being lazy and not interested in consumption and getting ahead and modernizing the country. So the young doctors and lawyers and movers and groovers in Moroccan society tend to prefer alcohol.

High Times: I think it’s interesting that in this society we take drugs a lot, and in other societies they don’t take drugs at all. What’s the difference?

Sontag: I think what interests me now, the little I know about it, is that this is now becoming a mature drug society, in relation to, let’s say, Western Europe. This is because we have enough time that people have been taking drugs in different strata of the society; that we’re getting different kinds of drug cultures and even a kind of naturalization of the drug thing; that it’s not a big deal. Whereas in a country like France or Italy, which I know pretty well, they’re about where we were ten years ago. It’s still a kind of spooky thing, it’s a daring thing, it’s a thing that people use in a rather violent or self-destructive way.

High Times: Do you do any of your writing on grass?

Sontag: I’ve tried, but I find it too relaxing. I use speed to write, which is the opposite of grass. Sometimes when I’m really stuck I will take a very mild form of speed to get going again.

High Times: What does it do?

Sontag: It eliminates the need to eat, sleep or pee or talk to other people. And one can really sit 20 hours in a room and not feel lonely or tired or bored. It gives you terrific powers of concentration. It also makes you loquacious. So if I do any writing on speed, I try to limit it.

First of all, I take very little at a time, and then I try to actually limit it as far as the amount of time that I’ll be working on a given thing on that kind of drug. So that most of the time my mind will be clear, and I can edit down what has perhaps been too easily forthcoming. It makes you a little uncritical and a little too easily satisfied with what you’re doing. But sometimes when you’re stuck it’s very helpful.

I think more writers have worked on speed than have worked on grass. Sartre, for instance, has been on speed all his life, and it really shows. Those endlessly long books are obviously written on speed, a book like Saint Genet. He was asked by Gallimard to write a preface to the collected works of Genet. They decided to bring it out in a series of uniform volumes, and they asked him to write a 50-page preface. He wrote an 800-page book. It’s obviously speed writing. Malraux used to write on speed. You have to be careful. I think one of the interesting things about the nineteenth century is it seems like they had natural speed. Somebody like Balzac…or a Dickens.

High Times: They must have had something. Perhaps it was alcohol.

Sontag: Well, you know in the nineteenth century a lot of people took opium, which was available in practically any pharmacy as a painkiller.

High Times: Would opium be good to write on?

Sontag: I don’t know, but an awful lot of nineteenth-century writers were addicted to opiates of one kind or another.

High Times: Is that an interesting concept, the relationship between writers and drugs?

Sontag: I don’t think so. I don’t think anything comes out that you haven’t gotten already.

High Times: Then why is there this long history of writers and stimulants?

Sontag: I think it’s because it’s not natural for people to be alone. I think that there is something basically unnatural about writing in a room by yourself, and that it’s quite natural that writers and also painters need something to get through all those hours and hours and hours of being by yourself, digging inside your own intestines. I think it’s probably a defense against anxiety that so many writers have been involved in drugs. It’s true that they have, and whole generations of writers have been alcoholics.

High Times: Is it possible to say what it is that makes someone want to write?

Sontag: I think for me it’s first of all an admiration of other writers. That’s probably the greatest single motivation that I have had. I’ve been so overcome by admiration for a number of writers that I wanted to join that army. And even if I thought that I was just going to be a foot soldier in that army and never one of the captains or majors or generals, I still wanted to do that thing which I admired so intensely. But if I’d never read so many books that I really loved, I’m sure I would not have wanted to be a writer.

High Times: You recently said that artists should be less devoted to creating new forms of hallucination and more devoted to piercing through the hallucinations that nowadays pass for reality. Do you think artists have a responsibility to arrest decay?

Sontag: Artists are no different than anybody else. They are first of all creatures of the society that they live in. I think one of the great illusions that people had—and that I shared to a certain extent—was that modern art could be in some kind of permanent adversary, critical relationship to the culture. But I can just see more and more of a fit between the values of modern art and the values of a consumer society.

I don’t think any of this can be described in the simple way people used to do in the Sixties, talking about being co-opted. It’s a much more organic relationship. It’s not that things start out being critical and get taken up by the establishment. It’s that the values in a great deal of avant-garde or modern art are values that fit perfectly well in a consumer society, where everyone’s supposed to have pluralistic taste and standards are subjective and people really don’t care about the truth.

High Times: Do you see punk as a moral movement?

Sontag: I really don’t know how to answer that. One is so suspicious of what one’s reactions might be because one is ten years older. I remember when I first heard the Rolling Stones. When I went to their very first concert in New York at the Academy of Music, I was absolutely thrilled. But I was ten or twelve years younger than I am now. I haven’t gone to any punk rock concerts, but I have some records. And I find in the lyrics something rather different, a kind of despair that I didn’t feel with the Rolling Stones. I mean, I don’t feel offended, I don’t feel outraged, it’s nothing like that, but I feel a sort of bleakness. I agree that the society that is so nihilistic at its core does not deserve a sanctimonious art which simply covers up the inner bleakness of the society, so in that sense, of course I’m not against…

High Times: It releases a lot of energy when someone suddenly puts their finger on the pulse of the time. I know from being in England in ’62 when the Beatles broke. It simply made everyone feel good.

Sontag: I’d like to believe in the comparison you’re suggesting, and I try to think that way too because I’m horrified by this kind of sanctimonious moralistic reaction to everything, and I remember exactly what you’re describing. I remember saying to myself, to my son and to friends, I’ve never felt so good. I felt a physical energy, a sensual energy, a sexual energy, but above all a feeling in my body…

But you see, I think the Sex Pistols and the other groups would be quite acceptable if they seemed more ironic to people. And I think they are very ironic. But I think they’re not perceived as ironic, and once they are perhaps that will be their form of domestication. Then it will be perfectly all right. You see, listen, I didn’t want to be labeled the Queen of the Aesthetes in the Sixties, and I don’t want to be the Queen of the Moralists in the Seventies. It’s not as simple as that at all.

High Times: I think you’re being forced into that position.

Sontag: Well, I see that now, I see that in everything that I have dared to read about myself that thing comes up. Something that interests me less and less is the narcissism of this society, is the way that people just care about what they’re feeling. And it isn’t that I think there’s something wrong about caring about what you feel, but I think that you have to have some vocabulary or some stretch of the imagination to do it with, and it seems that the means are shrinking.

“How are you feeling?”

“Oh, well, I’m feeling fine. I’m very laid back, er wow, terrific.”

What is being said about feelings is less and less. It’s awfully primitive. You do your thing and I’ll do my thing. That kind of attitude seems very shallow. It seems as if an awful lot of complexity has been lost. If one can keep the debate going between the aesthetic way of looking at things and the moralist way of looking at things, that already gives more structure, more density to the situation.

If I seemed to be championing the aesthete’s way of looking at things it’s because I thought the moralists really did have it all their way at the time I started writing in the Sixties. If I seem to be championing a moralistic way of looking at things it’s because there seems to be a very shallow aestheticism that’s taken over. It’s certainly not the aestheticism that I was associating myself with.

Oscar Wilde remains one of my idols. I haven’t changed. I don’t repudiate what I said then, but I hear echoes of a kind of superficial nihilism that seems associated with an aesthetic position that drives me up the wall. It seems that people have become so passive. When you mentioned the word energy, of course if I can see punk rock in that way I can feel it, and of course it’s not possible to get it by playing a couple of records on this inadequate stereo; you have to be in an audience. I remember the Academy of Music in 1964. What it was like to be in that audience that day was incredible.

High Times: You should go down to CBGB’s, that club on the Bowery.

Sontag: Yeah, I wanted to go down and see the Ramones.

High Times: You’ve said that what you’re personally looking for is art that would make you behave differently.

Sontag: Yeah, I’m looking for things that will change my life, right? And that of course will give me energy. And I don’t mean moral lessons in this dry sense, but something that would give me energy, that would also not simply provide me with this kind of fantasy alternative but would be an alternative that could be lived out, that would make my way of seeing things perhaps more complicated rather than less complicated.

See, I think a lot of what we get most pleasure out of is essentially simplifying. First of all, most of art in the last hundred years has been saying everything is terrible, and then it says the only thing one can do is resist the temptation of suicide, if that, or forget it, lie back, go with it, enjoy it, it doesn’t matter. It seems to me that one should be able to go beyond those alternatives. I don’t know how exactly.

High Times: How do you feel about the future of the planet?

Sontag: Terrified.

High Times: But people say that: “Terrified.” But I mean do you live in a state of fear?

Sontag: No, I don’t live in a state of fear, but I live in a state of desperate concern. I lead a life which is incredibly privileged. We were talking earlier about why I don’t make much money, but still just by virtue of being an American, by virtue of doing work that I want to do, that I would do whether I’m paid for it or not, by virtue of being white. I am in a tiny minority of people on this planet. So I don’t live in a state of terror; it would be presumptuous of me to be terrified, since I’m always so infinitely privileged just by being: one, American: two, white; and three, someone who’s not a wage slave. But how can one not be full of dread?

Just consider the demographic figure that India is adding 14,000,000 every year. That is to say, a hundred million people every six years. That’s when you subtract the deaths from the birth rates. More and more people go to bed hungry every night. More and more people are born than should be born. The environment is becoming more and more polluted, more and more carcinogenic. All kinds of systems of order are breaking down. Lousy as they may be, it’s not very likely that one’s going to replace them with a better one.

One of the few ideas that I formulated in a very simple way is that however bad things are, they can always get worse. Well, I got very tired in the Sixties with people who were saying that things couldn’t be any worse. The repression of the State, fascist America….Things were terrible, the Vietnam War was an abomination; but all kinds of terrible things have happened in this country, and things can always get worse. It’s wrong to say that things can’t get any worse. They can.

I think there are long-range ecological and demographic factors that don’t seem to be reversible, so that one thinks there will just be a series of catastrophes of one kind or another—world-wide famines or breakdowns of social systems, increasing amounts of political repression. That, I think, is the fate of most people in the world. I think the United States is in a very special position. I don’t think the breakdown of this system is imminent at all. But at what a cost to the rest of the world! I mean, the United States has 6 percent of the population of the world, and we’re using 60 percent of the resources and creating 60 percent of the garbage.

High Times: Does it annoy you?

Sontag: No, it doesn’t annoy me, it outrages me.

High Times: Yeah. I just find it hard to deal with those kinds of words, like terror and outrage. Because you’re outraged by this and yet, excuse me, but your latest book is—I find it a very interesting book— but it’s about photography.

Sontag: It’s not about photography!

High Times: Ah! Fair enough…

Sontag: (Laughing) Now you’ve got me. I said it, and I didn’t mean to say it. It’s not about photography, it’s about the consumer society, it’s about advanced industrial society. I finally make that clear in the last essay. It’s about photography as the exemplary activity of this society. I didn’t want to say it’s not about photography, but it’s true, and I guess this is the interview where that will finally come out. It isn’t, it’s about photography as this model activity which has everything that’s brilliant and ingenious and poetic and pleasureful in the society, and also everything that is destructive and polluting and manipulative in the society. It’s not, as some people have already said, against photography, it’s not an attack on photography.

High Times: I think you’re a great celebrator of photography.

Sontag: Well, of course it’s been one of the great sources of pleasure in my life, and it seemed to me obvious that that was the origin of the book. It’s about what the implications of photography are. I don’t want to be a photography critic. I’m not a photography critic. I don’t know how to be one.

I have gotten immense pleasure out of photographs. I collect them, cut them out, I’m obsessed by them; to me they’re sort of dream images, magical objects. I go to photography shows, I have hundreds of photography books. This is an interest that antedates not only the books, but it’s part of my whole life. But I think one can’t think about photography. This is a book that’s an attempt to think about what the presence of photography means, about the history of photography, about the implications of photography.

High Times: Do you think we’re going to see any extreme changes in this country within the next ten or fifteen years?

Sontag: I ask myself that all the time. A couple of years ago I would have said yes right away. Around ’73-’74 it seemed that things were changing very rapidly and for the worse. It seemed to me that there was obviously an immense reactionary current in the country, that things were going to be very depressing. One thing I want to disassociate myself from, although I’ve said some things that could contribute to it, is this facile repudiation of the Sixties. I mean the Sixties were a terrific time. It was the most important time in my life. If perhaps in the end we were too busy having a good time and thought things were a little simpler than they turned out to be, it doesn’t mean that most of what we learned isn’t very valuable; and we want to hang onto that and not be seduced by some kind of new simplification or this kind of pervasive demoralization of the Seventies.

I feel very irritated by the way people are so demoralized. What has gotten lost in the past few years is the critical sense. I mean what people finally took from the Sixties was that it was okay to do your own thing, that a lot of what seemed to be political impulse was in fact just some kind of pyschotherapeutic effort, and that what one thought or hoped was the growth of some kind of serious critical political atmosphere in the country proved to be an illusion. And so you have the same people who went to Vietnam demonstrations becoming the slaves of gurus and psychiatric quacks a couple of years later. That was disappointing. But it was on the whole a very positive change, I think.

High Times: Then your answer to the question is that at least at the moment you don’t see anything that suggests that we’ll see extreme changes here in the near future?

Sontag: I think the first thing to say is that this society is immensely powerful and that this regime, this system is immensely powerful, immensely successful, immensely entrenched, is very clever, has tremendous capacity for absorbing criticism and using it, not just silencing it but using it. And that there have to be real structural changes to make a difference, otherwise I think people are going to go on in this consumer way, riding along with things as far as they can, being drugged by consumer goods and averting their eyes to the pending catastrophe.

This country is so rich and so powerful and so privileged. I don’t think the present mood is anything other than transition. What I worry about much more is the growing force of reaction. That’s why I hate to be labeled as a moralist, because I think that an awful lot of bad things are going to happen in the name of moralism, and one has to be very suspicious.

High Times: How do you feel at this point about your future?

Sontag: I want to be a better writer. It seems it would be about getting better. To go on.

High Times: But you must feel that there are totally undiscovered things in front of you?

Sontag: If I didn’t feel that I could discover things that would be very different from what I’m doing, or if I didn’t feel that the work I’m doing is part of an approach to something… but I do feel that it’s always going somewhere. And yet there must be something wrong with that attitude, too. One could go on and on. Say I beat this rare illness and have a long, long life, would I then just go on forever saying I’m getting there, I’m getting there, I’m getting there, until one day my long life would be over?

High Times. “High Times Greats: Interview With Susan Sontag, The Dark Lady Of Pop Philosophy.” High Times, 16 Jan. 2020,

AMC Continues Legal Battle Against ‘The Toking Dead’ Comic Series

In “The Toking Dead,” two friends discover that the secret to surviving the zombie apocalypse is weed.

What if the key to surviving the zombie apocalypse wasn’t better preparation, superior firepower or the perfect hideout? What if, instead, the secret to staying alive among hordes of ravenous, flesh-devouring undead was just some weed? That’s the idea at the heart of the “The Toking Dead,” a comic book series about two friends who come to the realization that cannabis is the only way to help humankind survive a zombie-strewn hell world. But the title of the comic, which riffs off of AMC’s hit televisions series “The Walking Dead,” has drawn some legal heat from the network. Like a zombie’s relentless pursuit of fresh brains, AMC has dogged the creators of “The Toking Dead” for over two years, claiming the comic violates copyright and filing suit against its trademark.

“The Toking Dead” Locked in Legal Dispute Over Trademark

It took just five seasons, after premiering in 2010, for AMC’s “The Walking Dead” to become the most watched show in cable television history. And while the show may not enjoy the 17.3 million viewers it once did, on its tenth season people are still watching it, even if they don’t think it’s that good anymore. But fans can still watch the older, better seasons on Netflix, where “The Walking Dead” is one of the most-watched shows on the streaming service.

Over its decade-long run, “The Walking Dead” has spawned no shortage of spin-offs and fanfics. On, there are nearly 20,000 Walking Dead stories. And in addition to “Fear the Walking Dead,” AMC’s first spin-off in TWD’s universe, the network is working on another Walking Dead-related series for 2020. Clearly, the zombie drama is inspiring storytelling and remains a high-value title for AMC.

But amid all that output, there’s one creative spin-off inspired by “The Walking Dead” that AMC’s legal team isn’t too pleased with. Since 2017, network lawyers have been going after “The Toking Dead” comic book series trademark. AMC says the comic is infringing on its copyright, and the legal battle between the comic’s publishers and the television network continues.

What’s AMC’s Problem with Weed-Toking Zombies?

The legal battle between AMC and “The Toking Dead” began back in 2017, when its creators filed for a trademark. The trademark filing brought a cease and desist letter from AMC. But “The Toking Dead” didn’t back down. And in June 2018, Still Toking Enterprise’s Inc., published the comic in New York’s “The Daily Gazette.”

Now, with “The Toking Dead” growing its readership, AMC has decided to up the ante. This week, the network filed a legal action against the comic’s trademark. Coverage of the legal battle has assumed that AMC wants to distance one of its top titles from association with the weed-heavy zombie comic. So far, AMC hasn’t indicated its motivation for going after “The Toking Dead,” beyond the copyright claim.

But Norman Reedus, who plays one of “The Walking Dead’s” most popular characters, the motorcycle-riding, crossbow-wielding badass Daryl Dixon, has already embraced cannabis’ emerging health and wellness culture. Last year, Reedus held his second fundraising drive for children who use medical cannabis. After raising money for pediatric cancer patients with the CannaKids organization in early 2017, Reedus collected donations for another non-profit, Saving Sophie, that works with children and adult cancer and epilepsy patients who use medical cannabis.

Cannabis is becoming more and more mainstream, and that means it’s going to become more common in popular culture. And so far, “The Toking Dead” doesn’t seem at all phased from AMC’s legal actions. Whether the zombie weed comic can survive this next battle remains to be seen.

Drury, ByAdam. “AMC Continues Legal Battle Against ‘The Toking Dead’ Comic Series.” Green Rush Daily, 29 Oct. 2019,

Instagram Clone Social Club Removed from App Store

Social Club was attempting to fill a void in the cannabis community but the uncensored environment got out of hand.

An app originally designed to allow cannabis social media posting and advertising has been removed from the Apple App Store. But reports are saying that it wasn’t necessarily because of the weed content. Instead, the app quickly turned into a platform for a host of problematic—if not illegal—activities, including gore videos, child pornography, racist content, and more.

Zero-Censorship Designed for Weed Content

The app, which is called Social Club, was spearheaded by Joshua Otten, co-founder of cannabis brand PRØHBTD, and Berner, a rapper and owner of a weed company called Cookies.

According to the co-founders, the point of Social Club was to create a space for cannabis content. Specifically, they frame the app as a response to mainstream social media apps like Facebook and Instagram, which are known for blocking and removing content related to weed.

In the absence of digital platforms where people can post about weed and where weed companies can advertise, Otten and Berner decided to start Social Club.

However, the app quickly became much more than just a weed-friendly social media site. Thanks to its “zero-censorship” policy, Social Club turned into a repository for all sorts of other content. And according to many users, a lot of this other content was extremely problematic.

As reported by Tech Crunch, some of the more offensive material to show up on Social Club included things like racist content, violent content, and child pornography.

Additionally, people started posting illegal activities to the site. This reportedly included selling a wide variety of illegal drugs and weapons.

Social Club launched on July 15 of this year. From there, it quickly blew up. Since going live, it was downloaded at least 455,000 times.

With those numbers, Social Club rapidly rose through the ranks. Specifically, it became the 12th-ranked app on the U.S. App Store in both the apps and games categories. When it comes to the app category, it rose to as high as the number five position.

But now, Social Club is no longer available on the App Store. That’s because Apple recently chose to remove it. But for now, Social Club is reportedly still available on Google Play.

Cannabis Space Co-opted?

According to Berner, one of the co-founders of Social Club, the entire thing is a case of a space designed for weed being taken over by other people for other reasons. In fact, Berner went so far as to say the app was “attacked.”

Today, he Tweeted the following: “I feel like we were attacked. I don’t see how overnight the app completely changed, sad, scary and wack . Cleaning it up now.”

Additionally, Berner said something similar in an Instagram story. In this post, he said the app was only “temporarily” blocked from the App Store. He went on to reiterate the idea that Social Club was attacked. Specifically, he said “a weirdass porn community attacked the app.”

Fundamentally, if the co-founders of the app are to be believed, Social Club was attempting to fill a void in the cannabis community. Even in the age of rapidly growing legalization, marijuana continues to be barred from a number of mainstream companies, platforms, and services.

This includes things like social media, where individuals are often blocked from posting cannabis content and weed companies are often blocked from advertising.

It also includes things like banking. Typically legal weed companies can not gain access to key financial institutions because of federal cannabis prohibition.

Lindsey, ByNick. “Zero-Censorship Instagram Clone Social Club Removed from App Store.” Green Rush Daily, 10 Oct. 2019,

Seth Rogen Talks Hanging with Snoop and His Salaried Blunt Roller


Seth Rogen and Snoop Dogg sat down with Howard Stern and they shared what it was like having a salaried blunt roller around.

People have different parameters when it comes to determining whether or not one has “made it.”

It’s safe to say having a salaried blunt roller on your payroll constitutes “making it.”

Then again, nobody can really question Snoop Dogg’s celebrity status. He’s been successful in almost every industry he’s ever had his paws on — the music world (duh), television and film, the kitchen, and even legal cannabis.

Nevertheless, having your own personal blunt roller is pretty friggen’ cool. Even by Calvin Broadus’ “high” standards.

Snoop Dogg’s Salaried Blunt Roller

On a recent episode of “The Howard Stern Show,” the legendary disk jockey sat down with Snoop Dogg and Seth Rogen—two marijuana legends in their own rights—and Rogen revealed that Snoop has a professional blunt roller on hand at all times.

Stern was, to say the least, quite taken aback.

“What do you mean a man that rolls your blunts? Does he live there?” Stern asked.

“He knows how to gauge the look on someone’s face when it seems like they want a blunt. And if they do, he gives you one.”

When asked about salary, Snoop says he pays him between $40,000-$50,000 a year, on top of all the perks like free weed (the very weed he rolls), the opportunity to hang out and go on tour with Snoop, and any free swag the rapper himself gets.

But Snoop maintained that this gig is, in every sense of the word, a real job.

“On his resume, it says, ‘what do you do? I’m a blunt roller,” Snoop said.  “PBR—Professional Blunt Roller.”

“As someone who smokes a lot of weed, it’s fascinating,” Rogen admitted.

Stern went as far as to call the idea “genius,” at least in terms of money well spent. Rogen, of course, couldn’t disagree, either. He admitted the idea could ultimately pay dividends for himself in the long run.

“The amount of time I spend rolling joints, it might be worth my while, financially, to hire someone to do that,” he added.

We’re having a hard time finding fault in that logic. After all, time is money…and money is weed.

Surprisingly enough, the idea of hiring a professional blunt roller isn’t all that new. Back in 2014, fellow rapper Waka-Flocka put out an ad on his Instagram page in search of a blunt roller. He said he would pay them a generous salary of $50,000 a year and that “all resumes must be sent on a rolling paper or blunts.”

Ironically, it was Rogen himself who expressed interest in the job—and he apparently got it. However, in a 2018 interview, Flocka said that he fired Rogen for, well, not actually doing anything. Rogen also confirmed that there was, in fact, no exchange in services.

“We both did not make good on that deal. He didn’t pay me and I didn’t roll any joints,” the Pineapple Express star admitted.

Perhaps Rogen can get another crack at the job with Snoop. Although the rapper seems to be pleased with the job “Lurch” is doing.

Kohut, ByTim. “Seth Rogen Talks Hanging with Snoop and His Salaried Blunt Roller.” Green Rush Daily, 18 Oct. 2019,

Pot Charge Dropped After Lab Admits it Can’t Tell Hemp from Cannabis

A man narrowly avoided prosecution for possessing a legally purchased hemp product.

In Virginia, a man almost landed in jail for legally purchasing and possessing hemp flowers. Fortunately for him, it eventually came to light that state labs cannot actually tell the difference between legal hemp products—which contain almost exclusively CBD—and regular cannabis products—which are heavy in high-inducing THC.

More broadly, this case is one of the numerous similar cases that highlight the problems with drug law enforcement, especially as it relates to the use of field drug tests.

Getting Busted for Legal CBD

The incident began recently when a man named Robert Mason was traveling with his sister. The two had spent the day at an amusement park. At some point while traveling, they stopped at a store in Charlottesville that sells CBD products. There, Mason bought some legal hemp flowers.

Later that day, while driving back home, Mason and his sister were pulled over speeding. Things quickly escalated. The cop who pulled them over said he smelled cannabis.

At that point, Mason said he was fully cooperative. He gave the cop everything he head, including the CBD hemp flowers, a grinder, a bowl, and the receipt showing that the CBD flowers were a legal purchase.

Despite all that, the cop insisted Mason was breaking the law. He did a field test on the bud. And although the flowers reportedly contained only 0.28 percent THC—below the legal 0.3 percent limit for CBD products—the field test came back positive for pot.

As a result, the cop gave Mason a ticket for possession of marijuana. Later on, the case went to court, with the possibility of jail time.

Fortunately for Mason, by the time he finally ended up in court, it became clear that the cop’s field test was completely unreliable. As reported by local news source NBC 12, the Virginia Department of Forensic Science stated that it cannot actually figure out how much THC is in a substance.

Measuring THC is critical in this type of case. That’s because, under the new rules established by the federal Farm Bill of 2018, hemp products with less than 0.3 percent THC are no longer banned substances.

In the absence of a clear indicator of THC levels in Mason’s flowers, the judge hearing the case decided to drop all charges.

Field Drug Tests Are a Big Problem

Mason’s case illustrates some of the big problems with field drug tests. In general, these tests are incredibly inaccurate. They often fail to differentiate between illegal drugs and other legal substances. Yet despite the clumsiness of these tests, cops around the country continue to use them and make decisions based on them.

For example, a homeless man in Oklahoma was recently arrested on cocaine charges that ended up being completely false. The arresting officer based the arrest on a field test conducted after a white powder was discovered in the man’s backpack.

Weeks later, more accurate testing showed that the powder was not cocaine. It was actually powdered milk that the man had gotten from a food pantry. Meanwhile, the man spent several weeks locked up in the county jail.

Lindsey, ByNick. “Pot Charge Dropped After Lab Admits It Can’t Tell Hemp from Cannabis.” Green Rush Daily, 22 Oct. 2019,

High Times Greats: Interview With Albert Hofmann, The Man Who First Synthesized LSD

The late chemist Albert Hofmann discussed his psychedelic research on LSD in the July, 1976 issue of High Times.

Dr. Hofmann with the enlarged plastic LSD molecule at the Sandoz factory in Basel in the mid-1950’s/ Credit: Sandoz

At the height of World War II, four months after the first artificially created nuclear reaction was released in a pile of uranium ore in Chicago, an accidentally absorbed trace of a seminatural rye fungus product quietly exploded in the brain of a 37-year-old Swiss chemist working at the Sandoz research laboratories in Basel. He reported to his supervisor: “I was forced to stop my work in the laboratory in the middle of the afternoon and to go home, as I was seized by a peculiar restlessness associated with a sensation of mild dizziness … a kind of drunkenness which was not unpleasant and which was characterized by extreme activity of imagination … there surged upon me an uninterrupted stream of fantastic images of extraordinary plasticity and vividness and accompanied by an intense, kaleidoscopelike play of colors….”

Three days later, on April 19, 1943, Dr. Albert Hofmann undertook a self-experiment that both confirmed the results of his earlier psychoactive experience and revealed a fascinating new discovery: Here was the first known substance that produced psychic effects from dosages so tiny they were measurable only in micrograms! Dr. Hofmann had discovered LSD-25.

Lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) was enthusiastically investigated by the European psychiatric profession as a possible key to the chemical nature of mental illness. Its effects were believed to mimic the psychotic state. As soon as LSD was introduced to American psychiatry in 1950, interest spread rapidly among the United States military and domestic security interests. By the middle 1950s, LSD was being researched as a creativity enhancer and learning stimulant; rumors of its ecstatic, mystic and psychic qualities began to leak out through the writings of Aldous Huxley, Robert Graves and other literary luminaries.

A large-scale, non-medical experiment involving LSD and other psychedelic drugs at Harvard in the early Sixties precipitated a fierce controversy over the limits of academic freedom and focused national attention on the drug now known as “acid.” Midway through the turbulent decade, one million people had tried black-market LSD, engendering a neurological revolution the fallout of which has not yet been assessed. In 1966, Congress outlawed LSD.

Dr. Hofmann now lives in comfortable retirement on a hill overlooking the Swiss-French border. He granted High Times this exclusive interview to discuss not only the implications of his discovery of LSD, but also his less publicized chemical investigations into the active agents of several sacred Mexican plants.

Considering his life’s work, Dr. Hofmann seems a likely candidate for the Nobel Prize in chemistry. Not only have his discoveries broadened our knowledge of psychoactive chemicals and triggered the imaginations of thousands of scientists, historians and other researchers, but they have had a direct and revolutionary impact on humanity’s ability to understand and help itself.

Preliminary Note

I was at first not in agreement with the idea of publishing this interview here. I was surprised and shocked at the existence of such a magazine, whose text and advertising tended to treat the subject of illegal drugs with a casual and non-responsible attitude. Also, the manner in which High Times treats marijuana policy, which urgently needs a solution, does not correspond to my approach. Nevertheless, I came to the decision that my statement’s appearing in a magazine directed to readers who use currently illegal drugs might be of special value and could help to diminish the abuse or misuse of the psychedelic drugs. Michael Horowitz convinced me that an accurate description of the discovery of LSD and the Mexican magic plants, about which so many misleading versions exist, and my opinion on the various aspects of the drug problem, among other topics, would be useful to a large audience of interested persons in the United States. The aims of this interview are to provide information about what these kinds of drugs can and cannot do, and what their potential dangers are.

—Albert Hoffman, March 24, 1976

High Times: What work did you do prior to your discovery of LSD?

Hofmann: In the early years of my career in the pharmaceutical research laboratory of Sandoz in Basel, I was occupied mainly with investigations on the cardiac components, the glycosides, of squill, or Scilla maritima. These investigations resulted in the elucidation of the chemical constitution of the common nucleus of these agents, which provide valuable medicaments that are often used in the treatment of cardiac failure.

From 19351 worked on the alkaloids of ergot, resulting in the development of ergonovine, the first synthetic preparation of natural ergot alkaloids; Methergine, used in obstetrics to stop hemorrhage; Hydergine for geriatric complaints.

In 1943 the results of this first period of my research in the ergot field were published in a professional journal, Helvetica Chimica Acta. As a result of my first eight years of ergot research, I synthesized a large number of ergot derivatives: amides of lysergic acid, lysergic acid being the characteristic nucleus of natural ergot alkaloids. Among these amides of lysergic acid there was also the diethylamide of lysergic acid.

High Times: Did you have LSD in your laboratory as early as 1938?

Hofmann: Yes. At that time a number of pharmacological experiments were carried out in Sandoz’s department of pharmacology. Marked excitation was observed in some of the animals. But these effects did not seem interesting enough to my colleagues in the department.

Work on LSD fell into abeyance for a number of years. As I had a strange feeling that it would be valuable to carry out more profound studies with this compound, I prepared a fresh quantity of LSD in the spring of 1943. In the course of this work, an accidental observation led me to carry out a planned self-experiment with this compound, which then resulted in the discovery of the extraordinary psychic effects of LSD.

High Times: What sort of drug were you trying to make when you synthesized LSD?

Hofmann: When I synthesized lysergic acid diethylamide, laboratory code name LSD-25 or simply LSD, I had planned the preparation of an analeptic compound, which means a circulatory and respiratory stimulant. Lysergic acid diethylamide is related in chemical structure to nicotinic acid diethylamide, known to be an effective analeptic.

High Times: Was the discovery of LSD an accident?

Hofmann: I would say that LSD was the outcome of a complex process that had its beginning in a definite concept and was followed by an appropriate synthesis—that is, the synthesis of lysergic acid diethylamide—during the course of which a chance observation served to trigger a planned self-experiment, which then led to the discovery of the psychic effects of this compound.

High Times: Does “LSD-25” mean that the preparation of LSD with the characteristic psychoactive effects was the twenty-fifth one you made?

Hofmann: No, the number 25 behind LSD means that lysergic acid diethylamide was the twenty-fifth compound I had prepared in the series of lysergic acid amides.

High Times: In the published report of your first LSD experience on April 16, 1943, at 3:00 P.M. in Basel, you write of a “laboratory intoxication.” Did you swallow something or breathe a vapor, or did some drops of solution fall upon you ?

Hofmann: No, I did not swallow anything, and I was used to working under very clean conditions, because these substances in general are toxic. You have to work very, very cleanly. Probably a trace of the solution of lysergic acid diethylamide I was crystallizing from methyl alcohol was absorbed through the skin of my fingers.

High Times: How big a dose did you take that first time, and what were the nature and intensity of that experience?

Hofmann: I don’t know—an immeasurable trace. The first experience was a very weak one, consisting of rather small changes. It had a pleasant, fairy tale-magic theater quality. Three days later, on April 19, 1943, I made my first planned experiment with 0.25 milligrams, or 250 micrograms.

High Times: Did you swallow it?

Hofmann: Yes, I prepared a solution of 5 milligrams and took a fraction corresponding to 250 micrograms, or 25 millionths of a gram. I didn’t expect this dose to work at all, and planned to take more and more to get the effects. There was no other substance known at the time which had any effect with so small a dose.

High Times: Did your colleagues know that you were making this experiment?

Hofmann: Only my assistant.

High Times: Were you familiar with the work done on mescaline by Klüver, Beringer and Rouhier in the late 1920s before you yourself experimented with mind-altering substances?

Hofmann: No—I became interested in their work only after the discovery of LSD. They are pioneers in the field of psychoactive plants.

Mescaline, studied for the first time by Lewin in 1888, was the first hallucinogen available as a chemically pure compound; LSD was the second. Karl Beringer’s investigations were published in the classic monograph Der Meskalinrausch in 1928, but in the years following, interest in the hallucinogenic research faded.

Not until my discovery of LSD, which is about 5,000 to 10,000 times more active than mescaline, did this line of research receive a new impetus.

High Times: How long were you able to keep writing lab notes that afternoon?

Hofmann: Not very. As the effects intensified I realized that I did not know what was going to happen, if I’d ever come back. I thought I was dying or going crazy. I thought of my wife and two young children who would never know or understand why I could have done this. My first planned self-experiment with LSD was a “bum trip,” as one would say nowadays.

High Times: Why was it four years from your discovery of the psychic effects of LSD until your report was published? Was your information suppressed?

Hofmann: There was no suppression of that knowledge. After confirmation of the action of this extraordinary compound by volunteers of the Sandoz staff, Professor Arthur Stoll, who was then head of the Sandoz pharmaceutical department, asked me if I would permit his son, Werner A. Stoll—who was starting his career at the psychiatric hospital of the University of Zurich—to submit this new agent to a fundamental psychiatric study on normal volunteers and on psychiatric patients. This investigation took a rather long time, because Dr. Stoll, like myself and most young Swiss people in that period of war, often had to interrupt his work to serve in the army. This excellent and comprehensive study was not published until 1947.

High Times: Did government agents aware of LSD approach you during World War ll?

Hofmann: Before Werner Stoll’s psychiatric report appeared in 1947, there was no general knowledge of LSD. In military circles in the 1950s, however, there was open discussion of LSD as an “incapacitating drug,” and thus “a weapon without death.” At that time the U.S. Army sent a representative to Sandoz to speak to me about the procedure for producing large quantities of LSD.

Of course, the plan to use it as an “incapacitating agent” was not practicable because there was no way of uniformly distributing doses—some would get a lot and some would get none. Discussions of the military uses of LSD were no secret at that time, although some journalists speak as if they were.

High Times: Arthur Stoll’s name appears with yours on the chemical paper where the synthesis of LSD is first described. What was his connection with this investigation?

Hofmann: Stoll’s name appears on all papers coming out of the research laboratories at Sandoz as part of his function of head of the department, but he had no direct connection with the discovery of LSD. He was one of the pioneers in ergot research, having isolated in 1918 the first chemically pure alkaloid from ergot—ergotamine—which proved to be a useful medicament in the treatment of migraine. But then research on ergot was discontinued at Sandoz until I started it again in 1935.

High Times: Who was the second person to take LSD?

Hofmann: Professor Ernst Rothlin, head of the Sandoz pharmacological department at the time. Rothlin was dubious about LSD; he claimed he had a strong will and could suppress the effects of drugs. But after he took 60 micrograms—one quarter of the dose I had taken earlier—he was convinced. I had to laugh as he described his fantastic visions.

High Times: Have you taken LSD outside of the laboratory?

Hofmann: Around 1949 to 1951, I arranged some LSD sessions at home in the friendly and private company of two good friends of mine: the pharmacologist Professor Heribert-Konzett, and the writer Ernst Jünger. Jünger is the author of, among other works, Approaching Revelation: Drugs and Narcotics [Annäherungen; Drogen und Rausch. Stuttgart: Klett, 1970].

I did this in order to investigate the influence of the surroundings, of the outer and inner conditions on the LSD experience. These experiments showed me the enormous impact of—to use modern terms—set and setting on the content and character of the experience.

I also learned that planning has its limitations. In spite of good mood at the beginning of a session—positive expectations, beautiful surroundings and sympathetic company—I once fell into a terrible depression. This unpredictability of effects is the major danger of LSD.

High Times: How long and how often did you continue to take LSD?

Hofmann: My ten to 15 experiments with LSD were distributed over 27 years. The last one was in 1970. Since then I have taken no more LSD, because I believe that all an LSD experience can give me has already been given. Maybe later in my life I will have the need to take it once or several times more.

High Times: What was the largest single dose of LSD that you took ?

Hofmann: 250 micrograms.

High Times: Would you recommend the use of LSD?

Hofmann: I suppose that your question refers to the non-medical use of LSD. If such use were at present legal, which is not the case, then I would suggest the following guidelines: The experience is handled best by a ripe, stabilized person with a meaningful reason for taking LSD.

With regard to its psychic effects and its chemical constitution, LSD belongs to that group of Mexican drugs, peyotl, teonanacatl and ololiuqui, that became sacred drugs because of their uncanny way of affecting the core of the mind. The Indians’ religious awe of the psychedelic drug may be replaced in our society by respect and reverence, based on scientifically established knowledge of its unique psychic effects.

This respectful attitude toward LSD must be supplemented by appropriate external conditions—by choosing an inspiring milieu and selected company for the session, and having medical assistance available just in case it is needed.

High Times: Are the effects of ergotism similar to those of LSD?

Hofmann: There are two forms of ergotism: ergotismus gangrenosus and ergotismus convulsivus. The former is characterized by symptoms of gangrene, but without accompanying psychic effects. In the latter form, contractions and convulsions of the muscles often culminate in a state comparable to epilepsy—a condition sometimes accompanied by hallucinations, and thus related to the effects of LSD. This can be explained by the fact that the alkaloids of ergot have the same basic nucleus as LSD; that is, they are derivatives of lysergic acid.

High Times: Is the term psychedelic, coined by Dr. Humphry Osmond, agreeable to you?

Hofmann: I think it is a good term. It corresponds better to the effects of these drugs than hallucinogenic or psychotomimetic. Another suitable designation would have been phantastica, coined by Louis Lewin in the 1920s, but it was not accepted in English-speaking countries.

High Times: You have described your psychoactive drug investigations as a “magic circle.” What do you mean?

Hofmann: My investigations of lysergic acid amides brought me to LSD. LSD brought the sacred Mexican mushrooms to my attention, which led to the synthesis of psilocybin, which in turn brought about a visit from Gordon Wasson and the subsequent investigations with ololiuqui. There I again encountered lysergic acid amides, closing the magic circle 17 years later.

High Times: Can you describe the events leading up to that?

Hofmann: After having studied the mushroom ceremony in Mexico during 1954 and 1955, Gordon Wasson and his wife invited the mycologist Roger Heim to accompany them on a further expedition in 1956 in order to identify the sacred mushroom.

He discovered that most of them were a new species belonging to the genus Psilocybe mexicana of the family of Strophariaceae. He was able to cultivate some of them artificially in his Paris laboratory, but after unsuccessful attempts to isolated the active principle, he sent the sacred mushrooms to the Sandoz laboratory in hopes that our experience with LSD would enable us to solve this problem. In a sense, LSD brought the sacred mushrooms to my laboratory.

We first tested the mushroom extract on animals, but the results were negative. It was uncertain whether the mushrooms cultivated and dried in Paris were still active at all, so in order to settle this fundamental point I decided to test them on myself. I ate 32 dried specimens of Psilocybe mexicana.

High Times: Isn’t that a large dose?

Hofmann: No. The mushrooms were very tiny, weighing only 2.4 grams—a medium dose by Indian standards.

High Times: What was it like?

Hofmann: Everything assumed a Mexican character. Whether my eyes were closed or open, I saw only Mexican motifs and colors. When the doctor supervising the experiment bent over to check my blood pressure, he was transformed into an Aztec priest, and I would not have been astonished had he drawn an obsidian knife.

It was a strong experience and lasted about six hours. The mushrooms were active; the negative results of the test with animals had been due to the comparatively low sensitivity of animals to substances with psychic effects.

High Times: Did you then proceed with the synthesis?

Hofmann: After this reliable test with human beings, meaning that my coworkers and I ingested the fractions to be tested, I extracted the active principles from the mushrooms, purified and finally crystallized them.

I named the main active principle of Psilocybe mexicana psilocybin and the accompanying alkaloid, usually present only in small amounts, psilocin. My co-workers and I were then able to elucidate the chemical structure of psilocybin and psilocin, and after that we succeeded in synthesizing these compounds.

The synthetic production of psilocybin is now much more economic than obtaining it from the mushroom. Thus teonanacatl was demystified —the two substances whose magic effects made the Mexican Indians believe for thousands of years that a god resided in a mushroom can now be prepared in a retort.

High Times: In one of his recorded lectures, Aldous Huxley described the delight of Wasson’s famous curanderaMaria Sabina of Huautla, upon ingesting psilocybin. She realized that she could now perform magic all year round, and not just during the mushroom season following the rains.

Hofmann: That was my psilocybin. When Wasson and I visited Maria Sabina there were no sacred mushrooms because it was so late in the season, so we provided her with pills containing synthetic psilocybin.

After taking a rather strong dose in the course of a nocturnal session, she said there was no difference between the pills and the mushrooms. “The spirit of the mushroom is in the pill,” she said—final proof that our synthetic preparation was identical in every respect with the natural product.

High Times: What prompted your investigations of ololiuqui, another of the Mexican sacred plants?

Hofmann: When Wasson came to Sandoz to view the synthetic psilocybin crystals in my laboratory, he was delighted that the results of our chemical investigation had confirmed his ethnomycological studies of the sacred mushroom. We became friends and made plans to further investigate Mexican sacred plants.

The next problem we decided to tackle was the riddle of ololiuqui, which is the Aztec name for the seeds of certain morning-glories. With Wasson’s help, I was able to obtain ololiuqui seeds collected by Zapotec Indians.

The chemical analysis of the ololiuqui seeds gave a quite surprising result. The active principle that we isolated proved to be lysergic acid amide and other ergot alkaloids.

High Times: So ololiuqui is chemically related to LSD ?

Hofmann: Yes. The main ololiuqui alkaloid is lysergic acid amide, which differs from LSD —from lysergic acid diethylamide—only by two ethyl radicals. I did not expect to find lysergic acid derivatives—which were known until then only as products of lower fungi of the ergot type—also in higher plants, in morning-glory species of the phanerogamic family of the Convolvulaceae.

My results were so surprising that the first paper I delivered on the subject in Melbourne in 1960 was received by my colleagues with skepticism. They would not believe me. “Oh, you have so much lysergic acid compounds in your laboratory, you may have contaminated your ololiuqui extracts with them,” they said.

High Times: What was the purpose of your journey to Mexico?

Hofmann: It was an expedition that Wasson organized in the autumn of 1962 to search for another, unidentified magic Mexican plant, namely the so-called hojas de la Pastora. We traveled by horseback on Indian trails through the Sierra Mazateca, finally arriving in time to assist in a nocturnal ceremony in the hut of a curandera who used the juice of the leaves of hojas de la Pastora.

Afterwards we were able to get some specimens of the plant. It was a new species of the mint family that was later identified botanically at Harvard University and named Salvia divinorum. Back in my laboratory at Sandoz, I had no success in extracting the active principle, which in Salvia divinorum is very unstable.

High Times: Are the psychoactive effects of Salvia divinorum similar to those of Psilocyhe mexicana and LSD?

Hofmann: Yes, but less pronounced.

High Times: What writers do you find to be the most successful in conveying the psychedelic experience in literature?

Hofmann: I find the best descriptions in Aldous Huxley’s books. After that I would say Timothy Leary and Alan Watts; in France, Henri Michaux.

In German literature. Rudolf Gelpke deserves to be named in this respect, but I don’t believe his works are available in English. “Von Fahrten in den Weltraum der Seele” [“Travels in the Cosmos of the Soul”], published in the journal Antaios in 1962, is especially fine.

I should also mention the new monograph by Dr. Stan Grof, Realms of the Human Unconscious [New York: Viking, 1975], containing excellent descriptions of LSD sessions in the framework of psychiatric studies.

High Times: Did Herman Hesse or Carl Jung ever show an interest in your discovery?

Hofmann: I never met Hesse, but his books—especially The Glass Bead Game and Steppenwolf— have deeply interested me in connection with LSD research. It is possible that Hesse experimented with mescaline in the 1920s as some have supposed —I have no way of knowing. Outside of one brief meeting with Jung at an international congress of psychiatrists, I had no contact with him.

High Times: Did you ever meet Aldous Huxley?

Hofmann: Twice. I met him for lunch in Zurich in 1961, and again in 1963 when we were both in Stockholm attending the WAAS [World Academy of Art and Science] Conference, where the topics of overpopulation, depletion of natural resources and ecology in general were discussed. I was deeply impressed by Huxley: he radiated life, intelligence, kindness and openness —and he was of course extremely articulate.

High Times: What do you think of The Tibetan Book of the Dead as a guide to the psychedelic experience, as suggested by Huxley and the Harvard researchers, among others?

Hofmann: The general ideas and instructions on how to prepare and run a psychedelic session given there are the outcome of long experiences in this field and seem very valuable. What disturbs me is the use of the foreign Tibetan symbolism. I prefer that we remain within our own cultural framework—that we use symbols found in the writings of Western mystics such as Silesius, Eckhart, Boehme and Swedenborg.

High Times: What was your impression of Dr. Timothy Leary’s work with psychedelics?

Hofmann: I formed my first impression of Dr. Leary in 1963. At that time he was involved, together with his colleague Dr. Richard Alpert, at Harvard University in a project investigating the use of LSD and psilocybin in the rehabilitation of convicts. Dr. Leary sent me an order for 100 grams of LSD and 25 kilograms of psilocybin. Before the sales department of Sandoz could carry out the demand for this extraordinarily large quantity of psychedelic compounds we asked Dr. Leary to provide us with the necessary import license from the U.S. health authorities. He failed to provide it. The unrealistic manner with which he handled this transaction left the impression of a person unconcerned with the regulations of society.

I got a glimpse of another facet of his character when he invited me later the same year to participate in a meeting on drug research at Zihuatanejo, Mexico. He emphasized that radio, television and journalists of the most important mass media would be present, which revealed a very publicity-conscious personality.

High Times: You met with Leary later, didn’t you?

Hofmann: A decade later when Dr. Leary had escaped from prison and was living in exile in Switzerland. I was eager to meet him personally, having read so much in the press about him during the intervening period. On the third of September, 1971, the father and prophet of LSD met in Lausanne.

I was surprised to meet not a professorial type of scientist, nor a fanatic, but a slender, smiling, boyish man, representing rather a tennis champion than a Harvard professor.

During the course of our conversation. Dr. Leary gave me the impression of an idealistic person who believes in the transforming influence of psychedelic drugs on mankind, is conscious of the complexity of the drug problem and yet was careless of all the difficulties involved in the promotion of his ideas.

High Times: Apart from his personal style, what did you think of Dr. Leary’s ideas at the time of the Swiss meeting?

Hofmann: We were in agreement concerning the enormous importance of making a fundamental distinction between drugs. We agreed that the use of addiction-producing drugs, especially heroin with its disastrous somatic and psychic effects, should be avoided by any means possible. We agreed also in the evaluation of the potentially beneficial effects of psychedelic drugs. We disagreed as to the extent that psychedelics should be used and by whom.

Whereas Dr. Leary advocated the use of LSD under appropriate conditions by very young people, by teenagers, I insisted that a ripe, stable personality be a prior condition. Ripe because the drug can release only what is already in the mind. It brings in nothing new—it is like a key that can open a door to our subconscious. Stabilized because it needs spiritual strength for handling and integrating an overwhelming psychedelic experience into the existing Weltbild.

High Times: Does LSD possess aphrodisiac qualities?

Hofmann: Only in the sense that LSD adds new dimensions to all experiences, including of course the sexual.

High Times: Have you benefitted financially from your discovery of LSD?

Hofmann: No.

High Times: Sandoz is one of the largest pharmaceutical firms in the world. How did it deal with the manufacture and distribution of so controversial a substance as LSD?

Hofmann: It was clear from the very beginning that LSD, in spite of its extraordinary qualities, would not become a pharmaceutical preparation of commercial value. Notwithstanding this, Sandoz put enormous effort into the scientific investigation of the substance, showing the eminent role LSD could play as an excellent tool in brain research and in psychiatry.

Sandoz therefore made LSD available to qualified experimental and clinical investigators all over the world to promote such research with technical help and in many instances with financial support. Sandoz played a noble role in the scientific development of LSD.

High Times: Did Sandoz stop producing LSD because it was finding its way onto the black market?

Hofmann: At the onset of the LSD hysteria in 1965, Sandoz completely stopped the distribution of LSD for research purposes in order to avoid all possibility and to counteract false rumors that its LSD could find its way onto the black market.

Another reason was to force health authorities of different countries to provide adequate rules and regulations regarding the distribution of LSD. After this was accomplished, they again supplied LSD in America to the FDA [Food and Drug Administration] for distribution, but only to licensed investigators.

High Times: In the United States there has been a recent major investigation of improper LSD experiments carried out by the CIA, Army, Navy and other governmental agencies. Did they get their LSD from Sandoz just as Timothy Leary’s psychedelic research project at Harvard got theirs?

Hofmann: Sandoz supplied the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, who then distributed it in America. Probably that is how the CIA and others got it.

High Times: Have you ever been approached by Soviet agents in need of Sandoz LSD or of your expertise?

Hofmann: This has not happened. I have learned from Swedish scientists in Stockholm that the Russians have studied LSD’s uses in military and parapsychological investigations, and that they were searching for an antidote. But the pharmaceutical firm of Spofa in Prague probably provided the LSD.

High Times: Are you familiar with the underground chemist, Stanley Owsley, who in the 1960s produced the most widely distributed black-market LSD?

Hofmann: I have heard his name mentioned in this context, but know nothing else about him.

High Times: What has been the purity of the black-market LSD that you’ve tested?

Hofmann: Some contained the “labeled” amount, some less. It’s difficult to make a stable preparation under less than perfect laboratory conditions. You must eliminate every trace of oxygen. Oxidation destroys LSD, as does light.

High Times: Are you familiar with an LSD-like substance called ALD-52 that figured prominently in an acid trial two years ago?

Hofmann: Yes. ALD-52 is Acetyl-LSD, a modification of LSD that proved to be as active, because acetyl is removed in the body and you have the effects of LSD. It has only been used experimentally. We sent it to the Drug Rehabilitation Center in Lexington, Kentucky, for testing some years ago.

High Times: What do you know about ketamine?

Hofmann: Ketamine is a totally synthetic psychedelic, unlike LSD, which is a seminatural product.

High Times: What is now known about the neurological effects of LSD and other psychedelics?

Hofmann: We know LSD concentrates in the hypothalamus, the same region of the brain where serotonin is found. This is the brain’s emotional center. But there still exists a big gap between the pharmacology of and the mechanisms underlying consciousness.

The problem is that the thought-function that you investigate is the same instrument you use for investigation.

High Times: For many people LSD provides what they describe as a religious experience. What are your feelings on this?

Hofmann: People for whom LSD provides a religious experience expect to have such an experience when they take it. Expectation —which is identical to autosuggestion—determines to a high degree what will happen in the session, because one of the most important features of the LSD state is its extreme suggestibility.

Another reason for the incidence of religious experiences is the fact that the very core of the human mind is connected with God. This deepest root of our consciousness, which in the normal state is hidden by superficial rational activities of the mind, may become revealed by the action of the psychedelic drug.

High Times: Is LSD an evolutionary agent?

Hofmann: Possibly. In the LSD state we may become conscious, in the words of Teilhard de Chardin, of the “entire complex of interhuman and intercosmic relations with an immediacy, an intimacy and a realism” that otherwise happens only in spontaneous ecstatic states and to a very few blessed people.

Agreement exists among spiritual leaders that the continuation of the present development, characterized by increasing industrialization and overpopulation, will result in the exhaustion of natural resources and destroy the ecological basis for mankind’s existence on this planet. This trend to self-annihilation is reinforced by international politics based on “power trips” and the preparation of weapons of apocalyptic potential.

This development can be stopped only by a change in the materialistic attitude that has caused this development. This change can result only from insight into the deepest spiritual roots of life and existence, from comprehensive use of all forces of our intelligence and all resources of our knowledge.

This intellectual approach, supplemented by visionary experience, could produce an alteration of the consciousness of truth and reality that could be of evolutionary significance. LSD selectively and wisely used could be one means of supplementing intellectual with visionary insight and helping the prepared mind become conscious of a deeper reality.

High Times: Did your LSD experiences change your personal life and tastes?

Hofmann: It increased my sensitivity to classical music—especially Mozart. My life habits did not change.

High Times: Has your wife also experimented with psychedelics?

Hofmann: Yes. Once in Mexico in the session with Salvia divinorum when I had some gastric trouble and could not ingest the juice, she took my place. She also took some of the psilocybin pills during the historic session when Maria Sabina confirmed their potency.

High Times: What general medical uses might LSD be marketed for in the future?

Hofmann: Very small doses, perhaps 25 micrograms, could be useful as a euphoriant or antidepressant.

High Times: Which of your works are available in English?

Hofmann: Several years ago Dr. Richard Evans Schultes of Harvard and I coauthored a book called The Botany and Chemistry of Hallucinogens. It is intended primarily to provide specialized students with basic knowledge of the botany and chemistry of hallucinogenic plants. I am currently writing my memoirs, but these will first be published in German.

High Times: What have you been doing since your retirement from Sandoz?

Hofmann: I retired in 1971 after 42 years with Sandoz. Since then I have been writing and lecturing on psychoactive drugs. Here at home I work in the orchard and run in the woods for exercise. It’s wonderful to be able to spend a great deal of time in unspoiled nature after decades of work in laboratories.

High Times: In his book Gravity’s Rainbow, the American author Thomas Pynchon has described a stained-glass window in your office at the otherwise dull Sandoz labs. Is this true?

Hofmann: That is true. It is now here in my house. Actually, it’s a modern glass in the old style depicting Asclepius and his mentor, the centaur Chiron.

High Times: Are the Swiss proud of your discovery of LSD and the synthesis of psilocybin and ololiuqui, or has the controversy surrounding these drugs dispelled that?

Hofmann: My discoveries have proved very controversial. Some consider these drugs to be diabolique, and a few clergymen asked me to confess mea culpa in public, but in professional circles my work has been appreciated. I’ve been honored by the National Polytechnic Institute here in Switzerland; by honorary degrees in natural science and in pharmacy from the Swedish Royal Pharmaceutical Institute, and in the United States by an honorary membership in the American Society of Pharmacognosy.

High Times: What made you decide to become a chemist?

Hofmann: I was interested in knowing what our world is made of. Chemistry is the science of the constituents of the world, so at age 19 I made the decision to become a chemist for both mystical-philosophical reasons and for reasons of curiosity.

High Times: Has LSD affected your philosophical outlook?

Hofmann: From my LSD experiments, including the very first terrifying one, I have received knowledge of not only one. but of an infinite number of realities. Depending upon the condition of our senses and psychic receptors we experience a different reality.

I realized that the depth and richness of the inner and outer universe are immeasurable and inexhaustible, but that we have to return from these strange worlds to our homeland and live here in the reality that is provided by our normal, healthy senses. It’s like astronauts returning from outer space flights: they must readjust to this planet.

In some of my psychedelic experiences I had a feeling of ecstatic love and unity with all creatures in the universe. To have had such an experience of absolute beatitude means an enrichment of our life.

High Times: How would you like the future ages to remember you and your discovery?

Hofmann: Perhaps the image of a chemist riding along on a bicycle on the very first LSD trip will change to the Old Man of the Mountain.

High Times. “High Times Greats: Interview With Albert Hofmann, The Man Who First Synthesized LSD.” High Times, 10 Jan. 2020,

How To Roll A Joint: A Step-by-Step Guide

The ultimate beginner’s guide on how to roll a joint the right way.

Learning how to roll a joint is a vital key to any cannabis consumer’s skills set. It’s the simplest method and you’ll come in clutch anytime there’s weed, no pipe and nobody else that can roll.

Before you get rolling you’ll want to pick a pack of the best rolling papers for you. That can mean unbleached or made of hemp to keep things purely cannabis. Thin papers make it easier to taste your weed but they’re a little harder to roll.


How To Roll A Joint: A Step By Step Guide

The first step to learning how to roll a joint is breaking it down. Get your weed into a consistency that can be easily smoked. Sure, you can just poke a hole in a sticky nug and smoke it whole without a pipe or papers. However, you’ll be stressing your lungs just to get enough smoke to get high.

Pipes, papers and grinders were made for a reason. They make smoking weed easier and more effective. Just break it down into an even consistency before you try to roll it up.

A grinder provides a consistent structure and smoke. You can break down by hand when you’re in a pinch. When you break down by hand the joint tends to come out lumpier with a higher chance of canoeing.


How To Roll A Joint: A Step-by-Step Guide

Rip a piece of filter paper and fold one end into a W for weed. Then, roll the remaining filter paper tightly around the W. You can get creative and make it whatever shape you want, as long as there are no wide gaps in it.

The filter acts as a guard preventing any loose weed from flying into your mouth. It also makes it easier to smoke the joint to the end without having resin close the mouthpiece or burning your fingers.

However, filters also add a stronger paper taste which becomes more prevalent as the lit end gets closer to the filter. You can decide whether or not you want a filter in your joint depending on your preferences.


How To Roll A Joint: A Step-by-Step Guide

The best way to make something official is by putting it on paper. This is especially true when it comes to joints. Without the paper, there is no joint. Before you add the weed you can pick a side for your filter if you plan on adding one.

There are two styles of joint that you commonly see rolled: the pinner and the bat. You must pick one before putting your weed in.

Pinners are straight cigarette-looking joints. Bats are in the shape of a cone with one end much larger than the other. The benefit of a pinner is everyone gets a pretty even sized hit during the puff, puff pass rotation. It’s also a bit stealthier than a bat.

Bats are great for solo smokes. The first few puffs are all weed and hardly any paper so you can really taste the flower you’re using. The end also has less weed in it so you won’t feel as guilty if you toss the roach.

Once you decide what style you want to go with,  sprinkle the weed into your joint like you’re salt bae. If you’re going with a pinner try to drop an even amount throughout.

With a bat, you’ll want less at the filter end while gradually increasing the amount as you move away from the filter. Once you have enough in the joint to serve you or whoever you plan on sharing with, you can start to shape your joint.

Shaping your joint is as simple as using your thumbs and forefingers to roll the non-sticky side up and down until your weed takes the shape of a cylinder. Once you’ve got the weed shaped, it’ll be easier to roll a tight joint with no gaps in it.


How To Roll A Joint: A Step-by-Step Guide

This step is usually what throws people off. Before you become a dependable joint roller you’ll need to master the art of the tuck. For a man with no tucks has no place rolling up.

The trick is to start at the end with the filter in it and tuck the paper around that then move your thumb to the other side while tucking the rest.


How To Roll A Joint: A Step-by-Step Guide

Once you’re confident in your tuck, roll it until you’re close to the glue-end. Add a little bit of moisture and pat it down on one side. Slowly work your way across the rest of the joint until it is all sealed up.

You’ve made it through the hard part, you could smoke it as is if you want but there are a couple of additional steps to learning how to roll a joint. First, make sure it’s tightly rolled. You can use something small to push the weed in from the end you’re lighting.

Using a pen end, shoelace tip, hoodie string tip or anything small and blunt enough to push the weed closer together to fill in any gaps in the roll.

Don’t pack down too much or there won’t be much airflow. Then, you’ll have to watch your joint burn instead of actually smoking it.

Even taking huge pulls from a joint with no airflow will barely give you any smoke.


How To Roll A Joint: A Step By Step Guide

The final step depends on when you’re smoking the joint. If you’re taking it to go or saving it for later, you’ll definitely want to twist the end shut.

If you packed it down, the end opposite of the filter should be all paper and no weed. You can add a tiny bit of moisture to it and twist the paper end shut.

If you can spark up right where you rolled it then go ahead. There’s no need to twist, you can go ahead and get lit.


If you followed all of these steps you should know how to roll a joint. Smoke your creation from start to finish to see how well you did. If it canoes, you may need to roll tighter with fewer gaps.

Keep practicing and you can get creative by rolling unique shaped joints.

Your new talent will ensure you can still smoke your weed when there’s no pipe around. If you tried to learn how to roll a joint and it didn’t work out, you can always buy a pack of pre-rolled cones or watch our how-to video below.

Hanna, Ab. “How To Roll A Joint: A Step-by-Step Guide.” High Times, 7 Jan. 2020,

Can You Fly Out of Chicago Airports with Weed?

If you’re within the legal limits for possessing cannabis, there’s nothing police or TSA can do to stop you from flying out of Chicago with weed.

Now that recreational cannabis is legal to buy, sell, possess and use across Illinois, travelers are asking the obvious question: can you fly out of Chicago airports with weed? There are a couple twists and turns to the answer, but the bottom line is this: yes, you can fly out of Chicago airports like Midwayand O’Hare with weed. And in fact, while being caught with weed will definitely slow you down, there’s ultimately nothing anyone can do to stop you from boarding a plane with your stash in hand—or in your carry-on.

There’s Nothing Anyone Can Do to Stop You From Flying Out of Chicago with Weed

Commander William Mullane heads up the Chicago Police Department staff at Chicago’s airports. Speaking at a small press conference in a terminal at O’Hare ahead of the implementation of the state’s recreational marijuana law on January 1, Mullane explained how legalization would impact airport travelers.

Mullane began by reiterating that the ongoing federal prohibition of cannabis makes it illegal under federal law to possess any amount of cannabis. Federal law also prohibits the transportation of any amount of cannabis across state lines. Federal marijuana law matters because the federal government regulates air space over the U.S., not individual states.

So what happens, then, if you show up to O’Hare or Midway with weed on you?

Basically, nothing.

In the first place, TSA isn’t looking out for or searching for cannabis. They’re tasked with identifying security and safety threats, not finding drugs. But as Mullane explained, if a TSA agent does happen to discover cannabis on a traveler or in their belongings, they must contact Chicago airport police.

Next, officers will respond and examine the “totality of the circumstances,” meaning the age of the traveler and whether or not the cannabis they have on them exceeds Illinois’ legal possession limits. Those limits are 30 gramsfor Illinois residents 21 and over, and 15 grams for non-residents.

And if the police who respond determine that the traveler is within legal limits for possessing cannabis in Illinois, then there’s nothing they can do to stop that traveler from proceeding to their flight and their destination.

In other words, even though it would technically be a violation of federal law to board a flight with your weed, it wouldn’t be a violation of Illinois state law, so Chicago police could not stop you.

O’Hare and Midway Airports Providing “Marijuana Amnesty” Boxes for Disposal

Instead of preventing passengers carrying weed from boarding their flights—which again, they can’t do—Chicago police are giving travelers a choice. Either they can continue on their merry way, or dispose of their cannabis in specialized “marijuana amnesty” boxes.

Both O’Hare and Midway airports in Chicago now have marijuana amnesty boxes in their terminals for travelers who wish to dispose of their weed before boarding their flight.

If police stop a traveler to check whether they lawfully possess cannabis, they will offer that traveler the choice of disposing of their weed or keeping it and going on their way.

But Chicago police cannot require you to dispose of your weed in Chicago airports. Because again, you’re not doing anything wrong.

Still, the amnesty boxes might be a safe option for travelers flying out of Chicago to destination states where cannabis is illegal. But if a traveler were flying to, say, Los Angeles, they would both take off and land in weed-legal states, and only have to worry about federal law enforcement en route. It’s still a risk, but as we’ve covered before, it’s a relatively small one.

So at the end of the day, if you’re within your legal rights to possess weed in Illinois, you can absolutely fly out of Chicago airports with your stash. And while TSA and Chicago police may stop to verify you, there’s nothing they can do to stop you from flying or force you to dispose of your cannabis.

Of course, Chicago Police aren’t encouraging travelers to bring weed through the airport. But they’ve acknowledged there’s nothing they can do to stop it from happening.

Drury, ByAdam. “Can You Fly Out of Chicago Airports with Weed?” Green Rush Daily, 9 Jan. 2020,

420-Friendly Offices Can Lead To More Productive Work Days

As marijuana legalization makes its way from state to state, happy hours in the workplace are starting to replace booze with bud.

The social stigma against smoking pot has seen an incredible shift over the last decade. The stereotype that toking on a joint is for “unmotivated stoners” has been disproven by many successful entrepreneurs speaking out about using cannabis to enhance their mental functions.

As smoking in one’s personal life becomes more commonplace (nearly 50% of American adults), so is smoking in the workplace. If achieving a work-life balance means relaxing at home with a bit of weed and employees are just going to go home and do it anyways, some employers are starting to embrace consuming THC and CBD at the end of the workday as a company unwinding exercise.

Startups have fridges stocked with beer, why not a cabinet stocked with weed?

Creative Jobs Aren’t The Only Ones That Benefit

On May 10th, 2019, the NYC Marijuana Drug Test Ban took effect, prohibiting New York City employers from requiring a prospective employee to submit to testing for the presence of any tetrahydrocannabinols (THC), with the exception of safety and security-sensitive jobs or any pertaining to state or federal government contracts or grants. This law marks a recognition of smoking marijuana in one’s personal life not negatively affecting one’s work performance, and paves the way for consuming THC and CBD at work to actually enhance one’s performance.

Not all positions are suited for psychoactive or mood-altering drugs. A construction worker, truck driver, doctor, law enforcement official etc., need to remain alert and mentally unaltered at all times. However, other jobs can greatly benefit from the effects of consuming THC and CBD,
such as ones that involve:

  • Creativity and brainstorming
  • Problem-solving
  • Presentations and public speaking
  • High stress
  • Physical strain
  • Cannabis production or distribution

Many employers who allow THC and CBD in the workplace have a structure. THC consumption is only allowed at the end of the day to wind down, while CBD is allowed during the day to boost creativity and reduce stress.

In fact, those who suffer from anxiety find that CBD boosts performance at work. More research on the anti-anxiety properties is still coming out, especially since drugs affect everyone differently, but several studies on social anxiety disorder have found that CBD consumed before public speaking significantly reduced the speakers’ anxiety.

Choosing the Right Strains

Marijuana has un-industrious connotations, but there are strains and hybrids that can provide performance-enhancing benefits with no sedentary or lethargic side effects. Depending on the strain, the consumer could experience increased productivity, energy, mental clarity, relaxation,
calmness, or even speedy feelings to the point where a morning cup of coffee to wake up the body and mind is no longer needed.

CBD companies also make strains targeted for productivity, such as Recess sparkling CBD water. According to the CBD infused beverage company, their drink is not meant to be a “calm you down or before bed drink” but more of a “perk you up and help you focus, mental clarity enhancing drink to counteract the afternoon slump.”

Far from a wake-and-bake lazy Saturday, THC and CBD consumption at work can take place at many different times depending on the need, just like a cigarette break is incorporated for a nicotine boost. As cannabis culture continues to evolve, discreet consumption is making it easier to get a boost to get work done. Besides smoking, there are drinks, edibles and most notably, patches. Transdermal patches are known for their ability to create a subtle, long-lasting feeling, as opposed to other methods that might hit hard and fade fast. Patches can also be worn under the skin, so those in need of medical marijuana can get what they need without judgment.

However, take care that you know your limits. Don’t hit a new, questionable strain and be down and out for the workday. Micro-dose responsibly while in front of your employer, otherwise, one bad trip could ruin it for everybody.

THC vs CBD At Work

More employers are on board with CBD in the office than with THC, primarily because of the legalization differences as CBD and hemp-derived products were removed from Schedule I of the Controlled Substances Act. In addition, while CBD can help with anxiety and focus, which
many employees struggle with at work, THC has psychoactive properties that, while boosting creativity, may also cause an altered state of mind. THC consumption in the office is typically seen at startups, where working 60-80 hours a week requires some outside help from more than just coffee.

Another obstacle THC faces in the office is stigma. While a growing number of companies are allowing THC and CBD in the office, they are hesitant to openly discuss it due to the potential impact this could have on relationships with other clients.

Research has shown that CBD interacts differently with the receptors on cells in the nervous system of the human body than other cannabinoids do, particularly the neurotransmitter serotonin which plays a major part in those with depression, anxiety and other mental imbalances. While all other cannabinoids from hemp and cannabis interact with two significant receptors in the central and peripheral nervous system, CB1 and CB2, CBD has very little effect on both of them.

If CBD can enhance productivity and relieve anxiety (looking at you, daunting new marketing initiative), why not use it to become a better employee?

From Happy Hours to Higher Hours

Office holiday parties are picking up on a trend this year: instead of open bars leaving the crowd dancing on the tables or throwing up in the bushes, “Cannabars” serviced by “Budtenders” are able to bring a smoking booth or catered edibles to company parties.

A cannabar, often a designated tent set up for those looking to imbibe, is in place of alcohol to avoid crossfading and the risks of mixing. Instead of a tent, some bosses get THC infused food catered to the party or department meeting.

Reena Rampersad, who owns and operates the cannabis catering service High Society Supper Club in Hamilton, Ontario says that choosing cannabis over alcohol gives the party a much different vibe. Instead of herding out sloppy drunks, the crowd is more chill and relaxed, enjoying themselves without getting too wild.

From after work higher hours to morning meetings with CBD lattes, millennials in upper management are bringing in a culture change for cannabis in the workplace. The pain of sitting in an old office chair or sitting through a meeting that should have been an email could be numbed with a little THC/CBD, as long as your employer permits. Research shows positive benefits can come from using hemp and cannabis at work, the rest is up employees delivering proven results: Is the 420-friendly office pushing through stress and anxiety and putting in extra hours? Or simply eating all of the free snacks in the fridge?

The social stigma against smoking pot has seen an incredible shift over the last decade. The stereotype that toking on a joint is for “unmotivated stoners” has been disproven by many successful entrepreneurs speaking out about using cannabis to enhance their mental functions.

As smoking in one’s personal life becomes more commonplace (nearly 50% of American adults), so is smoking in the workplace. If achieving a work-life balance means relaxing at home with a bit of weed and employees are just going to go home and do it anyways, some employers are starting to embrace consuming THC and CBD at the end of the workday as a company unwinding exercise.

Startups have fridges stocked with beer, why not a cabinet stocked with weed?

Creative Jobs Aren’t The Only Ones That Benefit

On May 10th, 2019, the NYC Marijuana Drug Test Ban took effect, prohibiting New York City employers from requiring a prospective employee to submit to testing for the presence of any tetrahydrocannabinols (THC), with the exception of safety and security-sensitive jobs or any pertaining to state or federal government contracts or grants. This law marks a recognition of smoking marijuana in one’s personal life not negatively affecting one’s work performance, and paves the way for consuming THC and CBD at work to actually enhance one’s performance.

Not all positions are suited for psychoactive or mood-altering drugs. A construction worker, truck driver, doctor, law enforcement official etc., need to remain alert and mentally unaltered at all times. However, other jobs can greatly benefit from the effects of consuming THC and CBD,
such as ones that involve:

  • Creativity and brainstorming
  • Problem-solving
  • Presentations and public speaking
  • High stress
  • Physical strain
  • Cannabis production or distribution

Many employers who allow THC and CBD in the workplace have a structure. THC consumption is only allowed at the end of the day to wind down, while CBD is allowed during the day to boost creativity and reduce stress.

In fact, those who suffer from anxiety find that CBD boosts performance at work. More research on the anti-anxiety properties is still coming out, especially since drugs affect everyone differently, but several studies on social anxiety disorder have found that CBD consumed before public speaking significantly reduced the speakers’ anxiety.

Choosing the Right Strains

Marijuana has un-industrious connotations, but there are strains and hybrids that can provide performance-enhancing benefits with no sedentary or lethargic side effects. Depending on the strain, the consumer could experience increased productivity, energy, mental clarity, relaxation,
calmness, or even speedy feelings to the point where a morning cup of coffee to wake up the body and mind is no longer needed.

CBD companies also make strains targeted for productivity, such as Recess sparkling CBD water. According to the CBD infused beverage company, their drink is not meant to be a “calm you down or before bed drink” but more of a “perk you up and help you focus, mental clarity enhancing drink to counteract the afternoon slump.”

Far from a wake-and-bake lazy Saturday, THC and CBD consumption at work can take place at many different times depending on the need, just like a cigarette break is incorporated for a nicotine boost. As cannabis culture continues to evolve, discreet consumption is making it easier to get a boost to get work done. Besides smoking, there are drinks, edibles and most notably, patches. Transdermal patches are known for their ability to create a subtle, long-lasting feeling, as opposed to other methods that might hit hard and fade fast. Patches can also be worn under the skin, so those in need of medical marijuana can get what they need without judgment.

However, take care that you know your limits. Don’t hit a new, questionable strain and be down and out for the workday. Micro-dose responsibly while in front of your employer, otherwise, one bad trip could ruin it for everybody.

THC vs CBD At Work

More employers are on board with CBD in the office than with THC, primarily because of the legalization differences as CBD and hemp-derived products were removed from Schedule I of the Controlled Substances Act. In addition, while CBD can help with anxiety and focus, which
many employees struggle with at work, THC has psychoactive properties that, while boosting creativity, may also cause an altered state of mind. THC consumption in the office is typically seen at startups, where working 60-80 hours a week requires some outside help from more than just coffee.

Another obstacle THC faces in the office is stigma. While a growing number of companies are allowing THC and CBD in the office, they are hesitant to openly discuss it due to the potential impact this could have on relationships with other clients.

Research has shown that CBD interacts differently with the receptors on cells in the nervous system of the human body than other cannabinoids do, particularly the neurotransmitter serotonin which plays a major part in those with depression, anxiety and other mental imbalances. While all other cannabinoids from hemp and cannabis interact with two significant receptors in the central and peripheral nervous system, CB1 and CB2, CBD has very little effect on both of them.

If CBD can enhance productivity and relieve anxiety (looking at you, daunting new marketing initiative), why not use it to become a better employee?

From Happy Hours to Higher Hours

Office holiday parties are picking up on a trend this year: instead of open bars leaving the crowd dancing on the tables or throwing up in the bushes, “Cannabars” serviced by “Budtenders” are able to bring a smoking booth or catered edibles to company parties.

A cannabar, often a designated tent set up for those looking to imbibe, is in place of alcohol to avoid crossfading and the risks of mixing. Instead of a tent, some bosses get THC infused food catered to the party or department meeting.

Reena Rampersad, who owns and operates the cannabis catering service High Society Supper Club in Hamilton, Ontario says that choosing cannabis over alcohol gives the party a much different vibe. Instead of herding out sloppy drunks, the crowd is more chill and relaxed, enjoying themselves without getting too wild.

Rio, ByJuliet Del. “420-Friendly Offices Can Lead To More Productive Work Days.” Green Rush Daily, 10 Jan. 2020,

11 Ways to Work in the Cannabis Industry

With new positions opening up every day, your dream job could be waiting right around the corner.

Whether you’re a pro, fresh out of college or on the lookout for your first gig, the cannabis industry could be the place for you. According to a new report released last month, our industry has generated over 211,000 full-time jobs as of march 2019, with more than 64,000 positions opening up in 2018 alone. Cannabis research firm New Frontier Data is estimating this figure will climb up to almost 300,000 by 2020. That means there will soon be more people working for the cannabis industry than there will be flight attendants, interior designers, massage therapists or veterinarians in the entire country.

But not so fast, some might say, quantity is no guarantee for quality. Well, there are even more good news for cannabis job hunters, since the cannabis job market is not only expanding, it also getting better paid. According to a report by Vangst, the average cannabis salary was increased by 16.1% between 2017 and 2018, with over 70% of employees getting medical insurance. Glassdoor even reported that the average cannabis job pays over 10% higher than the US median salary.

Opportunities are on the rise for people from all corners of society: the site reports that around half the openings search for professionals and technicians, while the other half is open to profiles without higher education. So forget your excuses, because if you’re interested in the cannabis industry, there’s probably a position out there for you.


11 Ways to Work in the Cannabis Industry

Having to deal with a highly regulated industry, cannabis business owners can have a hard time navigating through the vast sea of local, state and federal regulations that need to be followed for their company to stay legit. That’s why they hire Compliance Managers to keep track of every new law out there, perform audits on their business’ operations and supervise procedures. CMs make sure everything is in the right place and save their companies the hustle of getting caught inadvertently doing something outside the law. Compliance Managers are often required a Bachelor’s Degree in business administration or similar, and experience in highly regulated industries like tobacco and pharmaceutical is always a plus. Keeping track of inventory is usually also a part of their job description.


This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is ways-to-work-in-the-cannabis-industry-2.jpg

Today, cannabis comes in many forms: edibles, chewabled, tinctures, topicals, sprays, oils, vaping cartridges and more. Whenever someone is using a commercial form of cannabis that doesn’t involve burning flower buds, a Director of Extraction is behind that product. And since cannabis concentrates are turning out to be the boom-within-the-boom of the cannabis industry, this position is becoming widely sought-after. Extraction Technicians include Extraction Directors and specialized lab technicians that take care of every aspect of the extraction process, from designing and setting-up the extraction facilities, to making sure every process is done safely and in compliance with regulations. Qualifications usually include a degree in chemistry, biochemistry or other related sciences.


This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is ways-to-work-in-the-cannabis-industry-3.jpg

Chemists and other related professionals have even more opportunities in the cannabis sector, that are not limited to extraction. Since every product out there needs to be tested before it hits the shelves, cannabis companies are generating a very high demand for lab technicians who can perform tests on products to check for cannabinoid and terpenes content, as well as residual solvents, pesticides, microbes, water content, mold and heavy metals. Lab experience is always a plus and a degree in chemistry is usually required.


This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is ways-to-work-in-the-cannabis-industry-3a-960x960.jpg

This might be the first job to come to mind when thinking of a cannabis career, and it’s a definitely good choice for job hunters who don’t have a college degree but sure do know a lot about the plant. A budtender is the go-to person for every cannabis consumer looking for a great experience, be it rec or medical. They need to be informed on every new strain, product and technology out there, but most importantly, they need to be able to sell. Budtenders are sales-people first, marijuana enthusiast, second.

With new dispensaries opening up like Starbucks across the country, budtendering has become the most searched-for position in the industry. However, with average wages varying from $12 to $16 an hour, this might be a good entry-level position, but definitely not a life-long career if one intends to get rich off marijuana.


11 Ways to Work in the Cannabis Industry

Cannabis brands have a hard time building relationships with their consumers, because many of the traditional channels that brands use to advertise (like radio, TV, Google or Facebook), have strong restrictions against cannabis ads. That’s why cannabis brands need to rely on Brand Ambassadors to serve as the company’s face, becoming a link to customers, clients and business partners. No higher education is compulsory, however, a very extroverted and charismatic personality is required. Experience in digital and off-line communication is a great plus.


11 Ways to Work in the Cannabis Industry

The cannabis industry can be described as a multi-layered phenomenon involving tech developments, retail markets and medicinal implementations. However, the plant is always at its core. So, until synthetic cannabinoids become a thing (don’t expect it to be soon), Directors of Cultivation will have a job, and a well-paid one at that.

Their role is to ensure that the main product (i.e: the plant), is grown efficiently, in compliance with state regulation, and at its best possible quality, and potency. Directors hire large teams of associates and assistants that play mayor roles throughout cultivation and harvest. A degree in Horticulture is usually required, though not exclusive. However, proper growing experience will be demanded.


11 Ways to Work in the Cannabis Industry

One of the most sought-after jobs in cannabis, which is also amongst the lowest-paying ones.

Trimming jobs are great opportunities for those looking for part-time or seasonal work in the cannabis industry, without any high requirements for experience or education. The job is basic, yet not-at-all easy: remove the leaves and branches that surround the buds to turn the raw harvest into a sellable product. Hourly rates go from $11.50 to $14, and require an ability to perform repetitive tasks for long hours without losing focus. A great option for job hunters looking to begin their careers in cannabis.


11 Ways to Work in the Cannabis Industry

Cannabis B2B companies need sales associates that can market their products to other businesses: distributors need to sell their service to producers. Producers need to place their products on dispensary shelves. Dispensaries must strike deals with producers to get better prices. 
Sales teams go from meeting to meeting developing new business relationships, an making sure the company’s products or services expand and maintain their clientele. Experience in sales is usually demanded and a BA in business administration can open many doors.


11 Ways to Work in the Cannabis Industry
City Cannabis Co/Instagram

Running a dispensary is not the same as managing any ordinary business. Although the basic aspects of retail are still there, dispensaries need to be up to date with local, state and federal regulation to make sure business runs normally, without any of the issues that can arise from a such a highly regulated industry. Dispensary managers need to be able to coordinate and lead large teams of budtenders, keep track of inventory, be informed of the local legal landscape and make sure their shop reaches its sales objectives. Experience in retail and management is usually a must, followed by a strong knowledge of cannabis products.


11 Ways to Work in the Cannabis Industry

While more and more people are trying out the benefits of cannabis, some still find themselves embarrassed by going into dispensaries because of the ongoing stigma that persists around the plant. Others, specially medical marijuana patients, may be too impaired to reach a dispensary by themselves. Lastly, some people simply prefer to have their products delivered at home.

Cannabis delivery drivers are the faces of dispensaries outside the shop. They need to know the products and be able to make recommendations, just like budtenders do. Owning a vehicle is an advantage to land this type of job, and experience in delivery will always be welcomed.


11 Ways to Work in the Cannabis Industry

With cannabis retail skyrocketing, brands are constantly finding new and appealing ways to present their products. Packers are a crucial part of the cannabis supply chain, working at warehouses and distributing plants, to make sure the final product is properly presented. Sometimes also serving as Pickers, their job can involve getting shipping orders ready, receiving and organizing stock, tracking orders and keeping inventory. Experience in supply chain and logistics is usually valued, though no higher education is a must.

Daily, ByGreen Rush. “Best Dispensaries In Southern California.” Green Rush Daily, 22 Aug. 2019,

Willie Nelson Had to Quit Smoking Weed For His Health

That doesn’t mean he won’t eat or vape it, though!

There’s been a major casualty in the marijuana world. Don’t worry—Willie Nelson isn’t dead. But apparently, his longstanding and most infamous hobby is.

According to Nelson himself, the legendary country music star and world-famous toker is no longer puffing the green. Yes, you read that correctly—Willie Nelson quit smoking weed.


The 86-year-old Nelson—who is currently still on tour— told San Antonio television station KSAT that he stopped smoking cannabis because of breathing issues.

“I have abused my lungs quite a bit in the past, so breathing is a little more difficult these days and I have to be careful. I don’t smoke anymore—take better care of myself.”

Nelson recently performed at the CMAs alongside fellow country star Kelly Musgraves, and it looked like he was laboring quite a bit. He also had to stop touring back in August due to health issues, before returning to the stage just a month later.

It was even rumored at one point that he was close to death. Nelson essentially corroborated that notion.

“I started smoking cedar bark, went from that to cigarettes to whatever,” Nelson told KSAT. “And that almost killed me.”

Luckily, the country megastar has made significant changes to his lifestyle, namely, when it comes to any form of smoking.

“I don’t smoke anymore — take better care of myself,” Nelson said.

The good news—well at least for many Nelson loyalists out there—is that the musician has only quit smoking flower. Nelson told Rolling Stone that he still consumes THC regularly, only now through mediums that are less intense on the lungs like vaping and edibles.


There have been plenty of other notable celebrities who have long been synonymous with the green and decided to take an indefinite sabbatical.

Most notably, actor Woody Harrelson, who stopped smoking marijuana back in 2017 after what he called a “30 solid years of partying.” Harrelson smoked cannabis on the regular before giving it up abruptly.

Ironically, Harrelson recently started smoking again, courtesy of, you guessed it, Willie Nelson himself. Harrelson told Esquire Magazine that he took a giant rip off of Willie Nelson’s vape pen after a friendly poker game.

Harrelson’s rekindled love for cannabis is apparently now in full swing. He’s currently in the trying to open his own marijuana dispensary in Hawaii. Unfortunately, that hasn’t really gone according to plan, as Harrelson’s application was recently denied. Better luck next time, Woody.

Singer, songwriter, and actress Miley Cyrus also took a brief—and newsworthy—break from cannabis back in 2017. She claimed that smoking caused too mcuh “munching at home and playing video games.”

Luckily, the infamous party girl’s mother intervened last year, and she is now back to toking every now and again. Phewf.

Even Snoop Dogg— the Doggfather of cannabis, if you will—allegedly took his own break from smoking pot back in 2002. But perhaps a not-so-much-of-a-Spoiler-Alert: that didn’t last all that long. He even has a salaried blunt roller for crying out loud.

The moral of the story here is: people stop smoking weed all of the time. But they adapt. And probably realize there are way worse things that they can be doing to pass the time. So they might as well pass the blunt.

Kohut, ByTim. “Willie Nelson Had to Quit Smoking Weed For His Health.” Green Rush Daily, 4 Dec. 2019,

Space Case: There’s A New Branch Of The US Military Called The Space Force

The Air Force Space Command is transitioning into the United States Space Force.

On December 20, 2019, Donald Trump signed the National Defense Authorization Act for 2020, effectively creating the sixth branch of the country’s armed forces, the United States Space Force (USSF). Yet despite its formidable name, the Space Force is not so much an entirely new division of the military as it is a re-designation of what was previously known as the Air Force Space Command (AFSPC).

The establishment of the AFSPC goes back to September, 1982, when U.S. tensions with the Soviet Union ran especially high. The organization was tasked with keeping one eye on missiles while overseeing spacecraft launch operations, and keeping the other eye on satellites while surveilling space. Over the decades, the AFSPC became the go-to military unit for the latest technological breakthroughs in satellite communications, meteorology, and GPS, eventually expanding its mission areas to include cyberspace.


Now, about 16,000 military and civilian personnel in the AFSPC are being re-assigned to the brand-new USSF. The emergent organization’s first Chief of Space Operations is General Jay Raymond, leader of the U.S. Space Command, one of the United States Department of Defense’s unified combatant commands. The Space Force defines itself as “a military service that organizes, trains, and equips space forces in order to protect U.S. and allied interests in space and to provide space capabilities to the joint force.” Its responsibilities include “developing military space professionals, acquiring military space systems, maturing the military doctrine for space power, and organizing space forces to present to our Combatant Commands.”

While those assigned to the AFSPC will be technically re-assigned to the United States Space Force, the Air Force will contact everybody “to inform them whether their specialty code is organic to the Space Force, organic to the Air Force, or shared between Air Force and Space Forces,” according to a Space Force document.

Meanwhile, there are plans to turn some existing Air Force bases into ones that are devoted exclusively to the USSF, as well as possible plans for new uniforms down the line. For now, however, the Space Force will look a lot like the Air Force. Service members in the other branches of the military can request transfers if they’d like to be a part of the United States Space Force, too.

Laden, Tanja M. “Space Case: There’s A New Branch Of The US Military Called The Space Force.” High Times, 7 Jan. 2020,

At year’s end, time to ask: Why did the CDC ignore vaping evidence?


If 2019 was the year of the vaping health crisis, 2020 will be a year of reckoning. The first question that must be asked is this: Why did American public health officials fail so spectacularly?

Let me say that again clearly: The VAPI/EVALI emergency represents one of the greatest derelictions of duty on the part of American public health leaders that I’ve seen in my lifetime.

Here at Leafly, we witnessed the train wreck firsthand.

Evidence existed in late summer

On August 23, officials at the federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) announced that they had identified 193 potential cases of a new and mysterious lung illness linked to vaping across 22 states. One adult in Illinois died after being hospitalized for the condition, CDC leaders said.Public health officials consciously ignored market-based information while the death toll mounted.

One week later Leafly published the first storyexposing the frightening rise of a new street-market cutting agent, vitamin E oil (tocopheryl acetate). David Downs, our California bureau chief, drew upon his extensive contacts and years of experience covering the state’s cannabis industry to ask a basic question: People have been vaping cannabis oil and nicotine for years without suffocating to death—what changed?

Hey, look into this vitamin E oil

The answer, Downs found, was the introduction of vitamin E oil specifically into illicit THC vape cartridges. The oil wasn’t in legal cartridges because state regulators require manufacturers to label every cartridge with its lab-verified THC content. A legal cart heavily cut with vitamin E oil would test out at 25% THC or lower—a mark of shame that consumers would shun. (Most legal cannabis cartridges contain 70% to 90% THC.)

Nicotine carts weren’t cut with the stuff because it makes no economic sense to do so. Nicotine extract is cheap; THC extract is expensive. THC vape consumers in prohibition states had no lab-verified label on their carts, so they bought into a myth: The thicker the oil, the higher the THC content. Vitamin E oil took over the street market because it “thickened” the cart while actually reducing the THC content—and the cost to the manufacturer.

Public health officials, and especially leaders at the federal Centers for Disease Control, consciously ignored all of this market-based information.RelatedJourney of a tainted vape cartridge: from China’s labs to your lungs

CDC focused on patients, ignored the supply chain

Instead, they insisted on solving the VAPI mystery by relying on honest responses from patients affected by the tainted cartridges. For months, CDC officials told the public it was impossible to know what kind of vapes were killing people.

In fact, public health leaders were so desperate to cast blame on nicotine vape devices (which they insisted on calling “e-cigarettes,” a term absolutely nobody who vapes ever uses) that they changed their original term, VAPI (Vaping Associated Pulmonary Injury), to the more cumbersome EVALI (E-cigarette or Vaping Product Use-Associated Lung Injury) in order to put the focus on e-cigarettes.Research has found that a certain percentage of patients will bend the truth to avoid exposure or embarrassment.

The data told a different story. Nearly all of the VAPI cases emerged from patients who vaped illicit THC cartridges. A stubborn percentage of patients insisted they had only vaped legal nicotine products—around 10 to 15%.

In a late October report on Utah EVALI victims, 92% of the 53 patients interviewed said they’d vaped THC in the three months prior to their lung injury. Cannabis is outlawed in Utah, so their vape cartridges were obtained from the illegal market. After testing, 89% of them were found to contain vitamin E oil. Similar percentages attended other patient populations.

What was happening was clear to anyone familiar with human psychology and the history of cannabis. In a certain number of VAPI cases, shamed and embarrassed patients probably lied to their doctors.

“THC? Not me, doc.”

In any situation where public health authorities rely on patient self-reporting, a certain percentage of patients will bend the truth to avoid exposure or embarrassment. It’s such a common phenomenon that social scientists have a name for it: socially desirable responding.

In 2015, public health researcher Dana Eser Hunt looked into the reliability of self-reported responses “when the questions involve reporting behaviors which threaten the respondent with exposure, embarrassment or both.”

Hunt’s findings were critically pertinent to the VAPI crisis. In one study of adults tested for cannabis consumption, only 84% were willing to admit to past use—even after they were presented with a positive drug test result that showed otherwise.

Other studies have found that truthfulness of patient responses depends on factors including privacy of the interview, anonymity and confidentiality of the information, sensitivity or embarrassment of the information, and perceptions of normative behavior.RelatedHow doctors diagnose and treat vape pen lung disease

CDC officials should have known

Federal and state health officials seemed to treat VAPI as if it were a judgment-neutral outbreak, like the Legionnaires’ Disease mystery of the 1970s. But it wasn’t. It involved a highly stigmatized and illegal activity: consuming cannabis.As CDC officials continued to cling to the fiction of nicotine-cause VAPI, state leaders panicked.

As CDC officials continued to cling to the fiction of nicotine-cause VAPI, state leaders panicked.

In late September, Massachusetts Gov. Charlie Baker outlawed all vaping products. Washington Gov. Jay Inslee, who’d been crusading for years to kill the nicotine vape industry, spotted a political opportunity and pounced. He banned flavored vapes and blasted vaping companies. “Look, when you addict a 12-year-old kid to nicotine, you’re just wrong,” he roared. Never mind that Juuling seventh-graders, concerning as they are, were not suffocating from vitamin E poisoning.

State officials ignored illegal THC, blasted nicotine

I attended Inslee’s Sept. 27 press conference. During and after the conference, I asked what state officials were doing about vitamin E oil. Rick Garza, director of Washington’s Liquor and Cannabis Board (LCB), said his agency would require cannabis vape makers to disclose their ingredients. In other words, he asked them to send him a recipe list. That’s it.

When I pressed Garza on the troubling vitamin E oil reports, one of his staff members shot me a dirty look. “We think there’s a lot of…inaccurate information being published right now,” she said.RelatedFrom ‘Veronica Mars’ to toxic vapes: The rise and fall of Honey Cut

It was clear who she blamed for spreading it. For weeks, Leafly had been publishing in-depth investigations of the role of vitamin E oil in the unregulated THC vape street market. We all but rented billboards calling attention to the vitamin E thickening additives that entered the illegal market in 2018.

“What kind of inaccuracies?” I asked.

“We’re on the weekly calls with the CDC,” she said. “They think it could be a lot of things.”

State health officials made horribly wrong decisions. But they wouldn’t have made them without the stalling and dithering of CDC leaders.

UK health leaders endorse nicotine vaping

Gov. Inslee’s presser was marked by a heated exchange between him and a nicotine vaping advocate. Things got loud. The man nearly had to be escorted out of the room. He kept shouting about “British studies.” Most of the reporters—who had zero experience with vaping—dismissed him as a nutter.

I was curious, so I dug into the idea of “British studies.” And you know what? The nutter was right.

Research out of the UK has consistently shown nicotine vaping to be one of the most successful harm reduction tools of modern times. Public Health England has found that vaping is 95% safer than smoking cigarettes. A 2017 study in the Annals of Internal Medicine found that adult nicotine vaping was associated with “substantially reduced levels of measured carcinogens and toxins relative to smoking only combustible cigarettes.”

Saving thousands of lives every year

Roughly 480,000 Americans are killed by tobacco smoking every year. If the cancer risk dropped 95%, that would mean about 456,000 Americans might not die in a future year.BMJ considers the rise of nicotine vaping as a substitute for tobacco smoking to be one of the decade’s great public health victories.

Nicotine vaping saves lives—thousands of them, possibly millions. Earlier this month BMJ, one of the world’s most respected medical journals, ran a summation of wins and losses for British public health in the 2010s. The rise of nicotine vaping as a substitute for tobacco smoking was ranked as one of the decade’s great public health victories.

“Credit should go to Public Health England for championing electronic cigarettes,” wrote BMJ’s Nigel Hawkes, “which has given tobacco cessation a boost at no cost to the public purse.” Hawkes noted that “if somebody could come up with a similar technological fix for obesity they would be the hero of the 2020s.”

CDC’s conclusion: too little, too late

Finally, in late December, CDC officials admitted what the data had shown for months: Street-market THC vape carts cut with vitamin E oil were the cause of the VAPI outbreak. The Washington Post reported:

With the latest data, “we are of the belief that vitamin E acetate has caused” the vaping-related lung illnesses “in the vast majority of patients,” [CDC principal deputy director Anne] Schuchat said. Although other studies are ongoing to understand the specific mechanisms of the harm to lungs, “we don’t have to hold our breath to go deeper.”

By then the damage had been done. The narrative had already been set in the minds of millions.

Even experienced science reporters and editors couldn’t be bothered to revise their erroneous takeaway: Vaping kills. Science News, an otherwise solid and trusted information source, ran a year-in-review piece a few days ago. Headline: Vaping’s dangers loom large amid more than 50 U.S. deaths this year.

The Science Newsstory contained no mention of the role that labeling and lab testing regulations played in keeping the state-legal THC vape supply safe and untainted. There was no distinction between legal and illegal products. Or mention of the fact that, as David Downs reported here, legal cannabis vape cartridges have been found to be 1,000% safer than street-market vapes. The author said nothing about the millions of adults whose lives will be saved by switching from smoking to vaping.

This is the real and tragic legacy of the VAPI crisis of 2019. As we sail into 2020, it is time to reckon with the damage done and to redouble the fight to reduce harm and save lives. Here at Leafly, we will continue to attack the hard questions and uncover critical data. The fight for cannabis legalization isn’t just about changing laws. It’s about repairing past harms, fighting ignorance and stigma, implementing sensible policies, and improving the health, wellness, and happiness of every single individual. Happy new year, everybody.

Barcott, Bruce. “At Year’s End, Time to Ask: Why Did the CDC Ignore Vaping Evidence?” Leafly, 1 Jan. 2020,


High Times Archives

Strains, lighting for auto-flowering seeds, and more.

High Times’ cultivation specialist Danny Danko answers all your burning questions about being the best grower you can be. But first, some quick tips from the expert himself:

  • Always check and adjust the pH level of your nutrient solution after you’ve added the nutrients.
  • Keeping cuttings warm and moist will result in higher rooting success rates and healthier clones.
  • Lack of nitrogen is the most common nutrient deficiency and starts with leaves yellowing.

Subject: Lighting for Auto-Flowering Strains
From: Joe in Berwick, ME

For years, I’ve been using 400-watt high-pressure sodium (HPS) lighting during the vegetative stage and 1,000-watt lighting during the flowering stage. I recently had my first grow with auto-flowering Lemon Skunk. Long story short, I ended up using a 12/12-hour day/night light cycle and yielded very loose and light buds. What light intensity and schedule should I use for autos?

Dear Joe,

Auto-flowering plants are strains that will flower at a certain age, regardless of the photoperiod. They’re made by utilizing ruderalis genetics, a low-THC cannabis that came from Russia and other northern parts of Eastern Europe where the plant adapted to the short growing season by flowering early. The advantages of growing auto-flowering plants is that they can be harvested in less than three months from planting, even in the middle of summer. The best lighting schedule for auto-flowering plants is 18 hours on and six hours off throughout all stages of life.

Subject: Empty Closet
From: Reefer Franklin

I just recently lost a whopping 75 pounds of body fat and had to basically throw out my entire wardrobe because it no longer fits—good problem, right?—and a happy accident happened. I magically ended up with an empty closet! I figured instead of refilling it with clothes, I would fill it with about 15 mothers and five father plants. The dimensions are 24” x 54” x 100”, and I only want to use this space to keep mothers and take/root clones; after that, they go into a perpetual “sea of green.” What are the basics I need to get by—mainly, can I get by with some T5 lights, or something less heat- and money-intensive than HID? What sort of ventilation setup should I consider, and what other things of that nature might I be overlooking?

Dear Franklin,

Congratulations on losing all that weight! And also on your decision to start growing your own. First, I don’t know what you mean by father plants. If you’re referring to males, you have no need for them in your grow space unless you’re planning on breeding, and it sounds like you’re just getting started, so that’s probably something we should leave to the professionals for the time being.

You will need mother plants, however, so that you can take clones from them and root them in this small space before they move on to their “sea of green” area. T5 fluorescent lighting is perfect for this area, and HID (high-intensity discharge) fixtures might give out too much light and heat for what you’re looking to do. Save the HID for your flowering area.

As for ventilation, you want to keep the air moving in your space, so you’ll need some fans and ducting, as well as another fan to circulate air inside the space as well. Invest in a nice exhaust fan to pull out spent air through an activated-charcoal filter to reduce odors. Shoot for a temperature of around 75°F in your space and a humidity level of 50 percent for the healthiest mother plants and clones.

Subject: Light Leaks 
From: Vape O’Rhyzer

Greetings from Colorado, and thanks for all the great advice in the magazine. Knowledge is power, and you are enabling a powerful army of cannabis cultivators from coast to coast. My question: Can a brief light leak during the 12-hour dark period cause a plant grown from a feminized seed to turn male? Or does the “feminizing process” sometimes just not take with some seeds?

I’ve grown other seeds from the same pack of Acapulco Gold from Barney’s and haven’t had a problem, so I hadn’t been checking the sex of the plants. When I looked today, though, I discovered tons of male pollen sacks on the plant. Fortunately, none had opened yet. The other two seeds I planted at the same time (707 Headband and Cindy 99) haven’t shown their sex either way yet, so I can’t tell if the problem affects just the one plant or if I need to start over. But I did have one brief light leak when the plants were just a week or two into the 12/12-hour day/night light cycle, and I’m wondering if that could be the cause. I appreciate what you and High Times are doing to advance the cannabis culture.

Dear Vape,

Thanks for the kind words! I’m happy to help people grow better cannabis, and it’s nice to hear that they’re learning from my work. You are correct that light leaks during the flowering period of a feminized plant can shock the plant and make it react by becoming a hermaphrodite, or a plant that exhibits both male and female traits. It really depends on the genetics of the plant and the length of the interruption of the dark cycle. Some plants are more affected by light leaks than others. If you discover any male pollen sacs forming on your plants, get rid of those plants entirely and start over with fresh seeds. Growing out hermaphrodites will result in a harvest of flowers full of seeds, a most unfortunate and horrendous outcome.

Subject: First-Timer Strains 
From: Chris

Hi. I’ve never grown marijuana before but I want to give it a try. I’ve been researching everything from soil and tent kits to lighting and nutrients. There’s a lot of conflicting information to go through on the internet. My plan so far is to grow four plants in soil in 5-gallon containers. I will start with seeds in a 4’ x 4’ x 72” grow tent with lights and ventilation. I want to grow two plants high in THC and two plants high in CBD all in the same tent. Both strains should be easier for a first-time grower. I’ve seen that it’s possible, but my problem is that I can’t figure out which two strains will vegetate at the same time and grow at the same height. Is this realistic, or should I just try one strain? Hopefully you will know of a high-CBD strain and a high-THC strain that will work for me.

Dear Chris,

There are many strains you can grow inside your tent, and it’s not that important that they grow to the same height. You can always raise the smaller ones or make any other adjustments necessary. Some of my favorite CBD-rich strains at the moment are bred in Spain by Dinafem Seeds, where they utilize in-house lab testing in their breeding projects and work with the most CBD-potent strains available such as the original Dancehall from Reggae Seeds. A few of my suggestions from Dinafem would be Dinamed CBD, which tests between 10 and 14 percent CBD with very low (0.4-0.6 percent) THC content, Early Amnesia CBD or Haze Autoflowering CBD.

As for THC-rich strains, there are so many to choose from, but I’ve been enjoying Cherry Vanilla Cookies, bred by Professor P of Dynasty Genetics; Sundae Driver, from Cannarado Genetics; and Do-Si-Dos, bred by NorcalICMag and available from the Archive Seed Bank. Those are three potent choices, but, as I mentioned, there are many others available. As a beginner, you should also look into feminized and/or auto-flowering varieties that are easier to grow.

Subject: Thieves and Unflushed Plants 
From Mariah L.

Lately, there have been thieves running around snatching pot plants. One of my outside grows got hit, but I have another very close by, so I harvested what was left of the first and a couple of the others. Some of these plants haven’t been flushed with water. Is that bad for the taste and/or quality of the plant? And if yes, is there anything I can do once I’ve already clipped them?

Dear Mariah,

It’s awful that people think they can go around stealing other people’s plants. These “rippers” are a common problem around harvesttime and there’s a special place in hell reserved just for them. Your plants were harvested early and you didn’t get a chance to flush them with plain water for the last week or two of growth. It’s not the end of the world, however. Hopefully you weren’t heavily feeding your outdoor plants to begin with, so there wouldn’t be so much excess nutrients to flush out. As long as you take the time to dry and cure your flowers properly, you should be able to enjoy them. Flowers that are overfed with nutrient salts tend to taste acrid, burn improperly and need to be relit over and over. I hope you avoided this fate.

Subject: Cat Poop
From: Bill From Tuscaloosa

l live in an illegal state, and actually prefer to pay someone to grow and transport weed. But all my guy has is top-shelf shit, and it is getting expensive. I have some seeds from Mexican crap that I bought years ago, and a spare closet. I’m probably going to use a no-till method and LED and fluorescents and cover the closet walls with aluminum foil. There is no door on the closet and I want to make sure the cat doesn’t take a deuce in there. Any advice?

Dear Bill,

Wow, there’s just so much to unpack here. First of all, why would you want to grow crappy Mexican seeds? Also, please don’t use aluminum foil on your walls. Flat-white paint is nearly as reflective and doesn’t create hot spots or places for bugs to hide. As for keeping your cat from defecating in your closet, you’re going to need a door or barrier of some kind. If you want your plants to flower, they need 12 hours of uninterrupted darkness, so you’ll need to contain and light-proof your closet anyway. A door or some kind of lightproof barricade will ensure your plants can flower, and keep your cat from pooping on them and also from eating them.

Send your cannabis-cultivation questions to

Danko, Danny. “Dear Danko: Expert Grow Advice On Closet Grows, Light Leaks, Flushing, And More.” High Times, 31 Dec. 2019,


Teens who engage with cannabis brands and marketing online a much more likely to consume cannabis than teens who don’t.

A new study out in the journal “Drug and Alcohol Dependence” reveals some shocking data about social media’s influence on teen cannabis consumption. According to a survey conducted by researchers with the University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, one in three teens in states with recreational legalization engage with cannabis brands on social media. Furthermore, the study found that teens who engage with cannabis brands online were five times more likely to consume cannabis compared to those who did not. The study is the first in the United States to examine the influence of social media marijuana marketing on teen cannabis consumption. And the results are raising the alarm among pediatric healthcare professionals.


The Cannabis Advertising and Social Media (CASM) study is giving us our first glimpse at the relationship between online cannabis marketing and consumption habits among teens. The study is important, because it helps public health officials gauge the success of campaigns and other efforts prevent and reduce underage cannabis use.

Researchers conducted a survey of 482 young people between the ages of 15 to 19 in six states with legal recreational cannabis. As a baseline, about 33 percent of those surveyed reported using cannabis in the past year. Over a quarter of those surveyed reported consuming cannabis in the past 28 days.

Of teens who had consumed cannabis, the survey found that 22 percent had a favorite marijuana brand that they engaged with on social media. Teens with a preferred cannabis brand were eight times more likely to have consumed cannabis in the past month. Furthermore, 33 percent of teens surveyed said they would wear or own a branded cannabis product. Those teens were seven times more likely to have consumed cannabis in the last 28 days. In short, engagement with marketing or branding dramatically increased the likelihood of teens consuming cannabis.


Despite shadow bans on cannabis content by major social media platforms like Facebook, weed brands and popular accounts are all over platforms like InstagramSnapchat and Twitter. And for UW professor of pediatrics Megan Moreno, MD, MPH, who co-authored the CASM study, that’s exactly the problem.

“Kids who can’t buy or use non-medical marijuana shouldn’t have to see these promotions and they shouldn’t be able to interact with them,” said Moreno.

In fact, researchers say their results are completely in line with trends observable in other categories, like alcohol and tobacco. As with cannabis, the more a young person engages with alcohol or tobacco brands online, the more likely they are to consume that substance and to do so more heavily. The CASM study is the first to document this phenomenon with cannabis specifically.

And in light of the results, researchers say its clear that efforts to prevent and reduce teen cannabis consumption are failing. “It is clear that the current methods of protecting youth are not working,” said lead investigator Pamela Trangenstein. “When 45 percent of youth report being online almost constantly, exposure to marijuana marketing on social media may put their health and futures at risk.

Other recent studies have highlighted exactly how serious that risk is. Researchers have found that consuming marijuana during important periods of brain development, such as adolescence, harms memory and cognitive performance and can elevate mental health risks.

Drury, ByAdam. “Study Reveals Social Media’s Influence on Teen Cannabis Consumption.” Green Rush Daily, 23 Oct. 2019,

LGBTQ Women Consume More Cannabis Than Straight Women, Study Shows

Bisexual women, in particular, had the highest usage compared to straight women.

LGBTQ women consume more cannabis than straight women do, according to a recent study.

Published in the journal Drug and Alcohol Dependence last month, the study dives into the differences in how frequently lesbian, gay, and bisexual people consume pot. This study is one of the first to explore the weed habits of the LGBTQ community versus straight people. It relies on data from the 2015-2017 National Survey on Drug Use and Health—which includes information from 126,463 individuals—to reach its conclusions. The authors, who hail from the Columbia Univesity Mailman School of Public Health, divided the survey’s data by gender and sexuality. The findings speak for themselves.

While about 10 percent of straight women surveyed used cannabis in the last year, about 40 percent of women did the same. Lesbian women didn’t seem to smoke as much cannabis as bisexual women, but they still consumed more than double that of straight women: 26 percent. If you look at daily use, the percentage of use among all women decreased significantly, but bisexual women still consume the most. The same goes for medical cannabis use. The study found similar trends among gay men. Bisexual and gay men used cannabis in the last year nearly twice the rate that straight men did, per the study.

“We further extended these findings to estimate daily/near-daily prevalence, which was seven times higher among bisexual women than heterosexual women and 2.3 times as high for bisexual men compared to heterosexual men,” said senior author Silvia Martins, an associate professor of epidemiology at Columbia University, in a press release.

The study looks at this usage to analyze “marijuana use disorder” specifically, noting that the LGBTQ community may be self-medicating the stress that comes with the stigma of, well, not being straight with cannabis in states where medical laws don’t yet exist. Bisexual women, in particular, may be impacted by medical cannabis lawsgiven their high usage of the plant.

“Our results support existing literature by demonstrating that bisexual women have higher marijuana use disorder compared to heterosexual women,” said study author Morgan Philbin, an assistant professor of sociomedical sciences at Columbia, in a press release. “This is part of a larger health burden, as bisexual women are twice as likely to have co-occurring mental health and substance use disorders yet often have little contact with service providers.”

Bisexual women do suffer high mental health and substance abuse rates, but cannabis is a much smaller threat than, say, prescription drugs or alcohol, which can lead to actual overdoses. The study also doesn’t include any information on transgender individuals, who are among the most at-risk within the LGBTQ community. Further research on this population could better help inform these findings. Plus, people can always lie when they answer these surveys.

Could it be that fewer straight men and women are being honest about their love of pot?


While this study helps us better understand how different members of our society are exploring with cannabis, it does appear to raise the alarm about something that may be a non-issue. It doesn’t try to find out whether there’s any actual dependence on cannabis yet describes the usage as a disorder.

When members of the LGBTQ community are suffering deaths at the hands of violence and drugs that can actually kill, alarmist language around the smoking of a joint or ripping of a bong feels strangely inappropriate.

Fun, ByLissett. “LGBTQ Women Consume More Cannabis Than Straight Women, Study Shows.” Green Rush Daily, 19 Sept. 2019,

Women Prefer Cannabis Strains High in CBD, According to New Study

The data comes from nearly 30,000 female medical marijuana users.

A new study from RYAH Medtech, Inc., a big data and technology company with a focus on plant-based medicine dosing and analytics, suggested that women prefer cannabis strains high in CBD, in addition to high-THC and well- balanced strains, for a variety of medical conditions.


The study also determined that women make up around 45 percent of medicinal cannabis patients worldwide. The data, comprised of 28,211 female medical marijuana users, also found that women were, by and large, difficult to assess. It was determined that they had an affinity for all different types of strains.

“The average female patient is difficult to categorize. Women prefer CBD-rich, THC-rich, and well-balanced strains,” the report concluded. “They equally enjoy sativas as well as indicas.”

Specifically, 36.6% of women preferred sativa-dominant strains, while 34% said they liked indica-dominant strains better. For anxiety, women said they favored the strains Cannotonic, Harlequin, Super Lemon Haze, and Purple Candy, while AD/CD, Gorilla Glue, and the aforementioned Harlequin and Purple Candy were the strains of choice to treat fibromyalgia. The most popular strains in both categories were both high in CBD.

For the most part, the majority of the conditions women sought to treat were similar to those of men.

“Top conditions treated by women mirror those treated by men,” the report said. “This means women are focused on mental health conditions and pain. Anxiety, depression, and stress are their top three concerns.”

One stark difference the study determined was that women tended to start consuming cannabis much later than men — around age 30. It also found that anxiety was the number one condition treated by women.

While most of the study’s findings determined that women’s usage was fairly similar to that of men, RYAH CEO Gregory Wagner said it was important to further study the women demographic, which he believes has gone largely underrepresented. At least, in terms of data analysis.

“The female patient demographic has not received enough industry attention or study up to this point,” Wagner said in a press release. “Making up more than 45% of the patient pool, it’s our responsibility to better understand what this demographic looks like, which medical issues they are seeking treatment for and what treatments are providing successful outcomes.”


Nonetheless, there have been some additional studies that mirror some of RYAH’s recent findings. Namely, a 2016 survey conducted of 2016 California cannabis patients. But according to that cross-sectional survey, women were deemed more likely to use marijuana for medical conditions like anxiety, anorexia, nausea, headaches and migraines, and irritable bowel syndrome than the opposite sex.

Another report from the data company Statista, which was also noted in the RYAH report, found that women are more likely to consume the plant for the treatment of anxiety, depression, chronic pain, and fibromyalgia than men.

Of course, the sample size is still relatively small — at least in regards to the total amount of women cannabis users worldwide— but the evidence still paints a vivid picture. Wagner added that the more data we can collect from a variety of demographics, the better we can utilize the cannabis plant for impactful medicinal purposes.

“Medical cannabis has the ability to change lives for the better and we are hopeful the insights from our data pool and related analysis can improve patient outcomes and inspire further study,” he noted.

Kohut, ByTim. “Women Prefer Cannabis Strains High in CBD, According to New Study.” Green Rush Daily, 31 Oct. 2019,

How to Pass a Urine Drug Test

All information is regarding urine tests for THC. Other types of drug tests have different procedures and take other information into account.

There are few statements more frightening for a regular marijuana user than “We are going to need you to take a urine drug test.” This seemingly innocuous statement is enough to send even the most rational individuals online to try to determine how to pass a urine test. Even though recreational and medicinal marijuana is increasingly becoming legal across the country, it is still standard practice for employers to request a THC urine drug test as a condition for employment or to require employees to submit to random drug testing.

While there is a ton of information online explaining how to pass a marijuana drug test, it can be difficult to determine which information is accurate and what is actually an unreliable drug testing myth. That is why we have compiled this guide on how to pass a urine drug test for weed. Below, we break down how long THC will stay in your system, offering tips to pass a drug test in 24 hours and over an extended amount of time. We also share the key to naturally passing a drug test and debunk some common drug test myths.

How Long Does THC Stay in My System?

THC can be detected in urine anywhere from two days to 11 weeks after using marijuana. The exact amount of time THC stays in your system can vary greatly depending on a few different factors, including:

  • How often do you use marijuana?
  • How long has it been since you last used marijuana?
  • What is the potency of the marijuana you use?
  • What is your body fat percentage?
  • What is your current weight?
  • Do you have a fast or slow metabolism?

The average individual gets rid of THC in the body within 30 to 45 days after using marijuana. If you regularly smoke marijuana, THC can stay in your system for up to 90 days after usage. Conversely, if you rarely smoke marijuana, all traces of THC can be out of your urine in only two days, although approximately 10 days is more typical for sparse users.

How to Pass a Urine Drug Test in 24 Hours

Even in the best possible situation, THC is found in urine two days after using marijuana. If you only have 24 hours to pass a drug test, the odds are stacked against you. In a month or even in as little as a week, a lot can be done to help individuals pass a urine drug test, but 24 hours only leaves a few options. Below are steps on how to pass a drug test in 24 hours:

1. Flush THC out of Your System with a Detox Drink

There are a few drinks available on the market that promise a same-day detox cleanse, flushing your system of unwanted toxins, including THC. After drinking one of these detox drinks, drug test taker’s urine may come up as THC-free for a small four- to six-hour window immediately following consumption. However, detox drinks are not reliable, and for many people, a detox drink will have little to no effect on the drug test results.

2. Buy a Home THC Urine Drug Test

If you only have 24 hours to pass a drug test, it is a good idea to know what your test will reveal about your THC levels. Purchase a home THC urine drug test at your local pharmacy or drugstore, and see if you pass the test. This is a quick way to see if a detox drink was effective in flushing THC from your system. However, be careful since take-home tests are rarely as accurate as laboratory tests.

3. Drink a Lot of Water and Fluids

If your home THC drug test shows that your urine tests positive for THC, you can buy yourself some time by drinking a ton of water. Having a large amount of liquid in your system will dilute your urine. In turn, your urine sample will essentially be water, and your test may be considered inconclusive. This means you will have to retake the test at a later date, giving your body extra time to flush out THC.

4. Try to Cheat and Get Away with It

We do not necessarily recommend cheating, but if your back is against the wall and you are out of options, there are ways to cheat a drug test. Most methods involve smuggling in another individual’s clean sample to your urine drug test and passing it off as your own. However, before doing so, make sure to think about the consequences of getting caught and the ethical issues that come with cheating.

How to Pass a Urine Drug Test for Weed If You Have More Than  24 Hours

If you are wondering how to pass a urine drug test naturally, the most important thing you will need is time. Passing a THC urine test in 24 hours is next to impossible, but if you have more time (around three to four weeks) there are steps you can take to pass successfully. 

1. Increase Your Water Consumption

Now that you have some time to get ready for the marijuana urine test, you do not need to be constantly chugging water. Instead, merely up your water intake to flush any THC out of your system. 

2. Increase How Much You Exercise

fast metabolism can help your body flush THC out of your system, and the best way to increase your metabolism is to exercise. Not only that, but since THC is stored in fat cells, burning fat when you work out pushes THC out of your system at a faster rate. However, because of this, avoid exercising in the 24 hours before your urine drug test, as this can result in stored THC being pushed into your bloodstream.

3. Try a 5- or 10-Day Detox Kit

While same-day detox kits do not have a strong track record of success, 5 or 10-day detox kits tend to be more reliable. These detox kits are full of helpful supplements that aim to rid your body of unwanted toxins completely, including THC. Make sure to do some research, as there are a plethora of detox kits found online with miraculous claims of success without any evidence to back up those claims.

4. Take B Vitamins and Creatine the Day of the Test

Drinking all of that water in preparation for your drug test means that your urine will lose most of its natural yellow coloring. Get your urine yellow again by taking B vitamins, specifically B12 and B2. That way, there will be no visual evidence that you tried to dilute your urine before the test.

Another supplement to consider on the day of the test is creatine. The body breaks creatine down into creatinine, which is something that lab technicians look for in a urine sample. This can help make a urine sample that is diluted by excessive water consumption appear normal. 

What Are Some Common THC Urine Drug Test Myths?

When researching how to pass a urine drug test for weed, you are bound to encounter THC urine drug test myths. Over the years, a variety of different tips to pass a drug test have surfaced that are unequivocally false. Below are three of the most common drug test myths: 

Can I Beat a Drug Test with Baking Soda?

A common myth that can be found on countless websites is that baking soda can help you pass a urine drug test. These websites advise that you mix baking soda with water and then drink the whole concoction in one gulp. There is zero scientific evidence to back this up, as there is no reason to believe that drinking baking soda can help you pass a drug test. In fact, consuming a large amount of baking soda has the potential for significant toxicity and can present a number of health risks. 

Can Drinking Cranberry Juice, Lemon Juice or Tea Beat a Drug Test?

There are many accounts online that swear that cranberry juice, lemon juice or tea helped them pass a drug test. While this may be true for that one-off individual, there is little evidence that these beverages will help you pass a drug test. While all three are good detox beverages, chugging bottles of juice or tea is not going to lead to a passed drug test miraculously.

Can Synthetic Urine Pass a THC Drug Test?

Synthetic urine kits are often mentioned as a way to pass a drug test, supplying you with fake THC-free urine to pass off as your own. However, tests are advanced enough to notice the differences between synthetic and authentic urine, so synthetic urine is typically ineffective. 

Want More Tips on How to Pass a Urine Drug Test?

If you are interested in learning more tips on how to pass drug tests, check out the Drug Testing 101 guide. This guide will provide more information on how to pass different types of drug screenings.

High Times. “How to Pass a Urine Drug Test.” High Times, 24 Dec. 2019,

Why are There States with Legal Cannabis and no Smokable Flower?

Is this helping or hurting patients?

As legalization spreads nationwide, state-by-state, each state’s particular approach to new policies can produce very specific situations that may become problematic for the medical and recreational communities. 

Although some of these state-specific situations can bring good opportunities for business owners, they can also directly affect some patients’ treatments and overall quality of life, which is why they’re becoming pressing issues.

A particularly controversial case, is one where a state allows some form of medical marijuana, but forbids the selling or smoking of dried flower buds.

What’s the Matter with Flowers?

Louisiana’s Department of Health released an official communicationexplaining the current situation of the state’s slowly growing medical cannabis program. The statement includes a definition for medical marijuana that reads: different acceptable forms are oils, extracts, tinctures, sprays, capsules, pills, solutions, suspension, gelatin-based chewables, lotions, transdermal patches and suppositories” but excludes “the inhalation or vaping of cannabis.

It then adds, “According to the law it (cannabis) cannot be in raw form or smoked.

Arguments against the legalization of flower buds were made visible when Florida passed the 2016 amendment, which allowed the prescription of medical marijuana in the form of edibles, vaping oils, sprays and tinctures, but left dried flower and pre-rolled joints illegal. Although this ban was made null last month by Governor Ron DeSantis, and medical patients in the Sunshine State can now buy and smoke flowers, the case serves as good example to understand why legislators can choose such a measure.

Supporters of the ban claimed that since Florida’s medical cannabis program was aimed at resolving issues for ailing patients, allowing them to take their medicine through smoke would pave the way for the habit of smoking becoming recreational. It was also argued that any type of smoke inhalation can cause adverse health effects, and that it’s in the patients’ best interest to avoid the social stigma associated with marijuana smokers or “stoners”.

Since the stigma remains present in some conservative sectors of society, there is a continuing belief that marijuana can only be viewed as medicine when it is introduced in the body in similar ways to the most commonly-known forms of medication, leaving smokable cannabis as a recreational and illegal product, that should not be considered a pharmaceutical-grade medication.

Why These Measures Are an Issue

Pennsylvania is yet another state where this type of distinction once existed. On a recent controversy regarding the use of flower buds for medical marijuana patients, state senator Daylin Leach stated that “(flower buds) are the most affordable kind of medical marijuana and the most effective in treating certain medical conditions and symptoms”. And, though the Keystone State changed this legislationlast year, the dried leaf sold at dispensaries is legally meant to be used for vaping, since smoking remains punishable by law. However, the state’s law enforcement has little to no possibility of making sure this distinction is made by the user, once consumption is done behind closed doors.

Cannabis in the form of dried flowers is the cheapest form of marijuana since it requires less processing than other products. This also helps availability, since the lapse between harvest and retail also becomes shorter.

However, the most common argument in favor of full flower consumption is usually backed by the the renowned ‘Entourage Effect’. This proposed principle suggests that the medicinal effect of ‘full spectrum cannabis’ is far better than that of isolated cannabis compounds (like CBD or THC) taken separately, since whole-plant-medicine includes every cannabinoid and terpene in the plant.

Scientists have already been able to identify and isolate more than 113 cannabinoids in cannabis, all of which interact with each other in different ways, to boost and modify the main cannabinoids’ effects and produce a more targeted impact on a patient’s health.

Although the Entourage Effect is still under scientific scrutiny, clinical studies have provided substantial evidence to back the truth of its hypothesis.

Adding up to Louisiana, Minnesota and New York are the other two states where medical marijuana programs are active, but flower buds are still missing from dispensary shelves. Although residents of this states may feel discouraged when comparing their situation to that of California or Colorado, past experiences in states like Pennsylvania show that this is usually a temporary condition in a transition towards a more ample style of legalization, rather than a fixed, unalterable state of affairs.

Ponieman, ByNatan. “Why Are There States with Legal Cannabis and No Smokable Flower?” Green Rush Daily, 4 Apr. 2019,

Best Dispensaries In Washington

In Washington and looking for weed? Here are twenty great places to start.

Washington voters approved recreational marijuana back in 2012. Since then, the number of recreational dispensaries has grown to over one hundred. Whether you’re a local or visiting, it shouldn’t be hard to find a dispensary in Washington. However, finding a quality dispensary that suits your individual needs could be harder in a retail market designed to drive profits.

To help save you some time and disappointment, we narrowed the number down to the 20 best dispensaries in Washington. If you’re looking to step up your legal weed purchasing game, High Times has some suggestions. The dispensaries on this list may have affordable prices, knowledgeable staff, variety, consistency, the highest quality products available in the state or a combination of those qualities.


19705 South Griffin Road Prosser, WA 99350

Adult Use (Recreational) 

Best Dispensaries In Washington

The Bake Shop in Prosser carries cannabis from some of the most well-known producers in the state at reasonable prices. They have a huge selection of flowers, concentrates, edibles and more. Best of all, you won’t have to wait in line. If you know what you’re looking for you can get everything and be on your way in no time.


2733 4th Ave S, Seattle, WA 98134

Adult Use (Recreational) 

Best Dispensaries In Washington

Cannabis City is Seattle’s very first cannabis store and still one of the city’s best. Ounces are always fully stocked with various price points to choose from. They have some of the most affordable medicine in the state. Whether you’re balling or on a budget, Cannabis City will have something for you. To knock their prices down a step further, several daily deals are going on every day. On top of flowers, edibles and concentrates, the store is filled with glass for smoking or dabbing so you won’t have to make another stop at the head shop.


9034 Beaver Valley Rd, Chimacum, WA 98325

Adult Use (Recreational) & Medically Endorsed

Best Dispensaries In Washington

The Chimacum Cannabis Co is a great stop for new and seasoned cannabis users alike. The staff is more than willing to educate you on the various terpenes and cannabinoids that make cannabis so beneficial. Let the staff at Chimacum know what effects you’re looking for and they’ll recommend strains. They will let you know exactly who grew it so you can get an idea of which growers cultivate the best medicine suited to you. A hand-built custom gallery showcases their extensive selection of premium products including tons of extracts and edibles to choose from.


8001 S Hosmer St, Tacoma, WA 98408

Adult Use (Recreational) & Medically Endorsed

Best Dispensaries In Washington

Clear Choice Cannabis has flowers from some of the best growers in the state. You can always find high-quality flowers and concentrates at Clear Choice. They also have extremely affordable options for people just looking to get the most medicine with the least amount of money. If you’re a fan of glass art you’ll love some of the one of a kind pieces they have on their shelves. They offer pre-tested flowers, oils, derivatives, extracts, topicals and edibles for purity and potency. Not to mention, they have several high CBD strains for patients to choose from.


1728 4th Ave S, Seattle, WA 98134

Adult Use (Recreational) & Medically Endorsed

Best Dispensaries In Washington

Dockside Cannabis has two stores in Washington. One in SoDo and another in Shoreline. They have a loyalty program where you get points for every visit. Even a single visit is enough to get discounts. The more points you save up, the larger the discount. You can view their menu and order online or stop in for some personalized recommendations. The THC and CBD percentages of each strain are given. Dockside carefully selects the cannabis they put on their shelves and keeps prices affordable. Even their top shelf strains won’t break the bank.


10422 Pacific Ave S B, Tacoma, WA 98444

Adult Use (Recreational) 

Best Dispensaries In Washington

Green Collar Cannabis has locations in Tacoma and Edmund, Washington. Their dispensaries have some of the most affordable recreational marijuana in the state. Regardless of the quantity, Green Collar Cannabis has daily deals on everything from grams to ounces. You can even find extracts at affordable prices on quality shattersice wax and other concentrates. You can expect great vibes, help, and product at Green Collar Cannabis.


3540 Stone Way N, Seattle, WA 98103

Adult Use (Recreational) 

Best Dispensaries In Washington

Hashtag has dispensaries in Fremont and Redmond. They have a loyalty program so you can get discounts after a certain number of visits. Their prices are already reasonable but you can get an additional discount for ordering online and skipping the line. If you have questions, the budtenders are friendly and knowledgeable. Hashtag keeps premium products and fresh buds in stock at all times.


316 N 36th St, Seattle, WA 98103

Adult Use (Recreational) & Medically Endorsed

Best Dispensaries In Washington

Have a heart has recreational and medically endorsed locations in Fremont, Wallingford and Queen Anne. Due to their relationships with local growers, they’re always stocked with a wide variety of cannabis products. They have tons of loyal customers due to their quality product, customer service, reasonable prices and constantly deals.


55 Bell St, Seattle, WA 98121

Adult Use (Recreational) 

Best Dispensaries In Washington

Herban Legends is the perfect stop if you’re dry at the downtown grid. It is one of the best dispensaries in Washington when it comes to atmosphere and selection. There are plenty of options to choose from in every category including sativa, indica, hybrid, extract, edible and topicals. You can also request products high in CBD and low in THC if you want the medicinal benefits without the high or potential anxiety.


716 NW 65th St, Seattle, WA 98117

Adult Use (Recreational) & Medically Endorsed

Best Dispensaries In Washington

Herbs House is literally a house on the corner of a neighborhood in Seattle. If you’re looking for a large selection, friendly staff, short waits and some of the best prices in the city, Herbs House is worth the drive. On top of discount buds and extracts, you can find tons of different types of infused snacks and beverages on their shelves.

HWY 420

1110 Charleston Beach Rd. W Bremerton, WA 98312

Adult Use (Recreational) & Medically Endorsed

Best Dispensaries In Washington

HWY 420 has locations in Bremerton and Silverdale. They have a nice selection of flowers, edibles, concentrates smoking accessories and more. The owners have given back to the community by donating to local charities. If you’re looking for weed in the Olympic Peninsula, we recommend stopping by and getting a recommendation from one of HWY 420’s friendly staff.


3002 6th Ave, Tacoma, WA 98406

Adult Use (Recreational) & Medically Endorsed

Best Dispensaries In Washington

Mary Mart isn’t your typical dispensary in Washington. They carefully curate the selections on their shelves to keep their cannabis premium. Their flowers vary in price to suit the needs of a wider clientele. There are plenty of strains for less than ten dollars a gram. Furthermore, they have specials as well so you can walk away with medicine at a steal. A huge selection of cannabis concentrates is available at all different pricing. The most expensive products at Mary Mart are still reasonable compared to the top-shelf prices at other shops.


8040 NE Day Rd W, Bainbridge Island, WA 98110

Adult Use (Recreational) & Medically Endorsed

Best Dispensaries In Washington

Paper & Leaf is a medically endorsed recreational marijuana dispensary. The store is clean and nicely decorated with a high-end boutique style. The staff is just as warm and welcoming. They’re happy to share their knowledge and passion with any customers that come in. If you want a dispensary where you won’t feel rushed, Paper & Leaf is worth a shot. They’ve got a great selection of THC and CBD products on their shelves. You can ask the staff for their recommendation from their expansive list of extracts or flowers. If you’re looking for a vast selection, atmosphere and a helpful staff, look no further.


4465 Fremont Ave N Seattle, WA 98103

Adult Use (Recreational) & Medically Endorsed

Best Dispensaries In Washington

Pot Stop is the only stop you’ll need to fulfill all of your weed needs. They have premium flowers in stock as well as more affordable popcorn nugs. Their stock of edibles, prerolls and concentrates is vast with a few topical options. Fortunately, there is also a variety in price so you can find something to get the job done regardless of your budget. They have plenty of high-quality options for those that are willing to pay the price.


15919 WA-99, Lynnwood, WA 98087

Adult Use (Recreational) 

Best Dispensaries In Washington

Puff n Chill is a great pot shop to stop by whether you’re looking to make a quick purchase or chill for a while. They are currently serving the recreational marijuana market in Everett, Lynnwood and North Seattle. They carry products from some of the most well-known vendors in Washington. If you want to save time, you can place an online order, respond to the text when your order is ready and pick it up at the store with absolutely no wait time. Customers can also join their loyalty program to get advanced notice on new products, specials and more.


10532 Greenwood Ave N, Seattle, WA 98133

Adult Use (Recreational) 

Best Dispensaries In Washington

Trees Pot Shop is one of the best dispensaries in Washington when it comes to quality products, low prices and excellent customer service. They have deals going on all the time to drop their prices even lower. Their selection is expansive enough for you to find whatever product you need without burning a hole in your pocket.


22002 64th Ave W Suite 2A Mountlake Terrace, WA 98043

Adult Use (Recreational) & Medically Endorsed

Best Dispensaries In Washington

If you’re looking for constant deals, Rainier is the place to be. They have a calendar with all of the daily deals which are never the same. Depending on what day of the month you come in, you can save big on some buds or get up to twenty-five percent off of many different products. Each customer will receive an individualized experience based on their needs. They’re open early and close late with hours from 8:00 in the morning to 11:45 at night.


3801 E Sprague Ave, Spokane, WA 99202

Adult Use (Recreational) 

Best Dispensaries In Washington

Smokane has been serving the recreational market since 2014 and it is still one of the best dispensaries in Washington when it comes to a helpful staff, great prices and selection. While Smokane is far from the largest dispensary in the state, they still have plenty of inventory at various price points for their customers to shop through. Smokane definitely doesn’t cater to one type of clientele. Whether you’re looking for the best of the best or the best deal, Smokane will have something for you.


1944 1st Ave S #100, Seattle, WA 98134

Adult Use (Recreational) & Medically Endorsed

Best Dispensaries In Washington

If you’re south of downtown a great dispensary to stop by is Vela. Vela has in-store grow and extraction labs that can be viewed while you browse. When you walk in, you’ll be welcomed into the big open space. The budtenders are passionate and always willing to help customers find the right product before walking out the door. They’ll go over exactly what you can expect to feel from each strain on their shelves.


112 S 24th St Tacoma, WA 98402

Adult Use (Recreational) 

Best Dispensaries In Washington

Urban Bud is a highly-rated recreational marijuana dispensary out of Tacoma, Washington. They carry products from many different known producers in the state. Not to mention, they have competitive pricing. You can get eighths of strains with over a 20 percent THC content for nearly half the price of some other dispensaries in Washington. Urban Bud is open early and closes late for all your early or last-minute needs for weed. They have deals for each day of the week, you can call to find out the special of the day.


Most of the dispensaries in Washington have gone from medical to recreational. Some dispensaries cater to the concerns of medical users or connoisseurs while others are just trying to make the largest profit. No matter where you go, you should inspect your products before purchasing and compare prices with other dispensaries in your area. If buying legal weed is a new concept to you, seek out dispensaries with a knowledgeable and helpful staff. Beginners shouldn’t feel rushed. They should know what they’re purchasing and why it is beneficial to their individual needs. Connoisseurs should seek out dispensaries with a large selection of high-quality products to choose from. Budget buyers are better off heading to the dispensary with the lowest prices or best deals.

Daily, ByGreen Rush. “Best Dispensaries in Washington State.” Green Rush Daily, 27 Aug. 2019, publish panel

Police Respond to ‘AR-15’ Looking Bong Being Waved Out Hotel Window

A witness claimed someone pointed a gun at them from the third-floor window of the Palms Hotel.

Yesterday evening, a gun scare in downtown San Diego ended when cops discovered that what initially looked like an assault rifle was actually just a bong. But prior to figuring out that it was only a bong, the incident caused a significant public scare.

Reports of an Assault Rifle in Downtown San Diego

As per local San Diego news source CBS8, the incident occurred yesterday evening around 6:30 p.m.

At that time, a person in downtown San Diego saw a person waving what looked like an AR-15 assault rifle out of a hotel window.

After seeing the gun, the person located a couple of police officers who happened to be patrolling nearby. From there, the cops closed off the area and stopped all traffic.

After identifying the room where the gun had been seen, cops ordered the room’s occupants, one man and one woman, to leave the room.

A thorough search of the room eventually turned up the gun. According to CBS8, law enforcement agents found the object in a refrigerator inside the hotel room.

Upon inspecting the object, the cops quickly discovered that it was not, in fact, an AR-15. Instead, it was a gold-colored bong made to look like an assault rifle.

Authorities ended up releasing the woman who was in the room. But the man was detained and booked on suspicion of exhibiting a replica firearm in a threatening manner.

As of now, the man’s identity has not been released. Local media has only learned that he appears to be in his early 20s.

And so far, it is also unclear if the man is officially facing any criminal charges.

Bad Timing for a Gun Scare

Yesterday’s incident in San Diego comes amid ongoing—and arguably growing—public fear of mass shootings and gun violence. In particular, it happened on the same day as an actual shooting in Denver, Colorado.

Yesterday, in yet another tragic school shooting, two gunmen opened fire at STEM School Highlands Ranch. The shooting left an 18-year-old student dead and another eight students injured.

As of late Tuesday night, the Douglas County Sheriff’s Office said that authorities had identified the two suspects. One of them was an 18-year-old named Devon Erickson. But for now, the identity of the second suspect has not been released.

Law enforcement agents in Colorado reported that they apprehended the suspects and that neither one was injured.

With a seemingly endless series of shootings occurring around the country, it not surprising that yesterday’s incident in San Diego generated a high level of public fear and anxiety. Similarly, it is not surprising that it sparked a swift and significant response from local law enforcement.

But fortunately for those in downtown San Diego, the whole thing ended without anybody being harmed.

Yesterday’s incident in San Diego is not the first time cannabis paraphernalia has induced a weapons-related scare.

A couple of years ago, the Bellingham International Airport in Washington had a scare when a passenger tried to go through security with a weed grinder that looked like a grenade.

More recently, just last summer, a similar incident happened at an airport in Argentina. In this case, the airport was evacuated when authorities found a grenade-shaped grinder.

Lindsey, ByNick. “Police Respond to ‘AR-15’ Looking Bong Being Waved Out Hotel Window.” Green Rush Daily, 8 May 2019,

Millions Petition Netflix Show with Gay Jesus and Pot-Smoking Mary

Many angry Christians are threatening to cancel their Netflix memberships over the controversial release.

Whether it is Starbucks coffee cups or stores using the phrase “Happy Holidays,” the winter season seems to be a moment when all sorts of cultural tensions arise. Typically, these are tensions surrounding religion.

In many of these cases, Christians get frustrated and angry when the rest of the non-Christian world does not want to celebrate their holiday. This year, a new Netflix special is taking the brunt of Christianity’s holiday persecution complex.

“The First Temptation of Christ” bills itself as a comedy Christmas special. But Christians around the world don’t see it that way.

In fact, millions around the world are so offended by the show that they have signed a petition calling for its removal from the streaming channel.

“The First Temptation of Christ” Angers Millions

There are reportedly two main reasons Christians are angry about the show.

One is that it depicts Jesus in a gay relationship. Specifically, there are reportedly scenes showing Jesus attending a party with another man. Additionally, there are songs that apparently have lyrics hinting at a gay relationship.

Secondly, the show also depicts Mary smoking weed. Both of these have led to the current controversy surrounding the show.

“As a member of the Christian community and follower of Christ, I join the rest of hundreds of thousands who have registered their protests calling for the Netflix Christmas Special depicting Jesus in a gay relationship to be axed immediately,” Abraham Mathai, president of the Indian Christian Voice, said according to News 18.

He added: “Even though freedom of expression is a fundamental and a constitutional right, using the same liberty to offend the sentiments of the members of a particular faith persuasion is highly abhorrent and totally unacceptable.”

To date, more than 1.1 million people have signed the petition. According to news sources, the petition is attracting signatures from people around the world.

Production Company Defends Its Show

In essence, Christians are arguing that the new 46-minute show goes too far and should be taken down. But the company behind the show is defending it.

“The First Temptation of Christ” was made by a company called Porta dos Fundos. Based in Brazil, the company’s name translates into Back Door.

In the wake of the new controversy, the production company issued its own statement.

“Porta dos Fundos values artistic freedom and humor through satire on the most diverse cultural themes of our society,” the company said in its statement.

It continued by saying that Porta dos Fundos “believes that freedom of expression is an essential construction for a democratic country.”

So far, it is unclear how Netflix will handle this situation. As of today, the show is still available. But it is not yet clear if Netflix will leave it online or not.

Along with the petition, many angry Christians are taking to social media to voice their displeasure.

In some cases, people are using social media to call on Netflix to remove the show. In other instances, people talk about or screenshot their canceled Netflix membership. And some people have started using the hashtag #BoycottNetflix.

Lindsey, ByNick. “Millions Petition Netflix Show with Gay Jesus and Pot-Smoking Mary.” Green Rush Daily, 16 Dec. 2019,

Instagram Says No Vape Ads for Influencers

PHOTO:rvlsoft /

MENLO PARK, Calif. – Social media platform Instagram announced on Wednesday that it would no longer allow social media influencers on the platform to promote “vaping, tobacco, and weapons.”

Though Instagram made the announcement, its parent company, Facebook, will also be affected by the policy change. Facebook already prohibited paid advertising for tobacco and cannabis products as well as weapons; the new restriction will allow the network to prohibit brands and companies from paid cross-promotion with social media influencers.Advertisement

On Instagram, influencers that are paid to promote brands or products have their ad posts labeled “paid partnership with.” Partnerships were allowed after a policy change in June that let brands and companies pay to promote influencers and posts who promote their services and products.

Instagram said the policy changes would be implemented in early 2020. The company indicated this is the first time the platform has restricted the types of products that can be promoted. It is also considering restrictions on weight loss supplements and liquor.

The company said it’s developing software to help content creators remain in compliance with new policies, as well as age-restriction features that would prevent certain content from being viewed by underage users.

The action came as the United Kingdom’s Advertising Standards Authority, also on Wednesday, banned promotional Instagram posts by four vaping companies, including one post that featured popular singer Lily Allen holding a Vype e-cigarette.

The UK companies that had posts banned included British American Tobacco (BAT), Ama Vape, Attitude Vapes, and Global Vaping Group.

Joanne Cachapero. “Instagram Says No Vape Ads for Influencers.” Mg Magazine – Cannabis News & Information, Joanne Cachapero, 21 Dec. 2019,

Instagram, Facebook to Ban Brands From Promoting Vaping, Gun Posts

The platforms will close an advertising loophole, joining other tech companies in a vape recoil.

Worawee Meepian/ Shutterstoc

Vape influencers, take note in the new year. On Wednesday it was announced that Facebook and Instagram will start removing posts that promote vaping, tobacco, or weapons “in the coming weeks,” according to an IG spokesperson. 

The platforms a history of banning such content. Facebook has long held the policy that advertisements for vaping, tobacco, and weapons were unacceptable on the platform. There was a workaround, however; individual users (users without business pages) could hype such products, and businesses could promote the posts, vastly expanding their audience. 

No longer. The Instagram rep that made Wednesday’s announcement said that it would be the first time the social media platform had placed restrictions on individual users’ branded content. The announcement follows one from Apple stating that the company would be removingvaping-related apps from its iOS store. 

It won’t just be e-cigs, other kinds of tobacco, and guns that get the chop on Facebook and Instagram. Alcohol and diet supplements could also be subject to “special restrictions” next year when the new policy takes effect. 

Banning the promotion of certain products is not the only policy change that will be implemented by the sites. Facebook has announced that it will be developing strategies to let advertisers limit viewing of certain content to users of a certain age. Facebook will be rolling out a feature called Brand Collabs Manager that goes along with its recent experiment of making like counts on posts private. That program will begin with 40 United States-based Instagram content creators, and will focus on giving pro accounts the option to share metrics of engagement with partners. 

This month four vaping companies had their Instagram posts relating to e-cigarettes officially prohibited by the United Kingdom’s Advertising Standards Authority. 

In response to the ruling, anti-tobacco activist groups applauded the ASA, but said that much more work is needed to limit the influence of tobacco companies. “Urgent policy change is needed from Facebook, Instagram and Twitter to prevent BAT and other tobacco companies from using social media to advertise their harmful products to young people around the world,” said a statement by the Campaign for Tobacco-Free Kids. 

The social media crackdown on vaping is part of a global wave of actions to limit e-cigarettes, which have surged in popularity over the last years and have seen a particular surge among teen users

Concern over the products soared this fall when a vaping-related health crisis emerged, claiming hundreds of lives via severe lung injury. In response, several local and state governments moved to ban the products. 

One of the first long-term studies of vaping’s impact on health was published on Monday. The investigation found that e-cigarettes raise users’ risk of lung cancer. The conclusions are significant because the vaping industry has long promoted its products as a healthy alternative to analogue cigarettes, and even as a cigarette smoking abatement device. 

But many have questioned the wisdom of banning or limiting access to vaping, especially given the middling at-best results of prohibiting other drugs. 

“The better, if more complicated, option would be to build a public health system that’s strong enough to combat all nicotine addiction in the long term,” wrote the New York Times editorial board in an op-ed questioning the wisdom of recent bans on e-cigs.

Donohue, Caitlin. “Instagram, Facebook to Ban Brands From Promoting Vaping, Gun Posts.” High Times, 19 Dec. 2019,

Feds Find 70 Pounds of Marijuana on Juice Wrld’s Private Jet

We still don’t know what caused Juice Wrld’s death, but associates suspect the unknown pills he took are to blame.

While emergency crews were transporting 21-year-old rapper Juice Wrld to a hospital early Sunday, federal law enforcement agents were ransacking his luggage and belongings. Ultimately, they found several suitcases containing cannabis, FBI agents reportedly told TMZ. Police say they also confiscated three handguns and one bottle of codeine cough syrup. We still don’t know what caused the death of the young rap artist and singer; the Cook County Medical Examiner is conducting an autopsy on Monday. But the emerging law enforcement narrative is one that’s aiming to criminalize Juice Wrld after his death, and without all the facts. Here’s what we know so far.

Juice Wrld was on a private jet from Los Angeles to Chicago that landed at Midway around 1 AM on Sunday, December 8. As Juice Wrld was getting off the plane, he fell victim to a seizure. Emergency crews rushed him to the hospital, where we was pronounced dead, according to police.


Juice Wrld, whose given name is Jarad Anthony Higgins, had recently turned 21 years old. He was also a rising star, winning Top New Artist at the 2019 Billboard Awards. But Higgins also struggled with addiction, a struggle he spoke about openly on social media.

We don’t know much about what happened on that flight, but details are slowly emerging. TMZ has obtained a series of videos from other passengers on Juice Wrld’s private jet that show him happy and in high spirits during the flight.

But statements collected by law enforcement also reveal that Juice Wrld had taken several “unknown pills” at some point during the flight. At the moment, those pills are being connected to the seizure that ended up costing Juice Wrld his life.

As federal authorities were conducting their investigation at Midway airport, they began searching the luggage on board the private jet. A photograph obtained by TMZ of the private jet terminal at Midway shows a number of suitcases strewn across the floor. Several bags of vacuum-packed cannabis are clearly visible in the photo. Law enforcement say they confiscated 70 pounds of marijuana in total, allegedly from Juice Wrld’s jet.

So far, no one has been charged in connection with the 70 pounds of cannabis found on Juice Wrld’s private jet. But police arrested two people on that flight, Chris Long and Henry Dean, for possession of handguns. Police say they seized three guns from the cabin of the jet. Dean was released on his own recognizance, and Long is out on a $1,500 bond.


The music industry is still reeling from the news of Juice Wrld’s untimely death at age 21. It’s impossible not to think of the lyrics to Juice’s song “Legends,” a track about the deaths of Lil Peep and XXXTentacion. In that song, Juice asks, “What’s the 27 club,” referring to the many popular musicians, artists and actors who died at age 27. “We ain’t making it past 21.”

Juice Wrld was still conscious when Chicago Fire rescue crews transported him to a nearby hospital. But authorities say he was suffering from a severe seizure and bleeding from the mouth when they arrived on the scene. Still, the cause of Juice Wrld’s death is unclear at this time.

Thanks to his hit songs “Lucid Dreams” and “All Girls Are the Same,” Interscope Records signed Juice Wrld to a multi-million dollar contract. He turned 21 on December 2 this year.

You Need To See Seth Rogen’s Ashtray Collection

Those that are familiar with Seth Rogen typically aren’t surprised to learn that he’s an avid marijuana user. For those that don’t know, Seth Rogen is a comedian, actor, producer, writer, and director who tends to incorporate cannabis into his projects. He’s behind major movies like Superbad, Pineapple Express, and This Is The End as well as many more movies, tv shows, etc. Rogen has been pretty active on social media for over five years now, sharing some of his weed adventures along the way. 

Seth has even started learning pottery to make his own ashtrays. I’m excited to hopefully continue to see the other neat designs and features in the rest of his collection. I’ll be updating the article as he shares more, but be sure to give him a follow on Instagram and Twitter for the most current updates!

MassRoots, and MassRoots Posts made by MassRoots Staff are an effort on the part of one or more contributing writers. We hope we help you have a better cannabis experience. “You Need To See Seth Rogen’s Ashtray Collection.” MassRoots,

How To Get Medical Cannabis In North Dakota

The residents of North Dakota voted to legalize medical cannabis on November 8, 2016 when Measure 5 was approved with 63.79 percent in favor. It has taken more than two years to get the program up and running, as the first dispensary has recently opened for business in Fargo.

Now that the retail medical cannabis market is launching in North Dakota, qualified patients need to know how to apply for a registration card so that they can begin making purchases from the dispensary. 

Having one of the following health conditions qualifies a patient for medical cannabis in North Dakota:

  1. Cancer
  2. Positive status for Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV)
  3. Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS)
  4. Decompensated cirrhosis caused by hepatitis C
  5. Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS)
  6. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD)
  7. Agitation of Alzheimer’s disease or related dementia
  8. Crohn’s disease
  9. Fibromyalgia
  10. Spinal stenosis or chronic back pain, including neuropathy or damage to the nervous tissue of the spinal cord with objective neurological indication of intractable spasticity
  11. Glaucoma
  12. Epilepsy
  13. A terminal illness
  14. A chronic or debilitating disease or medical condition or treatment for such disease or medical condition that produces one or more of the following: Cachexia or wasting syndrome
  15. Severe debilitating pain that has not responded to previously prescribed medication or surgical measures for more than three months or for which other treatment options produced serious side effects
  16. Intractable nausea
  17. Seizures
  18. Severe and persistent muscle spasms, including those characteristic of multiple sclerosis

If you have one of the conditions listed above, follow the steps below to apply for a North Dakota medical cannabis patient ID card.

Step 1: Schedule an appointment to see your physician

If you have one of the approved conditions, schedule an appointment to talk to your doctor about medical cannabis to determine whether or not it would be a good fit for you and your specific symptoms. 

If you you’ve already been diagnosed as having one of the medical conditions which qualify for medical cannabis in North Dakota, you still have to schedule a new appointment to get an official recommendation from your doctor. 

If the state-licensed physician you see provides you with a recommendation for medical cannabis, you also need to ask for his or her email before leaving. You must have the doctor’s full name and email to be able to enter it into the medical cannabis patient application. Without the email, your application will be rejected. 

Using the physician’s email that you provide on the application, the physician will be contacted to add a written recommendation to your patient application. This is the most important part of the process. Be sure that the physician’s name and email are spelled correctly to avoid having your application denied. 

If the physician is new to recommending medical cannabis and unwilling to provide you with an email, he or she can contact the North Dakota Department of Health for more information. 

Step 2: Create an account online

This is easiest step. Go to the North Dakota Department of Health’s website to create an account. Click this link to be directed to the account creation page. 

You will be required to enter your first and last name and your email address, and then create a password for the account. Once you click the submit button, a confirmation email will be sent to the email address you provided. You will be required to click the link that is in the email to verify your account.

Once you’ve clicked the validation link, you’ll be able to login to your account to complete the application.

Step 3: Fill out and submit an application

Applications can be filled out and submitted online through the health department’s website using the BioTrackTHC system. Click here to be redirected to the sign in page. 

Once you sign into your account, you will see a drop down menu at the top left of the screen. Select the ‘patient application’ option from the menu. 

You will be required to upload a recent photo of yourself to apply. As required by the North Dakota Department of Health, the photo must be two inches by two inches, and a close-up view of your head and shoulders, similar to what is required for a United States passport application.

Next, you will be required to enter your personal information including:

  • First and last name
  • Birth date
  • Social security number
  • Mailing address
  • Driver’s license or state identification number and expiration date

A photocopy of your state-issued driver’s license or state ID card must also be uploaded into the application.

Once the personal details portion is complete, you must add the first and last name of the physician who recommended medical cannabis to you. The physician’s email must also be submitted. The physician will then be required to complete several portions of the application. He or she will do this on their own without you present. 

You will have the option to designate a personal caregiver in the application. A personal caregiver is appointed to assist a patient in making purchases from a dispensary, transporting, and administering the medical cannabis medication. If you choose to designate a personal caregiver, he or she will be required to submit a separate application.

Finally, you will be required to check several boxes to complete the patient attestation statement and then provide an electronic signature. 

Knowing that many people will have questions, the North Dakota Department of Health created a 10 minute video tutorial to show potential patients how to create, fill out, and submit the patient application for the medical cannabis program. Click here to watch the video.

Step 4: Pay the $50 registration fee

Once the application has been filled out completely, you must pay the non-refundable registration fee. The only payment option currently listed on the application is sending a personal check or cashier’s check in the mail. 

The $50.00 check should be made payable to the North Dakota Department of Health, and the barcode number assigned to you at the top right corner of your patient application must also be written on the check in the memo line. 

The fee can be mailed to:

North Dakota State Department of Health

Medical Marijuana Program

600 East Boulevard Ave, Dept 301

Bismarck, ND 58505-0200.

Step 5: Receive your patient ID card in the mail and find a dispensary

Once your application has been approved, your North Dakota medical cannabis patient ID card will be mailed to the address you provided on the application within two to four weeks. 

It will look something like this:

Once you have your patient ID card, you may take it to a dispensary to purchase medical cannabis. 

As of March 15, 2019, there is only one medical cannabis dispensary open for business in the Roughrider State. The Botanist is located in Fargo at 4302 13th Avenue South. This location is open Wednesday through Friday from 10 am to 7 pm, 10 am to 6 pm on Saturday, and 12 pm to 6 pm on Sunday. It is closed on Monday and Tuesday.

More dispensaries are expected to open throughout the state over the next year.

MassRoots, and MassRoots Posts made by MassRoots Staff are an effort on the part of one or more contributing writers. We hope we help you have a better cannabis experience. “How To Get Medical Cannabis In North Dakota.” MassRoots,

Canadians Spend Nearly A Billion Dollars On Recreational Cannabis In First Year Since Legalization

It’s been a year since weed became legal in Canada. Here’s how much weed Canadians are buying.

It’s been a little over a year since Canada legalized recreational weed across the entire country. Throughout that year, a lot has changed and evolved in the country’s legal cannabis industry.

Now, new stats show exactly how much Canadians have spent on recreational weed. According to the new numbers, which come from Statistics Canada, the country as a whole spent just under $1 billion in year one of legalization. That works out to be roughly $24 per Canadian.


The new data covers October 2018—the month that weed became legal in Canada—through September 2019, covering almost one year exactly.

In that time frame, Canadians spent $907,833,000 on recreational marijuana. This number is helpful, as it puts a specific amount on what had previously been recognized only very generically as a year of very high demand for recreational weed.

Recreational cannabis officially became legal in the country on October 17, 2018. Right away, there was massive demand. So much so, in fact, that shops and online retailers around the country started running out of product.

In the months immediately following legalization, there were predictions of months-long supply shortages. Many of those concerns came from the fear that cultivators and producers wouldn’t be able to harvest fast enough to restock shelves at retailers.

Based on a province by province breakdown of purchases, demand was the highest in Yukon. There, per capita sales came in at $103 per person. Prince Edward Island was the second highest. The average in that territory was $97 per person.

On the other end of the spectrum, British Columbia had the lowest per capita purchases, coming in at an average of only $10 per person.


One of the interesting details highlighted in the new stats is the difference between brick and mortar retailers and online sellers.

In some provinces, the only place to purchase legal weed is on province-run websites. Meanwhile, other provinces allow for brick and mortar shops to sell legal weed.

Taken as a whole, Canada saw a steady increase in the number of brick and mortar stores throughout the first year of legal weed.

Specifically, Statistics Canada said there were 217 physical retail stores in March 2019. Just a few months later, in July 2019, there were 407 brick and mortar shops.

Interestingly, access to physical retailers appeared to draw a significant portion of business away from online sellers.

More specifically, stats show that as the number of brick and mortar shops increased during the year, the market share of online sales fell from 43.4 percent in October 2018 all the way to 5.9 percent in September 2019.

“While online cannabis retail ensures access to all Canadians regardless of proximity to a physical store, accessibility continues to improve as more stores open across the country,” the report said.

How close people live to a retail store varies province to province. That’s especially true in remote portions of Canada.

But across the board, Statistics Canada said that roughly 45 percent of Canadians live within 10 kilometers of a cannabis shop.

On top of all this, other reports show that Canada’s illicit market remains active.

Lindsey, Nick. “Canadians Spend Nearly A Billion Dollars On Recreational Cannabis In First Year Since Legalization.” High Times, 13 Dec. 2019,

Corruption & Crime Seems to Follow Restrictive Dispensary Permitting

Limited permitting seems to welcome graft and boodle, just like one former California mayor warned.

PHOTO Conor Lawless

In the grand panoply of grand exits, Debbie Peterson’s is memorable.

Until last February, Peterson, the former mayor of Grover Beach, a small city on the Central California coast in San Luis Obispo County, was serving on the city council, a post she had held for more than 10 years.

Like many California cities not in the Bay Area or in Los Angeles, Grover Beach was in need of viable commercial businesses — and stood poised to capture needed tax revenue and a commercial base after voters legalized cannabis — but also imposed strict limits on legal weed operations. The city would issue no more than three retail licenses, with the winners to be chosen by a council vote after their merits will duly weighed.

The problem is that limited business opportunities creates an atmosphere in which competition for those opportunities exceeds the bounds of propriety. That is, they encourage corruption, bribery and other excesses, a fact recognized by the FBI and alleged by lawmakers and members of the public as well as law enforcement in other states and cities, among them IllinoisOhio and Florida. Licenses mysteriously awarded to political donors rather than the best-suited applicants, or other examples of patronage and nepotism abounded.

And that’s what happened in Grover Beach, according to Peterson, who quit the city council while throwing grenades at her colleagues — whom she alleged were participants in a corrupt “pay-to-play-insider” scheme.

“Many members of the community and the cannabis industry report that some dispensary applicants paid council members and their consultant to get their licenses approved,” she wrote in her resignation letter, according to a copy posted by the San Luis Obispo Tribune. “In the end, applicants with clean backgrounds were pushed out of town while those with felony convictions were granted licenses.”

At the time, it wasn’t clear exactly whom or which acts Peterson was referring, but the list of suspects was small. A recent lawsuit filed by an erstwhile Grover Beach cannabis entrepreneur, Wendy Cronin, and reported in the CalCoast Times reveals at least one specific allegation of “corrupt king-making.”

According to Cronin, who operated medical-cannabis collective The Herb Pantry prior to the passage of Prop. 64, business partners in possession of capital she took on to create a dispensary called 805 Beach Breaks effectively wrote her out of the business — and did so with participation from city officials who issued her partners a business license, keeping her name off of the rolls, and thus shut out of the business she created.

Last summer, 805 Beach Breaks was sold off to an out-of-state company, Harvest Heath and Recreation. The business was an attractive sales target because of the artificial limits on cannabis sales in Grover Beach). Why, exactly, Cronin was left off of state and local licenses and thus cut off from the sale will have to be untangled in court, but the development is consistent enough with patterns seen in other cities to be suspicious.

In the meantime, those patterns continue.

In Fall River, Massachusetts — another state that grants localities broad authority to limit the number of dispensaries in each city, creating the same cutthroat atmosphere that invites corruption — Mayor Jasiel Correia stands accused of accepting cash bribes, campaign donations, and “even a Rolex watch” from weed businesspeople so desperate for a lucrative license they were willing to engage in criminal behavior.

In each of these instances, there’s a factor in common: limited licenses, an atmosphere in which elected officials rather than the market are left to pick who is able to enter business. In Massachusetts, where licenses are so limited that customers must make reservations in advance just to go shopping, limited licensing means each permitted business has a license to print money. And printing money, it turns out, brings out some of the worst elements of human nature — just like Peterson said it would.

Roberts, ByChris. “Corruption & Crime Seems to Follow Restrictive Dispensary Permitting.” Cannabis Now, 10 Dec. 2019,

Cookies Oakland Is the New Heart of Oaksterdam

Arguably the most iconic cannabis brand of the decade is expanding close to its San Francisco roots.

Last Friday, the cannabis brand Cookies opened a new dispensary in Oakland, launching in the heart of the city’s downtown neighborhood.

The Cookies brand is backed and inspired by the genetics of The Cookie Fam, whose Girl Scout Cookies strain took over the West Coast a decade ago. One might argue Cookies’ earliest phenotypes ended the OG Kush era at the top and brought in a new age of wilder terpene profiles. With the new Oakland location, East Bay residents now have access to all the weed that inspired everything from Cookies’ clothing lines to the music of the rapper Berner.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is cookiesoakland2.jpg

Cookies already has two dispensaries open in Los Angeles, Cookies Melrose near West Hollywood and Cookies Los Angeles near Huntington Park.

The new shop will be attached to the deepest roots of cannabis in Oakland, as it is located in a former Oaksterdam University property in the neighborhood that once shared the same name. On top of that, longtime Oakland operator Salwa Ibrahim of MSKI Holdings is spearheading the effort, as it is Ibrahim who holds the dispensary permit for Cookies Oakland and put together the partnership that opened the store.

Ibrahim’s history with the neighborhood runs deep, as she was the executive assistant to Oaksterdam University founder Richard Lee. Lee also bankrolled the effort to legalize cannabis in California in 2010, though sadly, 53% of voters were against the plan.

On opening day, the line outside Cookies Oakland crept down Broadway Ave from 19th Street, as Oakland cannabis enthusiasts waited to get a glimpse of what was inside the store’s blue exterior. They weren’t disappointed — even with the crowds, how can you not get excited about White Runtz? But many of those in line might not have known the tale of how Cookies Oakland came to be, a decade-long saga of federal raids, friendship and trying to keep a pioneer’s spirit alive.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is cookiesoakland5.jpg

“There is kind of a long sequential narrative to how this all came about,” Ibrahim told Cannabis Now. “Our partnership with Cookies really wouldn’t have happened if it weren’t for all these other things with legalization and cannabis in the Bay Area that happened first.”

Ibrahim joined the cannabis industry in 2008 as the only employee under Oaksterdam’s holding company that managed both the operations of the school and the dispensary.

In 2010, the city of Oakland opened the permitting process up for four new dispensaries. While still helping run the show at Oaksterdam, she got the ball rolling for her own permit.

“Richard Lee’s philosophy was we’re all foot soldiers in the war against the War on Drugs,” Ibrahim said. “The more of us there were, the more medicine we could provide patients, the more we can advance the ball. He was very encouraging to all of us, whether it was applying for permits or opening Measure Z [a local law deprioritizing anti-marijuana enforcement] clubs.”

Ibrahim ended up ranked number one in the Oakland selection process. But during that time, the government targeted Lee for using Oaksterdam’s resources to pay for the effort to legalize marijuana in 2010. Everyone involved was the target of a massive synchronized raid by the DEA.

“All of Oaksterdam got raided at the exact same time,” Ibrahim said. “Obviously they told Richard he couldn’t be a part of these businesses anymore. Going through that, even as an employee, was one of the scariest things I’ve ever experienced in my life. I’m sure it was equally and especially scary for Richard.”

After the raid, Lee distributed his Oaksterdam business assets to his managers. Timothy Sherwood, the buyer for all of Oaksterdam, received the dispensary permit, and Ibrahim helped him and Lee complete the paperwork, since she was familiar with Oakland’s new processes. They weren’t the first to transfer a dispensary license, but not far behind.

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is cookiesoakland4.jpg
(Salwa Ibrahim cuts the ribbon at the Cookies Oakland opening.)

Sherwood became the sole director of Oaksterdam’s dispensary, Oakland Community Partners. When they filled out the paperwork, Sherwood and Lee put Ibrahim as the steward for the permit in the event anything happened to Sherwood.

Years past, and the two friends remained close. Sherwood was at the hospital when Ibrahim gave birth to her daughter and she accompanied him east to reunite with his family.

But Ibrahim’s tone changed as she got to the next part of the tale. Sherwood passed away last October.

She had forgotten where the paperwork had landed all those years ago. “I just kind of assumed he had done something else,” she said, “Long story short, I got a phone call from the City of Oakland telling me [Sherwood] had passed away and I had to figure out what I was going to do with this club.”

Ibrahim called an all-hands-on-deck meeting to let staff know she was intent on keeping Sherwood’s legacy and the values they had learned from Lee together alive.

At the time, she was also watching the new era of cannabis legalization lay waste to California’s legal cannabis market. The number of producers was consolidating after multiple mass extinction events around permitting and testing, plus more retail competitors were becoming abundant.

“I just really wanted to be mindful of how I could create longevity in Oaksterdam, honor Richard’s legacy, honor Timothy’s legacy, and keep these guys who are depending on me for a job after going through a traumatic event employed,” Ibrahim said. “To be honest with you, I did not see a stronger brand in the space than Cookies.”

Ibrahim pointed to Cookies’ international reach and believes the brand is “the largest movement in cannabis right now.”

She said her 2019 with MKSI Investments has generally been awesome. Prior to the Cookies Oakland launch she helped get AB 2020 passed, allowing for temporary pot event permits. She put the new law to good use as she helped get the permit for cannabis sales onsite at San Francisco’s Outside Lands festival.  

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is cookiesoakland3.jpg

“Now to have us open the Cookies flagship store in the heart of Oaksterdam, and breathing life into this block is another win, and I am so proud of this team,” Ibrahim said. “They are so excited.”

At launch, they have about 24 people on staff.

Ibrahim said this will be the spot to see The Cookie Fam’s newest genetics in the East Bay. “Obviously Cookies is a huge brand and other dispensaries will have access to the genetics, but we hope to be the first to drop all the hottest strains.”

Devine, ByJimi. “Cookies Oakland Is the New Heart of Oaksterdam.” Cannabis Now, 11 Dec. 2019,

Cannabis May Help Combat the Holiday Blues

Studies suggest marijuana can combat depression.

PHOTO Maria Eklind

The holiday season is now in full swing. For some folks, this means spending tons of money on gifts to reassure their loved ones that they do, in fact, still love them, in spite of all of their shortcomings. There are others, however, that would just assume jam a sharp stick in their eye than endure anything festive this time of year. There are no menorahs or Christmas trees for these people, not on your life, as they have, through a series of unfortunate events along the way, become somewhat callous to all of the lights, carols and fun that other people seem to be having.

It’s not that they ever wanted to become a modern day Scrooge. But the loss of loved ones, divorce, or any number of bad luck gut punches has left them feeling sad, lonely and riddled with anxiety in the weeks before that Santa guy is supposed to come sliding down the chimney. So, Ho-Ho-freaking-Ho. Unfortunately, there is no way of warding off the holiday blues entirely, but there is a great deal of research out there that suggests that marijuana might help make it more tolerable.

One of the newest studies on the subject appears in the latest journal Addiction. It shows that while marijuana use has experienced an increase in the United States, the bulk of the consumption is by people suffering from depression. The study, which examined some 730,000 people 12 and older, found that folks who are down-in-the-dumps are using cannabis to help elevate their mood.

In 2017, around 19% of the depressives in the 18-25-year-old demographic used marijuana within the past month, the study finds, while the numbers were closer to 9% for those who were not depressed. Those with depression were also twice as likely to use cannabis daily as opposed to those without it. “The rate of increase in cannabis use has increased more rapidly among those with depression,” said Renee Goodwin, PhD, MPH, of Columbia University and The City University of New York.

It is worth mentioning, though, that this study does not explicitly hone in on the perils of a melancholy December. It doesn’t have to. The holiday blues, blahs (whatever you want to call them) is just a fancy label for a temporary bout with depression. Still, it is a condition that can be amplified for anyone who is already getting their cage rattled on a daily basis by a mental health disorder. It comes with feelings of exhaustion, lack of joy, irritability and withdrawing from family and friends. Toss in a month of Christmas music and cheesy Hallmark movies (is Christmas time really that much happier in Vermont?) and the holiday blues can go dark really quick.

But being high for the holidays could be just what the doctor ordered. Other studies have shown that cannabis is a reliable method for combatting anxiety and depression. But it’s all in how a person medicates that makes the difference between finding the Christmas spirit within or actually being haunted by it. Just last year, researchers at Washington State University (WSU) found that medical marijuana could really boost the overall mood of the emotionally downtrodden. Scientists said that one or two hits from a strain high in the plant’s non-intoxicating component CBD and lower in THC was effective in treating symptoms of depression.

This is interesting considering that a lot of folks are often under the impression that consuming strains with higher THC content sets them on course for happier times. But in reality, those strains have a tendency to make anxiety worse for some — a problem that no one needs more of when venturing out to the mall for some last-minute shopping this time of year. Therefore, people suffering from the holiday blues might find more Christmas cheer by microdosing strains such as Jack Herer or Harlequin. On a personal note, I’ve always found it difficult to be depressed about anything while on Blue Dream. This strain, which is one of America’s all-time favorites, has a way of locking away the ugliness of most situations and opening that trapdoor in the mind that leads to bright ideas and laughter.

But as with all things related to marijuana and the individual, it is important to ask your budtender for recommendations. Rest assured, they have met others suffering from the bah-humbugs, the same as you, and may have some strategic advice to keep you from becoming a Christmas calamity.

Adams, ByMike. “Cannabis May Help Combat the Holiday Blues.” Cannabis Now, 13 Dec. 2019,

CBD vs. THC: What’s the difference?

Cannabis consumers have long prized potency (a high THC content) as one of the main factors that makes a particular strain more desirable. Though traditional demand for THC has caused an oversaturation of high-potency products, many consumers are starting to prefer less intense products that are lower in THC and higher in the non-intoxicating compound called cannabidiol (CBD).

THC and CBD are both cannabinoids derived from the cannabis plant, but they’re different in many ways that may influence your next dispensary purchase.

What are high-CBD cannabis strains?


CBD is typically the second-most abundant cannabinoid in cannabis, but this isn’t always the case. A strain may deliver CBD and THC in the following ratios:

  • High THC, low CBD (e.g.,10-30% THC, trace amounts of CBD)
  • Balanced CBD/THC (e.g., 5-15% THC and CBD)
  • High CBD, low THC (e.g., 5-20% CBD, THC under 5%)

CBD effects vs. THC effects

High-CBD strains tend to deliver very clear-headed, functional effects without the euphoric high associated with high-THC strains. They’re typically preferred by consumers who are extremely sensitive to the side effects of THC (e.g., anxiety, paranoia, dizziness). A high-CBD strain would also be a great choice for someone needing to medicate throughout the day to control pain, inflammation, anxiety, or other chronic conditions.

Balanced CBD/THC strains will be a little more euphoric than CBD-dominant strains, though they’re much less likely to induce anxiety, paranoia, and other negative side effects. Strains like these tend to be the most effective for pain relief, and they’re also well-suited for THC-sensitive consumers who’d like a mellow buzz.

CBD strains can be consumed just as you would THC strains. You can smoke or vaporize CBD-rich flower, eat a CBD-infused edible, swallow a CBD oil capsule, apply a CBD lotion, or use a CBD tincture sublingually. Hemp products also contain CBD, though it is a less efficient source and lacks the beneficial chemical diversity of cannabis-derived CBD products (more on that here).

What are the medical benefits of CBD?


The list of conditions CBD may help with is ever-expanding. More research is needed to better understand the efficacy and range of CBD’s benefits, but it’s popularly used to manage the following symptoms and conditions:

  • Epilepsy and seizure disorders
  • Pain and inflammation
  • PTSD and anxiety
  • Crohn’s disease
  • Multiple sclerosis
  • Opioid withdrawal

Though clinical and anecdotal evidence suggests CBD’s benefits in managing different conditions, it became most famous for treating a rare and debilitating form of pediatric epilepsy. Dravet’s Syndrome is notoriously resistant to current approved treatment methods. Sufferers are plagued by seizures, often up to hundreds a day, that worsen as they age and can be life-threatening. Currently, treatment methods include having the child wear an eyepatch, specialized diets, and brain surgery, but all have mixed success rates.

CBD vs. THC: legality

CBD has no lethal dose or known serious medical side effects, but it is still federally illegal. With the passing of the Farm Bill in December 2018, industrial hemp became a legal agricultural commodity in all 50 states. While the DEA still considers CBD to be a Schedule I controlled substance, it clarified in a memo that trace amounts of CBD found in hemp stalks or seeds were legal. However, the legality of hemp-derived CBD may vary from state to state, so it’s important to check your state’s law before stocking up on hemp-derived CBD products.

Cannabis strains that have a high CBD:THC ratio are legal only in states with legal, regulated cannabis markets.

What are some high-CBD strains I can try?

(The Cannabiz Agency/iStock)

Keep in mind that CBD levels may vary from crop to crop—even from plant to plant. However, below are some strains that have been bred to contain higher CBD levels, so they might be a good place to start. Check the map on their strain page to see if these are sold at a dispensary near you. We also recommend checking with dispensaries about the specifics of their strains’ CBD levels. It’s always a good idea to purchase only lab-tested products that clearly state the CBD/THC levels so you know what kind of experience to expect.

Staff, Leafly. “CBD vs. THC: What’s the Difference?” Leafly, 18 Nov. 2019,

Does Weed Go Bad & How Long Does it Last?

At some point, most weed smokers find themselves asking, how long does weed last?

It’s a classic scenario: you’re out of bud and in your frantic search for more you discover a long-forgotten baggie of flower somewhere in the back of your closet. You’re excited about your find. But wait: how long does weed last? How long is weed good for? Can you still smoke that old, dried out marijuana? How long does weed stay good, and what happens if you smoke weed that isn’t fresh? This guide has all the information you need.

Let’s get to the heart of the matter. How long is weed good for? Under ideal storage conditions, cannabis can actually stay relatively fresh for a surprisingly long time.

If it’s been properly harvesteddriedcured, and then stored, you can expect your weed to stay fresh for anywhere from six months to a year.

If you’ve done an exceptionally good job of storing your bud, and you’re a little bit lucky, you may be able to stretch that timeline even further. Possibly to the point of approaching two years.

But for most weed smokers, conditions are less than ideal. In the absence of humidity controlled storage containers, and assuming that your weed will encounter some degree of light and the temperature might be less than perfect, don’t expect to get a full year out of your weed.

So how long does weed last? In general, try to consume all your weed within six months of purchasing it. But, of course, if you’ve invested in high-quality storage equipment, then you can push it out to the year mark.

How Long Is Weed Good For: The Scientific Answer

Now that you have a general idea for how long does weed last, let’s get into the more scientific answer. First, it’s important to understand what actually happens to marijuana as it ages.

Essentially, all the chemicals that make marijuana special break down. Over time, many of the cannabinoids and terpenes found in cannabis slowly break down and lose potency.

As the terpenes break down, your bud loses flavor and scent. As a result, old bud is relatively tasteless and lacks that distinctive, sharp odor that fresh weed is supposed to have. Sometimes, old weed will end up tasting harsh and nasty. Either way, when the terpenes have broken down, your weed won’t taste or smell the way it’s supposed to.

Similarly, and probably more importantly, cannabinoids also break down over time. Old, worn out bud won’t be as potent because a lot of the THC will have broken down and dissipated.

And here’s where we can get very precise with figuring out how long is weed good for. Fortunately, the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime has looked into things for us.

Their researchers found that, on average, cannabis plant matter loses THC potency at this rate:

  • After one year, weed loses roughly 16% of its THC.
  • Two years in storage results in a loss of 26% of its THC.
  • Weed loses 34% of its THC after three years.
  • After four years in storage, weed loses 41% of its THC.

Let’s return to that old bag of weed you found at the back of your closet. How do you know if it’s bad? Basically, you’re looking for a few things:

  • Is it moldy? If your weed was too moist or humid, it may develop mold. Do not smoke moldy weed!
  • Is it dried out? If your bud has crumbled into dust, it’s obviously too old.
  • Does it smell fresh? Old marijuana lacks the crisp scent of fresh weed.
  • Does it break apart? If it’s spongy and doesn’t make any sounds when you pull apart a nug, it might be damp and moldy. If it instantly breaks down into dry dust, it’s too old.

So How Long Does Weed Stay Good For?

If you determine that your weed has gone bad, it’s not the end of the world. Technically speaking, you can still smoke it. It just won’t taste very good. And since most of the cannabinoids have probably already broken down you probably won’t get very high.

But smoking old weed won’t kill you or make you sick. The only exception is moldy marijuana. If your flowers have encountered too much moisture they might get moldy.

If you see discolored spots, white fuzzy mold, or if it smells like anything other than cannabis, don’t mess with it. Smoking or otherwise ingesting mold can definitely make you sick or worse, so steer clear.

Now that you know the answer to the question, how long does weed stay good, what should you do to keep it fresh? To preserve your bud for as long as possible, practice proper storage techniques.

Try your best to control temperature and humidity. Keep it away from direct sunlight, and store it in a cool, dry, dark location. With a little bit of care and some basic equipment, you can get the most of your bud.

Lindsey, Nick. “Does Weed Go Bad & How Long Does It Last?” High Times, 20 Nov. 2019,

How Long Does a Weed High Last? The Definitive Guide

I’m imagining you sitting there, trying to focus as you type “how long does a high last” into the search bar. Or you could be on your phone pacing back and forth anxiously or crawled under covers hiding from the world. I hope you’re okay; I hope you’re not having an overwhelming experience. But if you’re looking up “how long does a weed high last” because you want yours to end, take heart. No high lasts forever, and you’ll probably be right as rain in an hour or so.

Why Worry How Long Your Weed High Will Last?

Maybe things aren’t as dire as I’m imagining. Maybe you need to get behind the wheel eventually and want to know how long you should wait to drive. Perhaps you just want to know what kind of experience to expect from different cannabis products and delivery methods.

Perhaps you’re thinking strategically: that awesome band goes on at 10 p.m. and you want to plan your session before they hit, so you peak when they rock your favorite track. Or maybe you’re a medical patient who wants to leave space in the day for your treatment without compromising your productivity.

After all, there are all kinds of reasons you might be asking yourself “how long does a marijuana high last?” If you have some experience with weed, you probably already have a sense of how long your high sticks around. But you might still want to know how you can take control over that aspect of your experience.

And if you’re relatively new to cannabis, having an authoritative answer is an important part of making sure you have an enjoyable session. For everyone who enjoys cannabis, timing, as they say, is everything.

How Long Does A High Last? Use the “Highness Equation” to Find Out

It might not get past the peer review board of a medical journal, but here’s a more-or-less scientific way to “calculate” how long you can expect your weed high to last. Call it the “highness equation.”

The highness equation incorporates the four major aspects that determine how long your marijuana high will last. Here it is:

Length of High = ( (dose x concentration) / (metabolism x tolerance) ) x delivery method

So that’s the dose you take multiplied by the concentration of the product, divided by your metabolism times your tolerance, all multiplied by the delivery method factor: ingestion or inhalation.

In other words: how much weed you put in your body, divided by how your body processes and responds, all shaped by the specific path the weed takes through your system.

It’s less complicated than it sounds. And if you’re looking for a bottom line answer—the median, the average, the “ballpark,” then your answer is simple.

After you get high from inhaling weed, expect to stay high for about one to two hours. If you’ve eaten your cannabis, your high will last about 3 to 4 hours, maybe longer.

But if the tl;dr version doesn’t satisfy, read on to find out the factors that influence how long your high lasts. Then, once you figure out where you fall, you can start experimenting with ways to prolong, or if need be, shorten your high.

Your High Lasts As Long As THC Meets Up With Your Endocannabinoid System

But that doesn’t mean you necessarily feel high. And there’s the crux of the question. Your “high” is the sum of an infinitely complex series of metabolic and chemical reactions occurring all throughout your body.

Whether we perceive the effects of those reactions depends on their intensity and our sensitivity to them. And that’s why you’ll find studies claiming that the effects of cannabis can last from 5 hours up to a full day.

That may be true on a chemical level. But THC can interact with our bodies without giving us the experience of feeling high, especially at low levels.

And that’s where the bottom of our “highness equation” comes in: metabolism x tolerance. Being on the bottom of the equation means these are the factors that work against your high, shortening how long you feel the effects of THC.

Metabolism x Tolerance

There’s a common misconception that a person’s weight determines how high they get and how long that high will last. But in fact, it’s a person’s metabolism that plays a major role in the length of a high.

The length of your high depends on the presence of THC in your bloodstream. Your blood carries that THC to the network of cell receptors it binds to, the endocannabinoid system(ECS).

Your body is also in the business of metabolizing the stuff you put into it, breaking it down, taking what it needs, and expelling the rest.

So if you’ve got a high metabolism, your highs will tend to be shorter. Or at least, your body is working against the clock a little bit.

Then, there’s that elusive and hard-to-quantify factor of tolerance. In common parlance, we say we have a high or low tolerance to weed. But in reality, what we mean is that we have a higher or lower tolerance to the dopamine and other neurotransmitters our brain releases when THC meets up with the ECS.

The good news is, cannabis doesn’t so thoroughly deplete our dopamine supplies that we have to chase ever larger quantities to get the same effect.

But that also means THC’s powers are limited. Hence the ceiling effect frequent users experience, where no matter what they do, they can’t get higher than a certain point. If you’re hitting that ceiling, the answer to the question “how long does a high last?” is probably not long enough.

For most regular cannabis users, however, the same dose will produce roughly the same experience time after time. For heavy users, even a short “tolerance break” can restore your tolerance levels to their low defaults, making your next high feel more like your first.

However, if you’ve built up a tolerance over time or with frequent use, your high is going to feel shorter for sure.

William Casey/ Shutterstock

If You Want a Longer High, Consider Upping Your Dosage or Using Higher-Potency Products

Now that we’ve covered what shortens the length of your high, let’s look at what extends it. This is definitely the simpler part of the equation.

Put more weed into your system, and in all likelihood, you’re going to have a longer high. That means smoking strains with higher THC concentrations. Or vaping concentrates—or even better distillates, with upwards of 85 percent THC.

It also means taking a larger dose. Not only will your high last longer, it will stretch out your peak so you enjoy your high as long as your body allows. How long does a high last for you if you smoke flower versus vape concentrates?

How Long Does A High Last: Calculating Dose x Concentration

The top of our highness equation is pretty self-explanatory. But a few points bear repeating.

If you’re new to cannabis, it’s really a good idea to start with smaller doses. Don’t feel like you have to take huge rips or smoke multiple bowls just because the other kids are doing it. If you want that, you’ll get there in due time.

For now, appreciate what you have, that veteran weed enthusiasts often sorely miss: those early, heady days when a single puff sent you to outer space. (Maybe that’s part of what drives dabbing culture: that desire to recreate those first encounters with weed—that inimitable intensity and euphoria.)

The rest of us are busy chasing that dragon with ever-higher concentrations and tech that makes huge doses possible. Rip a 2-gram dab in one sitting and you’ll be high for the better part of the day, probably. Rip 20 grams and you’ll probably feel high for the rest of the week.

So when it comes to dosage, that’s easy. Smoke or vape more for a longer high. Even better, spread out your sessions. That will keep tossing you back up to the peak of your high when you’re on your way down.

And in terms of concentration, look for high-THC strains and strains with ultra-low CBD. (CBD can counterbalance the effects of THC on your system, shortening your high.) Or just stick with concentrates and extracts.

Canna Obscura/ Shutterstock

The Delivery Method Factor: Inhale or Eat?

We’ve covered all the parts of the highness equation. Except for the one that shapes them all: delivery method.

Those who’ve tried them know that edibles tend to produce a much longer-lasting high than inhalation methods.

That’s because of the metabolic pathway that THC takes through your body when you eat it versus when you inhale it. To make a long story short, your digestive tract converts THC into a different active form than heating alone.

How long does a high last from consuming edibles? Well that form, THC-COOH, or carboxy-THC, has some serious staying power. But your body takes some time to produce it. That’s why you have to wait 45 minutes to an hour or so for an edible to really kick in.

Once that THC-COOH is pumping through your bloodstream, you’re along for the ride until your body is finished processing it. Again, that can be about three to four hours on average and sometimes longer.

So for those truly looking for an extended high experience and who have the patience for an edible or drinkable cannabis product to kick in, ingesting your weed is the way to go.

How Long Does A Weed High Last For You? Your Mileage May Vary

How long does a weed high last if you eat your cannabis? How long does a marijuana high last if you smoke flower? Just generally, how long does a high last? If you’ve come away with anything from this article, hopefully it’s an appreciation for the complex chemical dance that is a weed high, and all the factors that make up the answer to those questions.

Of course, there’s no definite, constant answer. The lengths of your own highs will change. No need to compare them to other folks’.

So, how long does a high last for you? If you plan on one to two hours for inhaled cannabis and three to four with ingested weed, longer with higher doses and concentrations and shorter with higher metabolisms and tolerances, you’ll be all set.

Drury, Adam. “How Long Does a Weed High Last? The Definitive Guide.” High Times, 20 Nov. 2019,

Did Elon Musk Smoke The Most Expensive Blunt of All Time?

Elon Musk’s decision to smoke a blunt on Joe Rogan’s podcast had some unforeseen consequences.

Phil Stafford/ Shutterstock

According to a new report on SpaceX’s safety review following Elon Musk hitting a blunt on Joe Rogan’s podcast, it may have been the most expensive blunt of all time!

Politico national security reporter Jacqueline Feldscher dug up some contracting records revealing that NASA ended up paying SpaceX $5 Million to conduct the review. While the review was widely publicized a year ago when it was first ordered, this is the first time it’s been reported that taxpayers got the bill for it. 

Boeing, SpaceX’s rivals in NASA’s Commercial Crew Program to outsource trips to the space station so the agency can focus its time on more distant efforts like mars, were also forced to go through a review. Politico reported unlike SpaceX, Boeing did not get additional funds to cover the process. 

The Washington Post reported last fall that the reviews would take months and involve hundreds of interviews that would dive into the workplace culture at SpaceX and Boeing. 

NASA Administrator Jim Bridenstine told the Post the whole point of the reviews was to assure public confidence in the two companies about to make their first test flights. 

“If I see something that’s inappropriate, the key concern to me is what is the culture that led to that inappropriateness and is NASA involved in that,” he said. “As an agency we’re not just leading ourselves, but our contractors, as well. We need to show the American public that when we put an astronaut on a rocket, they’ll be safe.”

The National Security Institute’s quarterly publication Employee Security Connection is for the defense industry and government employees, and is distributed at NASA by the Office of the Chief Information Officer and the Office of Protective Services. This spring, in the wake of the Elon Musk uproar, it covered the impact of cannabis on security clearances for staff and contractors.

“Here’s the problem: In connection with SpaceX, Musk holds a security clearance. In the wake of his televised toking, an investigation was launched (pardon the pun) into whether he should retain that clearance,” the article said of Elon’s puff. 

The NSI emphasized that federal agencies and defense contractors definitely weren’t treating marijuana like alcohol regardless of the number of states that have legalized or decriminalized. “This is true regardless of the amount of pot or the form in which it is ingested,” the article read. 

The next part was a bit more interesting. With cannabis only being criminal in 15 states at the time of publishing, the article addressed whether the use of cannabis impacting someone’s security clearance could change in the future. 

“Many experts say it will—but for now, marijuana use can still harm your chance at obtaining or retaining a security clearance,” the article read.

NASA, SpaceX, and Elon Musk

The NSI next noted that all marijuana use isn’t the same level of a red flag. Use that “happened so long ago, and so infrequently, that it does not cloud a candidate’s judgment or trustworthiness” isn’t the kind of thing that will prevent you from getting clearance. They mentioned guidelines specifically written so that candidates who can demonstrate measures they’ve taken to disassociate themselves from past drug use would not be ruled out.

Finally, when addressing cannabis questions these days, you’re likely to get some questions about CBD. They had that covered too. It’s in the exact same boat as pot with federal law, and would definitely impact someone’s chances of getting a security clearance. 

SpaceX only has one more in-flight abort test to complete before the first Dragon test flight to the international space station with crew members on board. 

We reached out to NASA and SpaceX for more details on the review. 

Devine, Jimi. “Did Elon Musk Smoke The Most Expensive Blunt of All Time?” High Times, 13 Nov. 2019,


Surfside is a customer acquisition platform that specializes in activating and expanding 1st party data for marketing, insights, and measurement. They are currently focused in the cannabis industry but working across verticals to help businesses understand, retain and acquire new customers.

With the industry becoming even more data driven, we’re grateful to have learned more about what Surfside is up to from one of their co-founders, Jon Lowen. Jon is a proven leader in the advertising technology industry, implementing strategies that deliver results across business operations and product development.

Most recently Jon was Chief Strategy Officer at SITO Mobile, where he was at the helm of growth strategy acquisitions and business development as he helped increase revenue 40x over his tenure. Prior to CSO, Jon was COO and led operations and product at multiple companies including SITO, DoubleVision, and Carbon Media Group (formerly Outdoor Hub).

During his leadership, Jon has grown each business by over 10x from a revenue and employee perspective and successfully procured multiple capital raises and exits. Here’s what he had to tell us about Surfside:

[Q.] Hi Jon! Can you tell us a little bit about your personal background and how you came to enter the cannabis industry??

[A.] Sure thing! Early on I began my career in advertising and technology. While still in college I joined a startup that was focused on advertising for hunting and fishing brands across digital media.

This was an interesting vertical as a lot of these companies did not have an outlet for digital advertising and many mainstream publishers/technologies banned brands that advertised guns and ammo – which is obviously a big spender in the hunting space.

It was during this time that I learned the ins and outs of the digital media space and how to create solutions for underserved markets

Over the next 10+ years I continued to work with different technologies and stay ahead of the curve as digital media grew at a rapid rate. Most recently I was involved with location-based media through mobile advertising and we utilized location data to help with driving sales and foot traffic for brick and mortar retailers.

We found that location data was an excellent way to understand the behavior and purchase intent of consumers and that there were a number of applications when utilized properly. Through all this experience, we wanted to take what we had learned through working with 1,000s of brands and retailers and create a simplified solution that was accessible to the masses. One of our first clients was a multi-state dispensary who was in search of data and media solutions.

Through this client, we became very interested and educated on the limitations and technologies available to the cannabis market.

It was at this time that we decided to focus our efforts on solving for the lack of media capabilities, scale and technology that served this market. We wanted cannabis companies to have the same if not better opportunities to grow and manage their businesses through smarter consumer data and targeted marketing.

Surfside Experience Graph

[Q.] What is Surfside and how does it help dispensaries and brands acquire new customers?

[A.] In Every brand, retailer or business has different attributes, products or culture that drives consumers or other businesses to work with them. We help companies identify what those attributes are so they can find additional people, devices or businesses with those same attributes to grow their business in a more efficient manner.

We work with brands and dispensaries so that they can take customer data that may go unused, like website visits, store visits, purchase insights, media campaign engagement, and other digital and physical interactions that a consumer may have with a company, and we turn all of that data into insights and actionable audiences for marketing purposes..

Surfside maintains a real-time graph on consumer data (The Experience Graph) that profiles 99% of consumers in the US and CAN – it includes demographics, location, purchases, behaviors and associated devices.

When this data is merged 1st party data from a brand or dispensary, it provides additional insight on who these customers are and how and why they are purchasing or interacting with your business. Specifically for a brand, if you have people visiting your site, you want to know what type of consumer is interested in your brand and how can you then reach that consumer, and similar consumers, to then drive a purchase online or in-store.

For a dispensary, it may be connecting your POS data, with your CRM and website data, to better understand the path to purchase/store visit. When working with brands and dispensaries, big and small, we can use the Surfside data and/or the customer 1st party data to help create a more targeted advertising campaign that is tailored to audiences that are more likely to become customers – lowering customer acquisition costs and increasing time to conversion.

[Q.] How does Surfside collect it’s first-party data?

[A.] Surfside partners with a number of dispensaries, brands, e-commerce platforms, POS systems and other cannabis related datasets and technologies.

We are observing deterministic and anonymized online and offline behaviors and associating them to marketable IDs. We then enrich this consumer-level cannabis data with other real-world behaviors and attributes so that Surfside can get a complete picture of the consumer journey and understand what components or combinations are driving current and future actions.

[Q.] Can you tell us more about the Surfside ecosystem?

[A.] The Surfside ecosystem allows you to plan, execute, optimize and measure your business growth. We present a single solution that allows businesses to take static and unused customer data and turn it into marketing segments. This allows businesses to efficiently market highly relevant new and existing customers via omni-channel advertising.

At the core of this technology is our Experience Graph. The Experience graph works with our data collection technology to enrich and turn single purpose data into highly actionable and multidimensional customer data.

Our web-based interface allows for customers to visualize and build audiences, measure campaign and retail successes, along with plan and forecast future marketing initiatives. Once you have built and discovered the proper audiences and media mix model, you are able to action and execute programmatic media campaigns through the Surfside DSP.

[Q.] How does Surfside ensure that ads reach of-age audiences?

[A.] We take a multi-step approach when validating age and ensuring proper targeting. Table stakes are being able to target specific publishers that have validated that their audience is at least 71.6% over the age of 21.

We take additional steps beyond that as our goal is to drive real results. So there is no value to Surfside or our clients to reach underaged consumers as they are unable to enter a dispensary or order these products online – our goals are to drive sales and store visits. To achieve this level of targeting we use predefined audiences from our Experience Graph which has age, purchase and location data associated to marketing IDs.

Beyond putting an age filter on the audiences we reach, we look at their visitation to age-gated locations and their lifestyle habits to be able to validate against the age data that we associate to our profiles. This is cross referenced against a number of 3rd party datasets so that we can validate our findings against other reputable sources as well.

[Q.] What do you think is one of the biggest obstacles facing the industry today?

[A.] There are so many obstacles in this industry that it is really hard to pick one. Also, being an ancillary company and non-plant touching we are very sheltered to the true obstacles that exist.

That being said, I believe they all stem from the lack of communication and organization of the states to create consistency. With every state having different sets of rules and restrictions it severely hampers the ability for brands and retailers to scale nationally.

The extra cost that goes into compliance in each region or town, or making sure you create packaging that is scalable against restrictive and less restrictive states, takes away from the ability to educate consumers and grow the industry. Creating market standards is inevitable and you would think that we could skip the political jockeying as efficiency benefits all parties involved.

[Q.] How is Surfside working to address it?

[A.] Surfside is vocal and active within the national cannabis organizations. We are using our experience and relationships with industry leaders to help create standards for advertising. Our goal is to create separate advertising standards for CBD and THC in conjunction with the national cannabis organizations that would be adopted nationally.

Cannabis Magazine. “Big Data & Cannabis – Interview with Jon Lowen Co-Founder of Surfside.” Cannabis Magazine, 2 Oct. 2019,

From A Dude’s Dorm Room to Delivery: The Evolution of Purchasing Weed


My boyfriend was pretty excited today. Why? Because today was the first day he had cannabis delivered. 

Ah the future. Where you can literally hop on your computer, put in an order for Humboldt sativa, maybe a few indica minis, and thirty minutes to an hour later… cannabis at your door. With taxes and fees, you definitely pay for convenience, but heavens is it nicer than code words like “1/8th of cucumber” texted to some friend of a friend with no assurances they’ll come through.

But are we boring now? 

I remember the old days when knowing who had weed was a stressor and the power you could feel as someone who “had a guy”. Never mind that “the guy” was unreliable. Never mind it was ALWAYS awkward buying weed from someone who was an acquaintance or, worse, really took the concept of being a dealer to paranoid highs. I can’t be the only one who got a tongue lashing for accidentally saying “marijuana” out loud in a dealers’ presence. We’d nod our heads at early legalization activism and wistfully imagine traveling to Amsterdam. Man, cannabis could be a real serious subject for something we used in the back of the Poor Billy’s Seafood Restaurant kitchen.

But times changed and they changed fast. In 2013, I moved from Hawaii, where weed was practically currency, to Los Angeles into a studio apartment with my then-boyfriend. I had no job, no friends, and no money. I found an 1/8th of weed in my travel duffel bag, stowed away accidentally, that had somehow escaped both my attention and the TSA’s. For a little while, I had a break from white-knuckling my kneecaps looking for work. Those first few weeks in LA were filled with smoking up after a day of begging for work door-to-door and then hiking for an hour or two until the dark of night settled. I started to feel like I could maybe pull it together in this city. Then the 1/8th was cashed and I was left with the greatest enemy to any new big city transplant:

My unending, anxious thoughts.

I wanted to get back my cannabis break time before I snapped. This was the time of medical marijuana. Make an appointment with a doctor working part-time for a dispensary, get your certificate or card, and head down to the dispensary. I went back and forth on it. My boyfriend wasn’t a big cannabis guy and I still wasn’t rocking too many friends, so I didn’t really have anyone who could describe the experience. So I did what I always do. I over-thought it. Armed with as much knowledge on the process as Google could recommend, I made my appointment and headed in. 

Maybe unsurprisingly, I was really nervous. At the time, there was a rumor that getting your certificate could put you on a federal government list and we weren’t that far past from the documentaries showcasing cancer patients getting a federal shake down over medical marijuana. Plus, honestly, I was afraid of being embarrassed. I was ready to explain my plight of horrible menstrual issues (true) and insomnia (also true) and how cannabis had been my saving grace… but also scared the doctor would, I don’t know, stand up and tell me they KNEW I was full of it.

Boy was I wrong. I was checked in, hung out in the waiting room and, after checking my blood pressure, it was suggested I ingest cannabis as opposed to smoking. And that was it! I was off to the dispensary, certificate in hand (I never paid for the card), where I waited in the front room for twenty minutes because of the one-in-one-out rule. Regardless, I walked out of a store with cannabis. I had to stop myself from texting friends—I mean that’s just tacky. It was so convenient! But also… sterile? As I grew more accustomed to the process, I began to feel a little weird. I liked the availability and the assurance on the quality of product, but found myself turned off by the check-in process, harsh fluorescent lighting, and rules of dispensaries for medical marijuana. A pharmacy for cannabis wasn’t what we were fantasizing about while picking seeds from an overpriced sandwich baggie of weed all that time ago in college.

From Medical to Recreational: The Evolution of Purchasing Weed

Then came the Adult Use of Marijuana Act of 2016 and the dispensaries for medicinal marijuana began to transition to just plain old dispensaries. In those early days, your medical marijuana card (or bedraggled certificate if you didn’t pay extra for an actual card) would not only get you in the store, it gave you access to product with a higher THC level. Nice. I was cool again getting my special “M” stamp before waiting in line for my turn at the counter. Soon that was phased out and the taxes phased in. Everything comes with a price and in the case of legalized weed, it was a literal price. When I visited my hometown across the country, I regaled those around me of my experience with legal weed to the scoffs of my former dealer friend: “God, for those prices it hardly seems worth it”. I sniffed back that I prefer to pay for convenience but internally I wondered: was I ok with this?

There’s a growing debate around legalization and regulation where the independent growers are getting pushed out for bigger companies with backing taking their place. Were we killing something culturally or humanly important by going along with the current status quo? For convenience?

Looking at the state of cannabis procurement, the answer to that question is complicated. With legalization came the rise of companies like MedMen and Eaze. Companies who make finding and enjoying cannabis as easy as a Grubhub delivery. And with them came weed tourism. People from all over the country traveling to LA to jump on a weed tour bus where the blunts come in handfuls and the final destination is… MedMen. Slowly the dispensaries relaxed their rules. You still have to register but you only need a license. The interior design became more welcoming and less antiseptic. The people working could have been (and sometimes were) your friends from the scene. But also, dispensaries became more corporate. Matching shirts for employees or rewards programs. Partnerships with other companies. Billboards for cannabis varieties, not just the dispensaries. Then, finally, the rise of cannabis delivery. Ridiculous fees and taxes, but the option to have cannabis (all varieties) delivered to your home up to 10pm at night felt like a gift. 

Yet the other evening, as I waited for my card to go through my delivery driver’s reader, I thought of the state of this convenience. What began as a plea to ease regulation on cannabis in light of its benefits and in consideration to those incarcerated over it is now completely corporate. The first cannabis cafe has opened in LA and I’ve still never been to Amsterdam. Is this… ok?

I don’t know. But I’m not going back to buying a 1/4 that’s half stem from a dude at Burger King. I have my dignity back and I’m willing to risk becoming a little dull for it. Though I am all in for cannabis farmers’ markets.

Kimball, CK. “From A Dude’s Dorm Room to Delivery: The Evolution of Purchasing Weed.” High Times, 31 Oct. 2019,

5 Cannabis Strains For Getting Cozy on Cold Days

As the days get ever shorter and temperatures drop, the temptation to hygge it up indoors gets pretty strong.

Leaving the house after dark (or at all) becomes a bit of a hard sell. So, when the urge to just stay home is strong and the Himalayan salt lamp isn’t quite cutting it, there are plenty of cannabis strains that pair perfectly with indoor activities.

Behold, the best cannabis strains for lounging around on a cold day.

Kinky Kush

“When I think of chilling on the couch, I think of indica strains with a high THC,” said Caitlin O’Hara, who works in media relations at Canopy Growth. And, this powerful, piney strain certainly fits the bill. A high THC content: about 25-28%, means it will definitely put you on your ass if you’re having a hard time getting there yourself. This strain comes highly recommended by those with stressful jobs, and it’s affordable, too, from only $8 per gram.

“Effects came on fast and kept building for a good 15 minutes. Very chatty and mellow, body lost all tension and the effects lasted for longer than I usually get from most cannabis.” –Squidpants


This is the strain you pick for a shame-inducing Fitbit score. With a THC content ranging from 18-28%, this spicy, peppery indica is said to lull the body into a state that makes it feel like an actual part of the couch.

“I primarily smoke at the end of the day to unwind. This not only unwound me, it disassembled me.” –Stunnned


This charmingly-dubbed indica-dominant strain—sure to put a little grin on the faces of East Coasters—is known for its clean scent with notes of clove and pine, and mid-to-high range THC levels ranging from 16-25%. Some users say it leads to full-body ease accompanied by a feeling of clear-headedness.

“Beautiful indica strain, I find during the day it mellows you out, but no real burnout phase, but could also put ya to sleep…” –RedBeardio

Critical Mass

Many people who experience a lot of pain in their body say CBD provides them with rest and relief. This indica-dominant strain has a moderate THC level, at about 19-22% balanced by 2-7% CBD. This might be one to try if all your old injuries act up on cold damp days.

“When I’m telling you I felt the whole 9.81 m/s of gravitational force coming down all over my body I realized Isaac Newton discovered gravity when he was stoned. I had both a head and body high—smoked about 8/10 hits from a bong and would def say this amount is not for the weak…” –NucTrrrip

Blue Dream

While strong indicas are the resounding (anecdotal) preference for a chill time, this sativa-dominant hybrid is an exception. The popular strain balances full-body relaxation with gentle cerebral invigoration and is rich in pinene, known to promote alertness ideal for a full-day movie marathon.

“Perfectly balanced effects. Physically relaxing without being sedating, paired with [an] uppy head high that still leaves you functional and clear-headed. This strain just makes me feel good consistently.” –Cs027

Ratchford, Sarah. “5 Cannabis Strains For Getting Cozy on Cold Days.” Leafly, 23 Nov. 2018,

5 Reasons Why No One’s Giving Your Kid Edibles

Every year the news warns us of treacherous stoners who are filling your children’s plastic pumpkins with cannabis edibles disguised as Halloween candies. And every year, every person around this office sighs the largest of sighs because we all know that these concerns are ridiculous and meritless.

Why? Multiple reasons. And because I have too much time on my hands and too much pettiness in my soul, I’m going to tell you the top 5 reasons why NO ONE IS GIVING YOUR KID EDIBLES.


Time is the most precious resource that any of us have. And every day, we all battle with ourselves about how to use it most efficiently. One way to NOT use time efficiently is taking the 15-30 minutes to go to a cannabis dispensary, give your ID to the door person, go inside, shop around various glass cases, choose your products, show your ID again, buy them in bulk, and then head home to take the time to open every package, transfer them to a big plastic candy bowl, and then hand them out to underage children for 3-6 evening hours.


While time is our most important resource, money is the biggest reason this list exists. Straight up, NO ONE IS SPENDING THEIR HARD-EARNED 40-HOUR-PER-WEEK DOLLARS ON EDIBLES TO GIVE AWAY TO YOUR KID. Bro, cannabis is so damn expensive. A single edible is hitting you for like $5-10 and a multipack hits for $20-40, so to pull off a silly trick like the edible fake-out would hit any of us for a smooth $200-400.


Stoners hate doorbells, and “CHECK YOUR KIDS’ CANDY FOR THC SNACKS” ignores that fact. You ever been sitting on the couch smoking on a fatty when the doorbell rang unexpectedly? You know friends don’t ring the doorbell, so it’s like “Hold up… Who invited the cops?!”

The simple fact that none of us want to take a break from chillin’ and watching Wu Tang: An American Saga on Hulu to get up and sit down 100 times for a joke that none of us will even see pay off is enough reason to dispel any fears that trick-or-treating is a gateway drug.


The only reason to tell a joke is to get a laugh. The only reason to pull a prank is to watch the victim get pranked. Neither of these can happen if your kid is eating edibles in the comfort of their own home, miles away from where they got the supposedly tainted candy. So there’s literally no reason for anyone to ever do this in the name of humor. And since THC would only get your kid high and not actually cause any physical harm, there’s no motivation for that type of evil, either. Therefore, it’s time to accept the truth.


Literally the biggest mission of cannabis enthusiasts is to get this plant legalized so we can smoke freely like the good Lord intended. That can’t happen if shady shit like children getting tricked by edibles is happening. So why would anyone in this community set us back by pulling off one of the worst and least rewarding jokes possible?

Answer: they wouldn’t. They didn’t last Halloween, they won’t this Halloween, and guess what? Next Halloween is off the table, too.

Jordan, Dante. “5 Reasons Why No One’s Giving Your Kid Edibles.” Leafly, 23 Oct. 2019,

7 Cannabis Strains with Balanced Mind and Body Effects

“Campus Mental Health.” American Psychological Association, American Psychological Association, 2019,

High in cannabinoid levels, with myrcenecaryophyllene, and limonene mixed in, Alien OG couples a trippy mental experience with heavy-hitting relaxation. It gets both sides of the equation from its parent strains: the lazy, couch-locking Tahoe OG and the spacey, psychedelic Alien Kush.

Double Dream

Though Double Dream’s physical and mental effects are both clearly defined, neither is overwhelming. On the mind side of things, expect dreamy euphoric vibes; in the body, you’ll experience a melty physical relaxation. To top it off, this delicious strain smells of spice and flowers and tastes like a bowl of fresh berries on the exhale.

Cherry AK-47

A rare cherry-tasting phenotype of the widely-known AK-47Cherry AK-47 comes in two phases: Early on, you’ll enjoy a buzzy cerebral rush; as the head high levels out, a pleasantly soothing physical sensation will take hold. It’s a perfect strain for those who enjoy mind and body effects to a similar degree but don’t necessarily want them all at once.


The genetic background of Chemdog is murky and mysterious, but there’s no doubt this strain is nothing to mess with. Through each fresh lungful of diesel-laden smoke, it’ll press the body down like a weighted blanket while simultaneously spurring the mind on to new heights.


Headband goes straight to the dome, both physically and mentally. Its physical effects are concentrated around the crown of the head, as suggested by the strain name. Inside the mind, stress is washed away while creativity is kickstarted. You can thank Headband’s superstar parent strains for its balanced high: It inherits that mental exhilaration from Sour Diesel and the physical relaxation from OG Kush.

Scooby Snacks

Scooby Snacks brings together the best of Platinum GSC and Face Off OG. The result is a beguiling West Coast blend of pleasurable mental effects and a slow onset of physical sedation. We suggest keeping this sweet, piney strain by your bedside to help you fall asleep slowly and smoothly.

Golden Lemon 

It’s strange to feel deep muscular relaxation while your mind is racing, but Golden Lemon bridges the gap between these disparate mental and physical impacts. The result is an intriguing balance of euphoria and sedation with a flavor profile like lemon candy.

Konen, Brett. “7 Cannabis Strains with Balanced Mind and Body Effects.” Leafly, 17 Oct. 2019,

Are the Feds Changing Their Tune Toward Cannabis?

Top 15 qualifying medical conditions

There are growing signs the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and federal authorities could be changing their attitudes and policies toward cannabis, potentially paving the way for more studies and additional opportunities for partnerships. Those signs include:

  • Passage of the 2018 Farm Bill legalizing hemp.
  • The FDA’s approval last year of GW Pharmaceuticals’ cannabis-based epilepsy drug Epidiolex.
  • Growing pressure from politicians and the medical and patient communities for more cannabis research.
  • The U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration’s recent decision to expand the number of federally approved growers of cannabis for research beyond the University of Mississippi.

“I would suggest from a high level that the wheels seem to be turning pretty quickly here regarding the use of cannabinoids as therapeutics,” said Stephen Schultz, vice president of investor relations at GW Pharma.

Already, a growing number of companies as well as universities and other institutions are running clinical trials involving cannabinoids. According to, a U.S. government database of federally approved medical studies, there were 182 active federally approved studies into cannabis in the United States as of Aug. 28.

“Any company that wanted to explore the use of cannabinoids as medicines and go through the FDA’s route can do so,” GW Pharma’s Schultz said. “Evidenced by the fact that we’ve been able to develop Epidiolex for certain treatment-resistant epilepsies through the FDA’s process would suggest that’s a doable scenario for anyone.”

But the number of federally approved cannabis studies and Schultz’s comment shouldn’t leave the impression it’s easy to build a company that harnesses cannabinoids into FDA-approved medicines.

Rather, it’s a long and expensive process. As Schultz noted, GW Pharma was founded in 1998 but didn’t get FDA approval for Epidiolex until June 2018. Late that year, the company’s product became available by prescription at a reported annual price tag of $32,500, although it is covered by some health insurance.

“We would hope that other companies would be able to leverage the breakthrough work that we’ve done, to be able to follow that path,” Schultz said. “But GW’s success comes on the back of 20 years of work. This isn’t a company that was set up overnight to take advantage of this situation. This is a company that was established specifically to develop cannabis-derived pharmaceutical medicine in England in 1998. The chemical composition of our medicines is by design and goes through preclinical evaluation, clinical evaluation, regulatory review and is then made available to patients.”

Beyond research, federal authorities are under pressure to establish regulations governing the booming CBD industry sooner rather than later, according to analysts.

“The consumer demand for CBD is so high, and the political will supporting CBD is so high, that the FDA is really trying to bend over backwards to allow this industry to remain,” said Will Garvin, an FDA specialist in the cannabis practice of the Buchanan Ingersoll & Rooney law firm in New York.

But Nicholas Vita, CEO of New York-based Columbia Care, predicts federal authorities will also take a greater enforcement role with cannabis products, especially if there is federal legalization.

“No matter what, the feds will be involved in some way, shape or form, sooner than later. A couple things will happen. One, the FDA will come in and probably shut down a lot of people who are making medical claims—and we’ve already seen some of this start to happen. They will be more focused on manufacturing standards,” Vita said.

“They’re going to become very discriminating in terms of who can import or ship across state lines. Then you’re going to have enforcement that’s going to treat it as a regulated substance, and anyone who operated outside of those regulatory structures is going to have a real problem.”

Sacirbey, Omar. “Signs Federal Authorities Could Be Changing Their Attitudes and Policies toward Cannabis.” Marijuana Business Magazine, 4 Oct. 2019,


First, let me start by prefacing that everyone has a preferred method for consuming cannabis and / or CBD. I firmly believe it’s up to the individual to figure out what’s the best form of consumption for themselves.

Second, my preference for CBD has come in the form of vaping and I’d like to share with all of you, why it has become my preference.

And while many may be aware, it’s best to start by saying, CBD oil is the extracted byproduct from cannabis or hemp plant. And while most people are inclined to using marijuana the conventional way like smoking or eating, others prefer some of the more recent methods in the market over the past several years, more commonly known as vaping.

Of course, the safety of vaping CBD oil will still depend on the product’s purity. Since CBD oil is not regulated properly in some countries where cannabis is legal like Canada, sometimes the methods of extraction and the final product can be sketchy.

Hence, it’s imperative that you choose a trusted and reliable dispensary (or brand) to ensure that the CBD oil is extracted with less harmful solvents.

Image Source

If you intend to get the most cannabinoids from CBD, look for expert growers that harvest, dry, and cure superior cannabis flowers. Plus, check if the dispensary is using CO2 as the primary solvent for extraction as this is considered the cleanest method for vaping. It also doesn’t hurt to ask if the dispensary has tested their CBD products for potency and other harmful substances like pesticides and heavy metals.

How Does Vaping CBD Oil Work?

While many are already familiar with “vaping”, for those left to discover this form of ingestion, vaping takes place through the form o f a battery-operated “pen”, which works by releasing power to the heating chamber. Once the CBD oil is heated between 300 to 400 degrees Fahrenheit, this then produces the CBD oil into vapor and is then inhaled through the vape pen’s mouthpiece.

Jupiter Research  – Image Source

Benefits of Vaping CBD Oil

So, what are some of the benefits of vaping that have personally made me feel like this is one of the best ways to consume CBD?

#1 High Bioavailability

Bioavailability is the term which defines how much of the substance travels into your system and how substantial the impact of the substance’s effects are.

Say, for example, when ingesting CBD, the bioavailability is roughly 15 percent. So if you’re eating a 100-mg CBD product, only 15 mg will get into your bloodstream. The best part about vaping CBD oil is that it has a high bioavailability, garnering a range between 40 to 60 percent. You won’t even have to spend that much to get the desired effects because only a little amount of CBD oil is needed.

#2 Great for Instant Medicinal Relief

Since vaping CBD oil will travel straight to your bloodstream through your lungs, the CBD product doesn’t have to go through your gut and liver.

Taking CBD orally has several factors that will come into play in terms of maximizing effects such as body weight and eating it with a full or empty stomach.

Depending on the quality of product, vaping a quality CBD oil will give you instantaneous relief for different mental and physical conditions such as anxiety, depression, chronic pain, sleeping disorders, and even seizures.

#3 Titrated Intake

When vaping CBD oil, the effects can be as fast as five to 10 minutes after inhaling.

This is extremely beneficial for those who are new to vaping as they can measure the dose depending on their tolerance.

After their first inhalation, you can wait for approximately 10 minutes and assess the effects. Then you can add gradually if necessary. Plus, you can do this in public with total discretion as vape pens do not produce the same smoke from a joint or pipe.

#4 Friendlier on the Lungs

When vaping CBD oil, you can’t get the carcinogenic combustion components that usually cause airway inflammation from traditional cigarette smoke or inhalation, lung hyperinflation, and worse, lung cancer.


If you are new to vaping, always remember to get the cleanest and purest CBD oil from a trusted brand or dispensary. In addition, start with a low dose, so you don’t get overwhelmed by the potent effects of CBD oil.

Cannabis Magazine. “What Are the Benefits of Vaping CBD Oil?” Cannabis Magazine, 25 Apr. 2019,

Maine May Finally Have Legal Cannabis Retail by March 2020

Officials in Maine are projecting that cannabis will be on sale in stores by March 2020. A crucial piece of the state’s law has taken effect, which has enabled the Maine Office of Marijuana Policy to finalize the rules governing the sale of cannabis.

The Associated Press reported that the legislature “made tweaks to Maine’s Marijuana Legalization Act that were necessary for the marijuana office to adopt the rules, which it is expected to do within two months,” and that a state spokesperson said applications for retail marijuana sales will be accepted by the end of this year.

The AP reported that the “state will need time to process the applications, and retailers will also need local approvals, but the state is projecting revenue from marijuana sales by March 15” of 2020.

Marijuana’s Long Journey in Maine

It’s been a long, fitful rollout for Maine’s cannabis law. Voters there approved a referendum in 2016 to legalize recreational pot use by a razor-thin margin that prompted calls for a recount. The result stood after a partial recount was suspended in January of 2017, but Paul LePage, the state’s Republican governor at the time, defied voters and remained steadfast in his opposition to the measure. He vetoed a bill to move ahead with legalization in November of 2017, saying he remained “concerned about expanded legalization of marijuana in Maine.”

“The dangers of legalizing marijuana and normalizing its use in our society cannot be understated,” LePage said in his veto letter. “Maine is now battling a horrific drug epidemic that claims more than one life a day due to overdoses caused by deadly opiates. Sending a message, especially to our young people, that some drugs that are still illegal under federal law are now sanctioned by the state may have unintended and grave consequences.” In April of last year, LePage again vetoed a bill to regulate marijuana in the state, but Maine lawmakers eventually overrode his veto.

Maine’s current governor, Democrat Janet Mills, has sang a very different tune. Elected last year, Mills made it clear throughout the campaign that she supported the implementation of the new law. In June, Mills signed a law that established rules over the sale of recreational marijuana that permitted licenses to sell marijuana to individuals 21 and over, while providing cities with the discretion over whether to allow sales or not.

Edward, Thomas. “Maine May Finally Have Legal Cannabis Retail by March 2020.” High Times, 7 Oct. 2019,

Setting the Standard

Lack of Federal Guidance Leads Washington State to Regulate Cannabis Testing

Without guidelines for cannabis testing at the federal level, the Washington State legislature has taken matters into its own hands. Determined to provide safe products to consumers, the government body has decided to create its own uniform standards for testing and labeling products within cannabis labs.

These labs exist to ensure cannabis products are free from harmful materials, safe to sell and are safe for consumption. Cannabis labs also test the potency of cannabis products by measuring the THC content. Testing THC levels helps to guarantee that the information placed on labels is accurate for proper dosing by the consumer, caretakers and healthcare professionals. Yet, because there is still no universal set of rules to operate by, requirements and guidelines often vary between different cannabis labs.

Co-founder of the Confidence Analytics lab in Redmond, Nick Mosely, explained the complexities of a system without official guidelines to Crosscut. “Basically, each lab has to individually develop and validate their own method for each of the tests they’re responsible for,” he shared. “They’ve done this independently, largely in a vacuum, without a lot of coordinated communication between them.”

More importantly, without the oversight of one authority, labs aren’t held accountable to accuracy with labeling and testing their products. This type of inconsistently leaves room for important information and safety standards to fall through the cracks. Without an authoritative body checking to make sure rules are followed, the consumer may be misinformed.

To combat this issue, the Washington State Legislature introduced and passed House Bill 2052. The bill establishes clarification for cannabis testing, “by revising provisions concerning marijuana testing laboratory accreditation and establishing a cannabis science task force,” stated on the legislature’s website. In the year 2024, the responsibility of giving a laboratory accreditation will be transferred over from the Washington State Liquor and Cannabis Board (LCB) to the Department of Ecology.

“Lab accreditation is an important piece in the puzzle in making sure that when folks go out and purchase this product, they’re purchasing what it says they’re purchasing on the product label,” Jessica Archer, the statewide coordination manager stated to Crosscut.

“Lab accreditation is an important piece in the puzzle in making sure that when folks go out and purchase this product, they’re purchasing what it says they’re purchasing on the product label.”

The bill also details that the department must arrange a cannabis task force whose duty will be to develop the new guidelines and deliver to the Washington State Legislature in June of next year. Usually, the state has a foundation of federal guidelines to work from when creating their own. Since no such thing exists for cannabis testing labs, officials instead must start from scratch.

The examiner manager of the LCB, Kendra Hodgson, shared that creating new guidelines isn’t the first time that Washington State has had to oversee cannabis regulation without federal guidance. The arrival of recreational cannabis meant that the state had to determine how to oversee the newly legalized industry. “We were breaking new ground as we did this,” she shared.

The process of delegating responsibilities for cannabis regulation even varies by state. Colorado gave some accreditation tasks to its Department of Public Health and Environment. No matter how it’s done, establishing a comprehensive set of guidelines for cannabis testing is the only way to give consumers safe and trustworthy products.

Manns, Kiara. “Setting the Standard.” Culture Magazine, 2 Oct. 2019,

America’s First Cannabis Cafe Opens Today In Los Angeles

Lowell Cafe is located on La Brea Avenue and is open from noon until 10 p.m. daily for adults 21 and older

America's First Cannabis Cafe Opens Today In Los Angeles

Wonho Frank Lee

Lowell Cafe, the first fully licensed cannabis cafe in the United States, opens its doors in West Hollywood, California today, inviting patrons to pair a joint with its menu inspired by the flavor profiles of the plant.

“In harmony with the West Hollywood community, the restaurant will offer a first-of-its-kind nightlife experience,” a spokeswoman for the cafe told CNN. “Lowell Farms: A Cannabis Cafe will serve as a welcoming and safe environment for all to enjoy and learn about consumption in the newly legal world of cannabis.”

Inside Lowell Farms: A Cannabis Cafe

Customers who visit the cafe will be offered “table-side flower service” from a “flower host” and will be invited to choose a cannabis selection to be smoked on-site. Food and drink will also be available.

Wonho Frank Lee

Head Chef Andrea Drummond, who trained at Le Cordon Bleu in Los Angeles, created a menu of California flavors to pair with the cafe’s cannabis offerings that includes miso-glazed pork belly, jalapeño mac and cheese bites, vegan nachos, sticky tamarind wings, house-made pickles, and avocado and white bean hummus.

Drummond launched the cooperative Elevation VIP in 2012, eventually becoming known for creating cannabis-infused cuisine for the likes of Wiz Khalifa and Miguel. Due to regulations, however, infused meals are not permitted. Instead, Lowell Cafe will only be offering cannabis products to pair with their menu items.

“Lowell Farms: A Cannabis Cafe was created because we believed there needed to be a destination for everyone to openly enjoy cannabis in the community,” reads a statement about the cafe. “Lowell Cafe is a welcoming space for those who are cannabis connoisseurs and those who are canna-curious and looking to experience cannabis in a welcoming atmosphere.”

Restaurant director Kevin Brady told the Los Angeles Times that the new cafe is already generating quite a buzz.

“We have families reaching out wanting to bring their kids or grandparents and high school groups of friends flying from all over the world,” he said. “I feel like we’re Disney World.”

That may leave some veteran members of the cannabis community feeling unwelcome, but the cafe’s website assures potential patrons that the new establishment is for everyone.

“As a canna-pro, you might prefer partaking in our sleek Dab Bar or puffing on several of our highly potent THC flowers during your stay. Lowell Cafe strives in providing an elevated experience for all cannabis aficionados,” the site reads. “We promise this aromatic voyage will delight the senses of both newcomers and connoisseurs, alike. “

Herrington, A.J. “America’s First Cannabis Cafe Opens Today In Los Angeles.” High Times, 1 Oct. 2019,